south england road trip itinerary

The Ultimate 2 Week South West England Road Trip Itinerary

01 apr 2024 29 mar 2024 | dan.

Explore quaint villages, medieval castles, ancient places and spectacular coastlines with our epic 2 week, self-drive south west England road trip itinerary. Starting and finishing in London, this is a looping drive to Cornwall and back via the beautiful counties of Surrey, Hampshire, Dorset, Devon, Somerset and Wiltshire.

England, with its beautiful rolling landscapes and winding country lanes, is made for road tripping. But where to even start?   

We’ve been pulling out the old AA road map and exploring English laneways for years now, and we still find the sheer diversity of towns and villages, landscapes, historical sites (and old pubs!) makes putting together any kind of England road trip itinerary a special kind of torture. We just want to see and do everything. 

The south west of England is a case in point. It is quite literally packed with the kinds of destinations and experiences that make for an unforgettable road trip.  

Quaint medieval villages? Too many to count. Ancient sites? The highest concentration in western Europe. World Heritage? All kinds, from ancient mines, neolithic standing stones and two-thousand-year-old Roman baths, to a stunning coastline with a unique geological and fossil story. 

You’ll also find sweeping coastal landscapes and moors scattered with granite tors and traces of structures built by ancient people in a distant past. Moody castles and abbey ruins that whisper of bygone heydays. And of course, a virtually endless choice of cosy old pubs where you can nurse a pint of ale under the low rafters and imagine what the walls would say if they could talk.  

What it all adds up to is a looping road trip from London to Cornwall and back that’s something of a tour de force.

This itinerary packs a lot in, but it’s designed as an introduction to this wonderful corner of the country. It takes on board our own learnings and experiences, and has evolved as we’ve visited and revisited these areas. Ultimately, this itinerary showcases what we reckon are some of the very best places to visit in south west England.  

Our itinerary takes two weeks, but you could certainly make it longer and slower by giving more days to any of the places it includes.  

If you have only one week, we would suggest leaving the Cornwall road trip component of this itinerary for next time. Or do the opposite and focus all your time there instead – it’s a magical place. 

Read on for our day-by-day, self-drive south west England itinerary, and our top take-outs and tips for a road trip you won’t soon forget. 

South West England Road Trip Itinerary Snapshot Start & Finish: London Heathrow, United Kingdom  Distance: At minimum, around 1,350km (840 miles) How long do I need ? This is a jam-packed 2 week looping road trip from London Heathrow, travelling to Cornwall and back via the English counties of Hampshire, Dorset, Devon, Cornwall, Somerset and Wiltshire.  Overnight stops: 1 night in Winchester, 1 night in Lyme Regis, 1 night in Dartmouth, 2 nights in Porthleven, 2 nights on the Penwith peninsula (eg. Penzance or St Ives), 1 night in Padstow, 1 night in Tintagel, 1 night in Exeter, 1 night in Wells and 2 nights in Bath.  

What’s in this post?

What’s the route? Day 1 – London to Winchester Day 2 – Winchester to Lyme Regis along the Jurassic Coast Day 3 – Lyme Regis to Dartmouth via Exeter Day 4 – Dartmouth to Porthleven via Polperro Day 5 – Lizard Peninsula, Cornwall Day 6 – Penwith Peninsula, Cornwall Day 7 – Penwith Peninsula, Cornwall Day 8 – St Ives to Padstow, Cornwall Day 9 – Port Isaac & Tintagel, Cornwall Day 10 – St Nectan’s Glen, Boscastle & Bodmin Moor, Cornwall Day 11 – Wells & Glastonbury Day 12 – Bath Day 13 – Castle Combe, Lacock Abbey & Bath Day 14 – Bath to London via Stonehenge Planning a South West of England Road Trip Getting to London Best time to visit south west England Where to stay in the south west Driving and renting a car in England

This post contains affiliate links. If you choose to buy through these links we may earn a small commission at no extra cost to you. This helps us to keep Two for the World running. Thanks for your support.

What’s the route?

Our starting point for this south west England road trip itinerary is London Heathrow Airport, which is to the west of central London.  

This is a convenient launchpad as there are extensive car hire options at Heathrow and it’s close to the M25 motorway, which is the first major road we’ll be taking as we head into the south west of England.  

You could also start this road trip at Gatwick Airport to the south of London. There are plenty of car hire options here too. 

You’ll need a car for this itinerary, so unless you plan to drive your own car, you’ll need to rent one. We use Rentalcars.com and Discover Cars to search for and hire cars and we suggest checking prices on both to find the best deal you can.

Over two weeks, you’ll make a looping road trip from London through the counties of Hampshire, Dorset, Devon, Cornwall, Somerset and Wiltshire.  

You’ll drive through picturesque country lanes visiting castles, abbeys and cathedrals, medieval villages, neolithic and Bronze Age sites, ancient places, World Heritage sites, all while immersing in spectacular coastal and countryside scenery.  

There’s a huge amount to see throughout this journey. We’ve cherrypicked what we feel are among the best sites and scenery in each region, to give you a feel for these places and the wonderful diversity of landscapes, history and culture of south west England.  

This road trip through the south west of England is one of the entries on our  Bucket List of 100 Ultimate Road Trips Around the World . Check out what else is on the list  here .

Our 2 Week South West England Road Trip Itinerary

Day 1 – london heathrow to winchester.

Highlights: Farnham Castle | Waverley Abbey | Winchester historic centre   Total driving distance :  appx . 100km (62 miles) assuming a Heathrow starting point   Total driving time:   appx. 1.5 hours   Overnight:  Winchester  

Let’s hit the road! There are two historic stops on this first morning of our south west England road trip, as you travel from London to the ancient city of Winchester. 

Once you’ve collected your hire car, set your GPS for today’s first stop, Farnham Castle.  

If you’re coming from London Heathrow, you’ll head south on the M25 (the London orbital road) to the M3, where you’ll head west. If you’re coming from London Gatwick, take the M25 north west to the A3 and then head west. 

If you’re travelling from somewhere else, make Farnham Castle your starting point. 

Farnham Castle

Our first stop is  Farnham Castle , an impressive motte and ‘shell keep’ ruin attached to a beautifully preserved medieval house in Surrey.

It usually opens from 9am on weekdays and 10am on weekends, but check ahead before you visit as this can vary. Time your arrival for opening, or head into the charming little village for a coffee first.

Farnham Castle was home to Winchester’s bishops in the 12th and 13th centuries, and it’s been occupied almost ever since.  

If you’re lucky, you’ll have the ruins and their wonderful views all to yourself as we did. Even the ghostly presence rumoured to hang around the old stones had better things to do on the day we visited. 

Waverley Abbey

Just 10 minutes down the road, and well worth the detour, are the wonderfully evocative ruins of Waverley Abbey .  

The site is free and open during daylight hours. Park at the abbey carpark and head through the nearby field for around 5 minutes to the ruins. 

Spread out over the field next to the pretty River Wey, this ambient site was home to the first Cistercian monastery in Britain, founded in the early 12th century. Today you’ll see the fine stone remains of a vaulted refectory and surrounding buildings. 

Keep an eye out also for the famous Waverley Yew , a vast tree that’s been standing sentinel here for around 500 years.  

Travel tip : We recommend bringing decent and durable outdoor shoes for this road trip. They’ll come in handy almost immediately for this walk across the field to the abbey ruins, especially if it’s been raining. While we were delighted by this site, we were less so with the state of our shoes afterwards . It was a sentiment that carried through our entire trip, but muddy shoes is usually par for course when exploring the great outdoors in England.

From the abbey, it’s an easy 45-minute drive to Winchester . This important cathedral city was established as King Alfred the Great’s ancient capital of Wessex in the 9th century, and it remained England’s premier town until the Normans arrived in 1066.  

The history here goes back thousands of years, and the city is imbued with a sense of this long and varied past.

If you’re craving lunch by this stage, park up in one of the city’s paid public carparks (we generally use Google maps to search for car parks) and either pick up something to go on the high street, or head to our favourite spot, The Bishop on the Bridge pub, for lunch on the terrace by the river. You’ll find the city’s large statue of Alfred the Great just nearby.    

After lunch, set off on an afternoon meander around the main sites and highlights of the old town. You can go self-guided as we did with this downloadable City Walk .

If you’d like to discover the city with a real guide, this 2-hour guided tour departs daily at 10am. You’d just need to head straight to Winchester this morning to be there in time.

Or tonight, for something quirky and different, why not get out with a guide for a tour of the city’s darker side on this ghost walk .

Highlights of Winchester include the awe-inspiring Winchester Cathedral (it has a charming little Christmas market that we recommend visiting if you’re around in December), the impressive ruins of Wolvesey Castle , and the medieval Great Hall with its Arthurian-inspired round table hanging on the wall. 

Travel tip: There’s plenty to do and see in Winchester, and while our itinerary spends just an afternoon and evening here, you might consider staying longer and exploring more. Or return another time – Winchester is a great short road trip from London.

Where to stay in Winchester

You have plenty of options across the board in and around Winchester, from budget chain hotels on the city outskirts to charming pub stays right in the historic centre.

We stayed at the lovely Bugle Inn at Twyford, 10 minutes’ drive from Winchester. The breakfast was great and there was parking on site.

The following centrally located stays also get great reviews, though check the parking situation with the accommodation provider.

• Good value: The Westgate – modern rooms in historic pub | clean and quiet | close to historic centre
• Mid-range: The Old Vine – characterful rooms | great breakfast | central location
• Spend a bit more: Hotel du Vin Winchester – brightly decorated | comfortable rooms | Well located

Day 2 – Winchester to Lyme Regis along the Jurassic Coast

Highlights: Old Harry Rocks | Corfe Castle | Durdle Door | West Bay | Lyme Regis  Total driving distance : appx. 200km (125 miles)       Total driving time: appx. 3.5 to 4 hours   Overnight: Lyme Regis

On Day 2 of our south west UK road trip itinerary, you’ll be exploring some of the highlights of England’s spectacular  Jurassic Coast . 

Named for the extraordinary geological record packed into its landscape, rock layers and fossils, the natural history captured within this 150km (95 mile) stretch of coast spans 185 million years.

The Jurassic Coast is so geologically important, it’s been listed as World Heritage. It sweeps westward from Old Harry Rocks near Swanage in Dorset, to Orcombe Point in Exmouth, Devon. 

Aim to start early as our itinerary packs a lot in today. If you want to slow the pace or spend more time in some places, consider skipping some of the stops below.  

If you’re into fossils, check the tide times and aim to get to Lyme Regis earlier today so you can max your time exploring the beach (which is tide dependent) and the museums there. 

Old Harry Rocks

The striking, chalky stacks of  Old Harry Rocks are our first stop today, and your first opportunity to stretch your legs on a very small section of England’s famous South West Coast Path. 

You’ll need to make an early start as it’s around 90 minutes’ drive from Winchester along the A31 to this easternmost point of the   Jurassic Coast World Heritage Site .  

Once you’ve parked up at the National Trust South Beach car park in Studland, you have a couple of options, depending on your energy levels.  

You can head straight out along the signposted trail (head past the Bankes Arms Inn and turn left at the public toilets) directly to Old Harry Rocks. It’s a walk of around 20 minutes out to the lookout. This is what we did.  

If you’d like a longer wander to take in this impressive time-worn coastline, continue on once you’ve reached the lookout and follow the Old Harry Rocks Walk in a 5.6km loop back to the car park. Set aside a couple of hours if you intend to do this (and look to skip some of today’s subsequent stops).  

If you’d prefer to take in the scenery without breaking a sweat, head to Knoll Beach Café at Studland and enjoy views of Old Harry Rocks with a cuppa. It’s open from 9.30am. 

Another option, and one we’d like to go back and do sometime, is to get out on the water and see the coastline on this boat tour . If you’re keen to do this, make your way from Winchester directly to The Quay in Poole this morning as that’s where the boat trip departs from.

Corfe Castle

To get to our next destination, you’ll take the same route out that you came in on to Old Harry Rocks. Keep an eye out on the way for signs to Corfe Castle.  

Perched dramatically on a hill, Corfe has been watching over the countryside in one form or another for over a thousand years. It looks every bit as old as it is. 

The castle’s dark history of murder, siege and treachery lends the collapsed hunks of stone and brick a strong sense of melancholy, especially on a day as grey and gloomy as when we visited. If ghosts hang out anywhere, they hang out here. 

In our opinion, this is one of the most hauntingly evocative ruins in England and among our favourite castle ruins on this trip. It’s a must for a south west England itinerary. 

Corfe Castle is managed by the National Trust and there’s an entry fee. It’s open daily between 10am and 4.30-5pm.

Durdle Door

Half-an-hour to the west of Corfe Castle is another spectacular geological showcase of the Jurassic Coast, the quirkily named Durdle Door.  

It sounds like the gateway to somewhere magical, and being on the Jurassic Coast, it really is. Durdle Door is an impressive limestone arch at the head of crystal clear waters and a lovely crescent of beach. Striking white chalk cliffs rise and fall away to the west. 

It’s a steep 15 minute walk from the carpark down to the beach, but worth it if the weather is nice. Otherwise, you could enjoy the view from above the beach and walk along the cliff path. If you hike east for 30 minutes, you’ll reach the lookout over pretty Lulworth Cove . 

Durdle Door is near the village of West Lulworth. There’s a paid carpark which you can reach via the holiday park, and coastal walking tracks weaving off in both directions. Just be aware that this is a highly popular spot in summer and holiday periods and it may be difficult to find parking at those times.  

The weather wasn’t awesome when we stopped by Durdle Door, so we were content to make this a short stop, take some pics and go for a brief wander along the clifftop trail. If you’d like to spend longer here, skip the next stop at West Bay.  

A further 50 minutes’ drive around the Jurassic Coast will bring you to West Bay , a seaside village that doubled as the town of Broadchurch in the binge-worthy crime drama (the UK version).  

A popular seaside holiday spot in summer, West Bay (which is also known as Bridport Harbour) was very quiet when we visited in the late wintertime. The sea was choppy and chocolate-milky but it certainly didn’t diminish the Jurassic Coast view we came here to see.  

West Bay’s striking east cliff is a sheer, mustard-coloured sandstone rise, and could not be more different from the white chalk cliffs of this morning. 

If you’re lunching here, pop by one of the fish and chip kiosks if they’re open, or settle in for a traditional ploughman’s lunch in one of the town’s seaside pubs as we did. 

Travel tip: English pubs generally finish their lunch service at 3pm, although hours can vary on weekends, especially Sundays. Lunching in a quaint village pub is a quintessential feature of an England road trip, so this is a critical piece of information when you’re planning your day, especially on packed days like this one. Despite having lived in the UK on and off for years, we still turn up at pubs looking for a late-arvo bite to eat, only to find we’re too late. If it looks like you’re going to be pushed for time, aim for a high street bite instead.

Monmouth Beach, Lyme Regis

Our next stop is 25-minutes down the road from West Bay. Monmouth Beach  is in Lyme Regis , which is world-renowned for its Jurassic Coast fossil treasure-trove and the pioneering work of palaeontologist Mary Anning.  

If you’re into fossils and dinosaurs, you’ll want to give yourself more time here today so you can join a fossil tour and visit the museums. 

First up, head to Lyme Regis Museum for a full immersion in the local fossil world. Guided fossil walks on the beach can also be organised through the museum, lasting around 2.5 hours.  

A couple of minutes away, there’s also the Dinosaurland Fossi l Museum , which has thousands of fossils on display.  

Both museums have entry fees and varying opening hours, particularly during winter, so be sure to check their websites before visiting. 

We missed the fossil walking tour sadly, but spent a happy hour on the beach anyway, trailing through the pebbles searching for fossils, which emerge and trickle down from the eroding cliffs above.  

There’s also a very cool ‘ammonite graveyard’ here, which you can see at low tide around 15 minutes’ walk west of the carpark along the beach. Just be sure to check tide times before you visit and don’t attempt the walk while the tide is up.

If you’re interested in learning a little more about Lyme Regis, check out this self-guided smartphone heritage walk .

Where to stay in Lyme Regis

Lyme Regis is only small but there are a number of accommodations both in the town and in the surrounding countryside. The following stays get great reviews:

• Good value: Shepherds Hut – tiny home in rural setting | good facilities | free parking
• Mid range: High Tides – on the beach | renovated apartment in historic building | parking nearby
• Spend a bit more: Dower House Hotel – elegant and spacious rooms |excellent breakfast | onsite parking

Alternatively, if you’d prefer a larger range of choice for stays and dinner, you could continue on to the city of Exeter, about an hour’s drive to the west. This is what we did, staying at the Leonardo Hotel Exeter close to the city centre. With hindsight though, we would have preferred to stay in Lyme Regis on this night rather than make another hour long drive after dark, hence we’ve adjusted this itinerary.

Day 3 – Lyme Regis to Dartmouth via Exeter

Highlights: Exeter Cathedral | Exeter historic centre | Totnes Castle | Dartmouth village | Dartmouth Castle   Total driving distance: appx. 120km (75 miles)   Total driving time: appx. 2 hours 15 minutes   Overnight: Dartmouth

This morning, you’ll be exploring the cathedral city of Exeter, so make your way there after breakfast. It’s around an hour from Lyme Regis. 

Park up in one of the city’s central car parks. These are generally pay and display parking spaces. If you’re visiting during peak periods, there’s also a park and ride option for Exeter. 

Exeter’s history goes back to Ancient Roman Britain, when this was a legionary military base on the edge of the Roman Empire.  

The 12th century Exeter Cathedral was built during the city’s religious heyday and is one of the oldest in south west England. It’s an absolute must while you’re here. Be sure to head inside to see the cathedral’s magnificent ceiling, it’s the longest stretch of unbroken Gothic vaulting in the world. 

Spend this morning exploring Exeter’s historic streets and sites. There are several self-guided walks you can do, which bring the city’s story to life through its ancient walls, its medieval period and the wool trade that brought it great wealth in the 17th century.  

There’s also this fun, self-guided smartphone heritage walk you can do at your own pace.

Alternatively, a range of free 90 minute guided tours run each day from the Cathedral green.  

Totnes Castle

Our ultimate destination today is Dartmouth, but en route, you’ll be making a brief stop in the quirky market town of Totnes. It’s a 45 minute drive south west of Exeter. 

Totnes dates back to Saxon times. Today, it’s known for its large artistic community, and thousand-year-old Totnes Castle , which is the focus of our visit. 

This tiny hilltop fortress is renowned as one of the best preserved examples of a Norman motte (hill) and bailey (lower yard) earthworks still in existence. 

Climb up to the stone keep and you’ll be rewarded with captivating views over the valley to the River Dart, and a garderobe (a medieval loo) still in situ. Wander the bailey below and keep an eye out for the tree graffiti left by prisoners held on site during WWII.  

Totnes Castle is managed by English Heritage and there’s a fee to enter. There is pay and display parking nearby.  

The Castle is open daily from 10am to 5pm, but it’s only open on weekends during the winter months. If you’re travelling in winter and today is a weekday on your itinerary, skip this stop and make straight for Dartmouth. It’s a 30 minute drive south. 

Sitting pretty at the head of the River Dart, the town of Dartmouth is a lovely little spot to while away this afternoon and evening.  

Dartmouth was once an important fishing and trading port, and two medieval forts stand vigil at the entrance to the Dart Estuary to this day: Kingswear Castle and Dartmouth Castle . The latter is lauded as one of England’s most picturesque fortifications and it’s one of the showpiece castles of our south west England road trip.   

There’s a paid car park close to the river and town centre. There’s also a cheaper park and ride option just outside of town, however the shuttle between the car park and town doesn’t run between November and late March (it’s around 30 minutes to walk to town).  

Dartmouth’s cute little central streets are worth a wander, and there are a couple of self-guided town trails you can follow for an intro to the local history. The Castle Trail will take you along a section of the South West Coast Path from town to  Dartmouth Castle .  

The Castle’s passages and walkways offer stunning views and fascinating insights into its defensive history right up till WWII, including the set-up for the huge chain that could once be pulled up to block off the estuary mouth.  

The site is managed by English Heritage, has a fee for entry and is open daily, except for the winter months, when it’s only open on weekends – check ahead if you’re keen to go inside.  

If you’re visiting outside of winter, you can jump on the Castle Ferry for a 10 minute river cruise back to town. If you’d like to get out on the water for longer, there are a couple of other river boating options departing from town, like the one-hour Greenway Ferry river cruise. 

The Great Sc one Debate   It’s a requirement of this itinerary that as you pass through Devon, you search out that most quintessential of English afternoon traditions: the cream tea. There are various places in Dartmouth you can stop for tea and scones, including the Dartmouth Castle Tearooms.   As you pay homage to the humble scone, consider this: there’s a very real divide in the UK about the etiquette of the cream tea, and whether jam or cream goes on the scone first.    In Devon, where cream tea is believed to have originated, the Devonshire tea tradition has cream on first followed by jam. Over the border in Cornwall, however, you put the jam on first then the cream.    We personally follow the Cornish tea tradition. Not that we’d quibble if it came out the other way. Try it both ways and you decide!  

Where to stay in Dartmouth

Dartmouth is a small but popular town, especially in peak periods, and accommodation prices can reflect it.  

We actually drove on for another couple of hours when we did this trip, but it was too much for one day. Hence we suggest staying in or around Dartmouth tonight. We’ve included a couple of local stays with great reviews below: 

• Good value: St Elmo House – comfy rooms and beds | short walk to centre | street parking
• Mid-range: The Ship in Dock Inn – colourful rooms in historic building | central location | parking permits provided
• Spend a bit more: Harbourside 3 – modern rooms | overlooks river | free parking

Day 4 – Lizard Peninsula via Polperro, Cornwall

Highlights: Polperro | Truro Cathedral | Royal Cornwall Museum | Gweek Seal Sanctuary   Total driving distance: appx. 190km / 118 miles   Total driving time: appx. 3.5 hours   Overnight: Porthleven   

Today you’ll cross into Cornwall, starting with the charming fishing village of Polperro and then spending the afternoon and all day tomorrow on the Lizard peninsula, known simply as The Lizard .  

This wedge of land is one of the highlights of Cornwall, and a must-visit on our south west England road trip itinerary. Plus, the best way to experience this ruggedly beautiful stretch of Cornwall coastline is on foot. So having a couple of days in this area gives you more time out of the car, so you can get a proper feel for this wild corner of the country.

Travel tip: Take note today as you drive the bridge over the River Tamar on the western edge of Plymouth. This is the ancient eastern boundary of Cornwall, set by King Athelstan in the mid-10th century to separate the feisty Celtic people in that part of the island from the newly united state of Wessex.   Speak to a Cornish person today and you may find sentiment isn’t much changed. As one local character told us over a beer in the historic Blue Anchor Inn at Helston, ‘This is Cornwall. Not England’.

Polperro is a good 1.5-hour drive from Dartmouth so aim to set out early. This is a designated conservation area and, for us, it really does feel like wandering into another, older time. Winding lanes and charming stone cottages snuggle around a wee harbour where swans nap between the boats at low-tide. 

You’ll need to leave your car at the paid public car park at the top of the village and make the 10-minute stroll down to the harbour along the canal and cute houses.  

Once there, wander the pretty streets , look out for the Roman Bridge , and learn more about the history of this fishing village and former smuggler’s haunt at the tiny Harbour Museum , located in what was once the town’s busy pilchard factory (it’s closed over winter).  

If you’re up for some lunch before moving on, then this is a great spot to sample another classic England tradition: fish and chips. There are some quaint old pubs in Polperro and we enjoyed a delicious pile of fish, chips and peas at the oldest of them, The Three Pilchards .

Our next stop is an hour’s drive from Polperro along the A30. Believe it or not, there’s only one actual city in Cornwall, and Truro is it. This is effectively the region’s capital and while it’s far from the madding crowds of London, it’s still busier than most places you’ll visit on this road trip.  

Still, Truro makes a good spot to stretch your legs en route to The Lizard, particularly if you like a good cathedral and a museum showcasing the history of the area you’re exploring. Truro has both.  

We were able to find a space at the paid Old Bridge Street Car Park, which is right around the corner from Truro Cathedral . This soaring gothic revival church was built in the late 1800s and has three spires, just one of three in the UK to do so.   

Up the road you’ll find the Royal Cornwall Museum , which has a small but interesting collection of finds documenting Cornwall’s journey from prehistory to the industrial era. There are some other exhibitions in here too, including a random but quirky little Egyptian space with a mummy. There’s a fee to get in but it lasts a year. 

Our final destination today is Porthleven and you’ll spend the next two nights here as you explore the Lizard peninsula.

Apparently ‘The Lizard’ comes from a Cornish phrase, ‘Lys Ardh’, referring to the area’s high cliffs, rather than any resident fauna or land shape. En route though, you will be making a stop to meet some local wildlife of a different kind.  

Cornish Seal Sanctuary, Gweek

When we were planning to road trip south west England, we spotted a town on the map called ‘Gweek’. Of course we had to go there. What we found was the Cornish Seal Sanctuary and we’re forever grateful. 

The sanctuary is a rescue centre for rehabilitating sick and injured seal pups. It’s a delightful place to linger, set on 40 acres by the picturesque River Helford .  

In addition to plenty of opportunities to see and learn about the recovering and resident seals, including underwater viewing areas, it offers peaceful woodland walks by the tidal estuary. As of early 2024, the centre also has baby beavers!  

The sanctuary is open every day from 11am to 4pm (last admissions at 3pm) and it’s advisable to book in advance . You’ll save on the ticket price if you book at least 2 days ahead. 

Blue Anchor Inn, Helston

By now, it’s definitely beer o’clock and while you’re in this area, we highly recommend a visit to the Blue Anchor Inn in Helston.  

The Blue Anchor is Cornwall’s oldest pub and it’s a little warren of low-ceilinged rooms with a properly ancient feel. We’ve spent a couple of memorable evenings here yarning with locals. 

The onsite brewery has been in operation since the 15th century and is renowned for its medieval ‘Spingo Ales’. Our favourite is the rich and smooth ‘Middle’ ale but if you like beer then by all means, try them all (unless you’re driving, in which case, get a takeaway so you can try it later). 

Afterwards, move on to your overnight stay in the lovely little fishing village of Porthleven , a 7 minute drive down the road. 

Where to stay in Porthleven

Wee little Porthleven has a clutch of accommodations tucked into the streets around the harbour. More options can be found in nearby Helston and in the surrounding area. We suggest the following stays, they all have great reviews.  

• Good value: No 52 bed and breakfast (Helston) – on the high street | nicely decorated rooms | great breakfast (we’ve stayed here and it was a convenient overnighter, with parking a 5 minute walk away or free overnight street parking right outside if you can swing luck and timings. It’s also virtually next door to the Blue Anchor Inn – no excuse not to try those Spingo ales!) 
• Mid-range: Harbour Inn (Porthleven) – historic pub stay | right on the quay | really friendly staff (we’ve also stayed here and love the location; we parked in the Kitto’s Field Long Stay Car Park, a 2 minute walk away) 
• Mid-range: The Artist Loft (Porthleven) – comfy beds | very short walk to harbour | free parking 
• Spend a bit more: Housel Bay Hotel (The Lizard) – If you’re after something special, have a look at this grand hotel. We hiked past it on the Lizard loop walk (see tomorrow’s itinerary) and we’ll be back one day to stay. It’s perched high above the cliffs overlooking the Atlantic and offers direct access to the South West Coast Path. It has a minimum 2 night stay and parking onsite. 

Day 5 – Lizard Peninsula

Highlights: Porthleven Harbour | Kynance Cove | Lizard Point | Lizard loop walk | Halliggye Fogou   Total driving distance: appx. 45km (28 miles)     Total driving time : appx. 1 hour 15 minutes   Overnight: Lizard Peninsula (Porthleven or Helston)

Day 5 of our south west England road trip has you exploring more of the spectacular coastal landscapes of Lizard Peninsula in Cornwall. 

Start your morning with an early stroll around Porthleven harbour . This is the UK’s most westerly port and, with its 19th century inner walls, is an important safe harbour on a coastline notorious for shipwrecks over the centuries. 

The creation of the harbour also unintentionally turned Porthleven into one of the UK’s best surf spots. We stopped for a bit to watch some hardy souls braving the freezing swells crashing onto the harbour wall. 

The Harbour Markets run on various days throughout the week and year. If you’d like to slow the pace today, hang around and check out the markets from 10am and then pick and choose from the rest of today’s suggested destinations around The Lizard.  

Kynance Cove

From Porthleven, set out to explore the rest of the peninsula by car, starting with the legendary Kynance Cove , a dramatic landscape of rocky outcrops, white sand and crystal clear water. It’s around 40 minutes south. 

Kynance Cove often makes lists of the world’s best beaches, with pearly white sand and turquoise water, which is why it made it on to our itinerary. We were also keen to get up close with the famous red and green serpentine rock stacks to be found here. 

We found Kynance to be ruggedly dramatic but our visit was on a day of wild weather so we didn’t get to see it in all its list-making glory. Hopefully you do!   

Park up at the National Trust car park and make your way down the steep and rocky path to the beach. Be sure to check tide times before you do though as the beach can disappear completely under a high tide. 

Lizard Point

Twenty minutes from Kynance Cove is our next destination,  Lizard Point. This is the southernmost tip of Lizard peninsula (and the UK in fact).  

This is a prime opportunity to stretch your legs on another section of the South West Coast Path . This segment is a 6.5km loop walk of Lizard Point .  

The Lizard loop walk starts and finishes in the village of Lizard, so make your way there and park on the village green. There are a number of cutbacks along the way if you’d prefer a shorter walk.  

Alternatively, you can park further towards the point at the National Trust car park and enjoy a short walk to the southernmost point lookout, or along the coast in either direction.  

This coastline around Lizard Point is rugged, beautiful…and lethal. The ocean off the headland has been a graveyard for ships for about as long as people have braved the seas here.  

While our first attempt at the Lizard loop was thwarted by wild weather, we’ve since returned to complete the hike and can confirm it is 100% worth doing if you have the time and inclination (and the weather is cooperating). It ranks very high on our list of awesome things to do in south west England. Set aside around 3 hours to do the full walk, with stops along the way. 

Travel tip: Keep an eye on the weather if you’re planning to walk The Lizard coastline. And do stop by Polpeor Café at Lizard Point. We retreated here to wait out the storm on our first visit and drip dried over the biggest scones we’d ever seen. Cornish tea on the cafe’s terrace overlooking the ocean would be superb on a sunny day. The café closes at 4pm (or as weather dictates).

Halliggye Fogou

Sounds like something a Viking might say, but Halliggye Fogou is the name of an Iron Age site on The Lizard.  

Halliggye Fogou is around 20 minutes north of Lizard village. En route, make a quick pit stop at the Old Cider Barn Arts & Crafts Centre to check out the bric-à-brac and perhaps pick up some traditional Cornish cider. 

A ‘fogou’ is a Cornish word for ‘cave’ and at these sites, it refers to networks of underground passages built in stone around 2,500 years ago as part of Iron Age farming settlements. Their purpose is unknown.  

Halligye Fogou is managed by English Heritage, is free to visit and open during the day, although you can’t go inside the fogou over the winter months.   

Day 6 – Penwith Peninsula, Cornwall

Highlights: St Michael’s Mount | Penzance | Merry Maidens Stone Circle | Minack Theatre   Total driving distance: appx. 40km (25 miles) plus the drive to your chosen accommodation   Total driving time: appx. 1 hour plus above   Overnight: Penwith Peninsula

We’re up early today for a time travel through the  Penwith peninsula , home to western Europe’s largest concentration of ancient sites and arguably the gem in Cornwall’s crown.  

Whether you do it as part of a longer driving adventure like this one or on its own, we reckon the Penwith peninsula is one of the best UK road trips you can do. 

There’s a huge amount to see over the next two days. Penwith peninsula is small enough though that you could reorder any of the sites and experiences to suit your interests and timings (it takes around 30 to 40 minutes to drive the length of the peninsula between St Ives in the north and Land’s End in the south). There is a fair bit of driving to see all the things, but you’ll be getting out of the car often.  

You’ll also be spending two nights in this region so you can choose to base yourself in one spot for both nights as you explore the peninsula, or stay in two places and max your time around each area.  

Travel Tip: Before you leave Porthleven this morning, don’t pass up the opportunity to pick up another local-gone-global speciality that you absolutely must indulge in while travelling around Cornwall: the Cornish pasty.   If you’ve never encountered one before, pasties are baked flaky pastries folded over a savoury filling. The traditional filling is beef and veg, but you can get all sorts of fillings, as well as gluten-free and vegan options.   There are a couple of excellent pasty bakeries in Porthleven (and right across Cornwall). We picked up a giant pasty to-go from Philps Pasty Shop . Whatever else you do, do this. In fact, get two. It was one of our great regrets that we only bought one the first time we visited and had to share it.

St Michael’s Mount

Today’s sightseeing is dictated by the tides, so we encourage you to check the local tide times and plan today’s itinerary to suit.

The reason for this is that you’ll be visiting St Michael’s Mount offshore from Marazion , and if you visit at low tide, you can walk across the causeway. 

You can also take a boat to St Michael’s when the tide is in. But there’s something special about walking the ancient cobbled causeway across to this offshore rock before climbing the steep path to explore the castle. 

It’s no coincidence that St Michael’s Mount bears the hallmarks of Mont Saint Michel, the impressive monastery-capped tidal island across the English Channel off Normandy in France. It was a monk from Mont St Michel who commissioned the monastery on St Michael’s Mount in the 12th century.   

For the last four hundred years or so though, this has been the seat of the St Aubyn family and they still live there today. 

It’s 20 minutes from Porthleven to Marazion and there are a couple of paid car parks in the area opposite St Michael’s Mount. You’ll need to book your tickets in advance. Check out this website .  

From Marazion, make your way to the historic market and port town of Penzance , backdrop to the famed play, The Pirates of Penzance .

While the comic opera is a fiction, piracy and smuggling did give this coastline a notorious reputation for hundreds of years. By the 19th century though, Penzance was a fashionable seaside resort. 

Head to the Harbour Long Stay Car Park and spend a couple of hours wandering Penzance’s streets and gardens. This self-guided walk will introduce you to the town’s history and key spots.   

Merry Maidens & Tregiffian Burial Chamber

Our next stop is the  Merry Maidens Stone Circle . You’ll find it in a field by the side of the B3315 road around 6km south of Penzance. 

The 19 standing stones here were erected in the mists of time, somewhere between 3500 and 4500 years ago. It’s not known why the circle was built, but it’s thought to have been a sort of astronomical tracker and ceremonial site. When we visited, we had the ambient stone circle all to ourselves.  

Walk a little further along the road on the same side and you’ll come to the Tregiffian Burial Chamber . This large neolithic chambered tomb was damaged in the creation of the road, but it’s still an interesting example of what’s known as an ‘entrance grave’.

If you’re particularly keen, there’s also a tall menhir stone called Gun Rith in the field opposite this site. Like the tomb, it’s believed to be linked to the Merry Maidens. 

All of these sites are free and can be accessed from a small layover parking area on the left side of the B3315 as you head south west – look out for the bus stop sign. For the stone circle, climb the steps over the gate and head into the field. 

Minack Theatre

From the Merry Maidens, it’s a 15 minute drive to stunning Minack Theatre , the single-minded creation of the extraordinary Rowena Cade, and possibly one of the most spectacularly-sited open air theatres since the ancient Greeks and Romans were in the business. 

It’s recommended you book your visit to Minack in advance as there is timed entry. Opening days and hours also vary so check ahead.  

The 750-seat theatre built into the rocky cliffs is impressive enough on its own, but if you can, try and time your visit for a performance. The theatre season for 2024 runs from late March until late September, with mainly evening but some afternoon shows. We’ll definitely be back to do this. 

Where to stay on the Penwith Peninsula

You have tonight and tomorrow on the Penwith peninsula so you could opt for two nights in one place and use that as a base, or stay in two different parts of the peninsula.  

Your choices in this area are extensive, and range from boutique B&Bs and guest houses to self-catering seaside cottages, remote pub stays and luxe hotels. There are also campgrounds and holiday parks right across the peninsula. 

If you’d like to stay in a slightly larger town with more amenities and eating options, look to quirky Penzance or chic St Ives , or another village on the peninsula like Zennor or Mousehole . Aim to book well ahead if you’re planning a visit during summer or holiday periods.  

• Check out your accommodation options in Penzance here .
• See what’s available in St Ives here .

We personally stayed near the village of Zennor at The Gurnard’s Head , a beautiful historic inn surrounded by coast and countryside. It’s a short short drive from St Ives and they have a fantastic restaurant serving up local seasonal deliciousness. 

Day 7 – Penwith Peninsula, Cornwall

Highlights: Land’s End | Boscawen-ûn Stone Circle | Carn Euny Ancient Village | The Tin Coast – Botallack Tin Mine   Total driving distance: appx. 25km (15.5 miles) plus travel to and from your accommodation and any additional activities today   Total driving time: appx. 45 minutes plus the above   Overnight: Penwith Peninsula  

Our view when we awoke in Zennor was of rolling moors and cows gathering on the road outside. This is another truly stunning stretch of Cornwall coastline. With an array of walks winding through moorland and along cliffs scattered with tin mine ruins, you could easily spend the day in this area alone. 

For your second day in the Penwith area, however, you’ll be exploring the west coast and heartland of the peninsula, and more of the historic sites that set this ancient corner apart. 

Depending on where you’ve stayed overnight, you might reorder the following sites to suit. Otherwise, make your way first to Land’s End. 

Land’s End

There’s something strangely compelling about standing at the most extreme ends of a place, and that’s the draw of England’s most westerly point, Land’s End . 

The Atlantic views here are spectacular, but be prepared for the crowded theme park it is. If the ‘attractions’ and gift shops don’t appeal, do as we did and make for the coastal paths. 

There’s an easy 4. 9km loop walk starting and finishing at the Land’s End car park, which you might consider if you want to make time for it today. Otherwise, take a short stroll along the cliffs and soak up the views instead. 

Boscawen-ûn Stone Circle

We haven’t been ourselves, but if you’re keen to go searching, there’s another impressive prehistoric ring of monoliths en route from Land’s End to our next stop, Carn Euny.  

Boscawen-ûn Stone Circle is believed to have been a significant ceremonial centre in its day. Like the Merry Maidens, there are 19 standing stones here, one of which is notably made of white quartz. 

There’s access to the stone circle via a signposted path from Boscawen-ûn Farm, though apparently parking is tricky along the farm lane. Instead, on your way from Land’s End, keep an eye out for a layover on the right hand side, about 800 metres before the farm lane. You can park here and there’s a sign and path to the stone circle.  

Carn Euny Ancient Village

There are two fascinating ancient settlement sites on the Penwith peninsula, Chysauster and Carn Euny. 

Chysauster Ancient Village , around 15 minutes north of Penzance, is a 2000-year-old Romano-British settlement with stone-walled houses. It’s managed by English Heritage and there’s an entry fee. It’s closed over winter. 

The other site, around 20 minutes inland along the A30 from Land’s End – and the one we visited – is Carn Euny Ancient Village . It’s also managed by English Heritage but it’s free and open during the day year-round. It does, however, require going off-piste around 600 metres from the small car park through farmland that can get seriously squelchy when it rains.  

Carn Euny was inhabited from Iron Age to Roman times, and features stone house foundations and another of those mysterious underground passages called a fogou. The site serves up impressive views for miles around. 

The Tin Coast

People have been digging metals out of the earth in Cornwall for four thousand years. Today, the remnants of historic mining sites and engine houses pockmark the region.  

In fact, mining is such an important part of the Cornish story that the ‘Tin Coast’ has been declared World Heritage, and there are a number of sites where you can get your Poldark on. 

At Botallack , a National Trust site 20 minutes from Carn Euny Ancient Village, you can follow the paths on this map to see the impressive 19th century engine houses clinging to the cliffs, and the shafts, chimney stacks and other remnants of the busy mining site this once was. There’s parking just past Botallack Count House.  

Less than 10 minutes north is the Levant Mine and Beam Engine , another National Trust site. Among the mine buildings and industrial remains here, there’s a working 19th century steam-powered beam engine. The site can only be visited on a 1.5 hour pre-booked tour , but it’s a great way to learn more about the history of tin mining in the region and the perils of the industry.

More exploring on the Penwith Peninsula

If you’ve still got energy (and daylight hours), there are plenty more ancient sites dotting the Penwith peninsula.  

Two other great sites in the northern area include the 5000 year-old  Lanyon Quoit,  a classic stone dolmen thought to have been a burial chamber covered in earth once upon a time. Near the quoit, you’ll find  Chûn Castle , a 2500 year-old circular Iron Age hillfort. 

There are also a ton of opportunities to get outdoors and explore on foot. The epic South West Coast Path traverses the entire coastline, while hundreds and hundreds more kilometres trail across the countryside.

The Epic South West Coast Path   One of the most impressive discoveries when you road trip England’s south west is that there’s also a walking trail winding its way along most of the coastline!  The South West Coast Path is the longest national trail in the UK, stretching around 1,015 kilometres (630 miles) between Poole Harbour at the eastern end of the Jurassic Coast, right around to Minehead in the north of Devon.  This is definitely on our list of long (loooong) walks we want to conquer in our lifetime. But the great thing about the South West Coast Path is that you can get out of the car and stretch your legs on short lengths of the trail virtually everywhere you stop along the coast.   There are hundreds of short loop walks you can do, which you can find here . Or just park up and set off for a stroll in either direction. Being able to do this is one of the absolute highlights of this south west England road trip itinerary. 

Day 8 – St Ives to Padstow

Highlights: St Ives | Fistral Beach, Newquay | Wine & cider tasting | Padstow     Total driving distance: appx. 80 km (50 miles) plus travel to St Ives from accommodation   Total driving time: appx. 1.5 hours plus above   Overnight: Padstow  

Today, we’re heading further north into western Cornwall to visit a couple of the region’s most famous seaside villages: St Ives and Padstow. 

Between the two towns, there are a couple of activity options today. Just note that if you do the boat trip out of Hayle, you’ll spend most of the day in St Ives.

Start today with a coffee in boho St Ives . We’d seen so much written about this place over the years, we just had to come and see for ourselves what all the fuss was about.  

Summer in this fishing-village-turned-art-hub can be chaotic but we’d heard it could be a ghost town in winter. Not so on the day we visited. The sun was out and by mid-morning, the harbour-front was humming with people and the small beach was filling up. 

We popped into a tiny, side-street café and then wandered the streets. There’s no shortage of pubs, bakeries, bric-à-brac shops, museums and galleries. You’ll also find the highly regarded Tate St Ives Gallery, for which you can book a visit ahead of time here .  

Parking can be a challenge in St Ives, especially in the peak. Perhaps the nicest way to get in and out without losing time searching for a car space is to park up at St Erth Station over in the nearby village of Hayle, and take the 10 minute ‘park and ride’ train to St Ives. You’ll have gorgeous sea views as you travel into the village along the coast. The train runs twice an hour, every day.  

St Ives Station is also the starting point for this 3km self-guided walk around the town.  

If you are parking at Hayle, you might also consider spending more time in this area today and doing a boat trip like this one to experience the dramatic Cornwall coastline from the water. Boat trip itineraries usually depend on the weather, but some do head out to nearby Seal Island  to visit the local seal colony.

Surf’s Up or Bottom’s Up?

From St Ives, it’s a 1 hour 15 minute drive north to the wee fishing village of Padstow. On the way though, you have a couple of diversions to choose from.

En route to Padstow, you’ll pass the town of Newquay, home to the UK’s most famous surfing beaches.  

This is a very popular seaside getaway for Brits, especially in summer. It’s also renowned as a bucks and hens party destination and has the nightlife to go with it.  

We’ve opted not to include Newquay in this itinerary as it’s a bigger town and we feel there are other, prettier places to visit in this area. However, if you’d like to see why the beaches here are considered surfing meccas, you could break up today’s journey to Padstow with a stop at the most popular surf spot, Fistral Beach.

There’s a paid car park at the beach and various shops and places to eat (including a well-priced Rick Stein restaurant) at the International Surfing Centre.  

It’s also worth noting that there are more budget accommodation options here if you’re looking for an alternative to the higher prices in St Ives and Padstow for tonight’s accommodation. 

Wine tasting and vineyard tour

If wine trumps beach for you (it most definitely does for us), then a lovely alternative as you head towards Padstow today is a wine tasting or tour at Trevibban Mill Vineyard .  

English wine’s star is definitely rising and we absolutely recommend taking the chance to sample locally grown and produced vino and cider at this beautiful, high-ceilinged establishment overlooking the countryside. They also serve delicious grazing boards. Check their website for availability. 

Charming Padstow has its share of highlights, but it’s also garnered something of a reputation for its food scene. In fact, this was the catalyst for our original London to Cornwall road trip. 

As far away as Australia, Rick Stein’s way with seafood is legendary and Padstow is where his business empire first flourished. These days there are four Rick Stein restaurants in the village. We decided to go to the source, The Seafood Restaurant. We packaged it up with a stay in one of Stein’s nearby hotels. 

This is just one of many awesome eating opportunities in Padstow however, from the upmarket to the understated. If you don’t feel like a flashy meal this evening, go for a bag of takeaway fish and chips (there’s a Rick Stein joint for this too) and head to the harbourside.   

Food aside, this medieval fishing village is a nice little place to spend the late afternoon, particularly down by the working harbour. Across the water, you’ll see the village of Rock , a posh escape for the rich and famous. Ferries cross back and forth during the day (there’s a timetable down on the pier).  

A wander through the backstreets of Padstow will bring you to the 15th century St Petroc’s Church . This has been a site of worship since the year 518AD and has all the feels of a very ancient place. Outside of the winter months, you can also visit the 16th century manor house, Prideaux Place .

There are a couple of car parks down by the harbour in Padstow but they can fill quickly. We lucked out with a space in the South Quay Car Park. Otherwise, there are a couple of parking lots up the hill, including Padstow Main Road Car Park, a 10 minute walk into town. All of the car parks are paid parking. If you’re staying in town overnight, check with your accommodation provider for your best parking options.

Where to stay in Padstow

For a small village, Padstow has lots of accommodation, reflecting its popularity. But it can book out well ahead of time. Cast the net wider if needed as there are also lovely stays in the area surrounding Padstow.  

• Good value: Drang House – excellent location | clean & comfy | historic building 
• Mid-range: The Old Custom House – cosy pub stay | overlooking the harbour | great brekkie  
• Spend a bit more: Harbour Hotel Padstow – harbour front | lovely views | great staff 

Rick Stein also has a range of accommodations in Padstow, complementing his restaurants around town. We stayed in a very cosy room at Rick Stein’s Café , part of a birthday splurge including dinner at his famous Seafood Restaurant.   

Day 9 – Port Isaac & Tintagel

Highlights: Fishing village of Port Isaac | Tintagel Castle & Village   Total driving distance: appx. 40km (25 miles) plus any additional exploring in this area   Total driving time: appx. 1 hour   plus the above Overnight: Tintagel area

Today you’ll set out into northern Cornwall to visit a charming historic village and the legendary birthplace of King Arthur, Tintagel Castle.  

Leaving Padstow by 9am, make your way north 30 minutes to the tiny fishing village of Port Isaac.  

If you’ve yet to have breakfast (or you’re ready for second breakfast), consider stopping en route at the St Kew Farmshop and Café along the A39 for a bite. We stopped here briefly to browse the pantry and the smells coming from the café were divine! It opens at 9am six days a week (it’s closed Sundays).  

Pretty Port Isaac, with its white cottages decorating the coastal clifftops and the narrow harbour, is the famous ‘Port Wenn’ of the TV series Doc Martin .  

Park at the paid New Road (St Endellion) Long Stay Car Park at the top of the hill and wander along the sea path down into the village.  

Take an hour or two to enjoy a stroll along the tight paths between the village’s cottages, shops and pubs, keeping an eye out for the narrowest of them all, ‘Squeezy Belly Alley’. 

If you’re a fan of the Doc Martin series, you might want to stay a little longer here and make time for this 1.5 hour guided Doc Martin tour of the town. 

Tintagel Castle & Village

It’s a drive of around 25 minutes from Port Isaac to the dramatic bluff where Arthurian myths have swirled for centuries.  

We weren’t sure what to expect on our first visit, but Tintagel and surrounds has turned out to be one of our favourite places to visit in south west England.  

There are five paid car parks in the village of Tintagel. We usually get a space at the good-sized King Arthur’s Car Park in the centre of the village.  

Aim to spend the afternoon in and around Tintagel Castle and village. 

Tintagel Castle

Crowning two dramatic clifftop sites joined by a long bridge, the evocative crumbling ruins of Tintagel hint at the serious fortress it once was. 

The rocky outcrop on which part of the castle clings is also scattered with the stone remains of a Dark Age settlement. 

Tintagel Castle is open daily from 10am to 5pm but check the website before visiting as it can be closed during high winds and poor weather, and isn’t open every day during the winter period.  

It also has timed entry and can get busy, so while you can buy a ticket on the day, it’s useful to book ahead if you can. You’ll save money by booking in advance online too, up till 8.45am on the day you visit. The castle is managed by English Heritage. 

There’s a steep hill down and some stairs up to reach the castle bridge. There’s also a land rover that runs visitors up and down for an additional fee.    

Spend a couple of hours wandering all over and re-imagining this mythical site. Don’t miss the ethereal sculpture, Gallos , on the far side of the island – it’s a fitting tribute to Tintagel’s mystique. 

Travel Tip: For sensational views of the coastline here and of Tintagel island itself, we highly recommend heading out for a walk along the South West Coast Path to the right and/or left of Tintagel Castle. We’ve walked both sides and both serve up fantastic scenery and different perspectives of the castle, bridge and island. The weather was wild when we last hiked but it was exhilarating all the same.   On the south side, you can also walk along the coast path to the spectacularly-sited 12th century St Materiana’s Church . For a shorter walk, you can park at the church and head along the path towards Tintagel instead. 

Tintagel Village

Once you’ve finished exploring Tintagel Castle, take a stroll through the village high street.  

When you see a higgledy-piggledy, ancient-looking stone and slate-roof building, you’ve reached the Tintagel Old Post Off ice , a cottage from the 1300s.  

This is a National Trust site set up as it would have been several hundred years ago when the cottage was a Victorian post office and home, with lots of insights about life in earlier times. We weren’t here long but found it a quaint and fascinating little spot. 

Unless you’ve had lunch on the go, you have plenty of options for a late lunch or early dinner in Tintagel village.  

Alternatively, take a 10 minute drive into the nearby countryside for a stop at beautiful Tintagel Brewery Bar & Bistro for a paddle of beers and something delicious from their menu (we’re still talking about the pork belly Scotch egg with Thai spiced sauce we had here). Check their website for opening hours and serving times.

Where to stay in Tintagel and surrounds

Tomorrow, you’ll be spending a good part of the morning in the area between Tintagel and Boscastle and there’s a range of accommodation in and between both villages. So you can either stay in Tintagel tonight, or in Boscastle, or anywhere between. Boscastle is just 10 minutes up the road.  

The following stays get great reviews: 

• Good value: Bosayne Guest House – friendly and welcoming | near to beach and Tintagel village | free parking 
• Mid-range: King Arthur’s Arms – historic pub stay | centre of Tintagel | free parking 
• Spend a bit more: The Wellington Hotel – elegant, historic building | centre of Boscastle | free parking   

Day 10 – Boscastle to Exeter via Bodmin Moor

Highlights: St Nectan’s Glen Walk & Waterfall | Boscastle fishing village | Bodmin Moor      Total driving distance: appx. 145km (90 miles)   Total driving time: appx. 2.5 hours   Overnight: Exeter  

Today you’ll explore some of the natural and historic man-made highlights of this area before leaving Cornwall as you start your journey back east. 

Depending on where you’ve spent the night, you can do either Boscastle or St Nectan’s Glen first this morning. St Nectan’s Glen is between Tintagel and Boscastle.

St Nectan’s Glen & Waterfall

After a couple of days of poor weather and muddy trails, we very nearly passed up this little nature trail. We’re really glad we didn’t. St Nectan’s Glen and Waterfall is a real delight and wholly unexpected when you park up in the gravel car park off the B3263 road.  

Have £3 in coins with you for the pay and display car park as it’s cash only. Also, wear your decent walking shoes as it can get muddy and there are a bunch of slippery steps at the visitor centre and waterfall. 

From the carpark, follow the signs to cross the road, head up the short path and then off to the right. Soon enough, the trail will start to follow alongside a lovely bubbling river through a mossy, green forest.  

You’ll climb quite a few stairs out of the glen to the visitor centre, where you pay an £8 entry fee and then head back down a heap more steps on the other side of the river. If you go this route, you’ll need to wade into the river to see the falls. We took our shoes off and embraced the freezing, ankle-deep water to go and stand in the spray of the cascade. It’s magic.  

Once you climb the steps out again, you can stop by the café before making your way back through the glen, or looping out and back to the car park along a very rough and ready single-lane dirt road. We went this way and can confirm it’s an easier downhill walk but far less picturesque.    

The trail is open anytime, but access to the waterfall and visitor centre is daily from 9am to 5pm. We suggest being on the trail around 8.30am and getting to the centre for opening. Give yourself around 1.5 hours to do the walk there and back, with some time at the falls. 

Ten minutes north of the St Nectan’s Glen car park and 15 minutes north of Tintagel, tucked into a small inlet between narrow and winding sea cliffs, you’ll find the tiny harbour village of Boscastle . This was another marvellous little stop for us, and definitely worth a visit.  

Park up at the paid Cobweb Car Park. A river runs through the village along a shale-stacked canal and meets the sea at a quay built in Elizabethan times. Pretty stone cottages and some ancient looking buildings line the way. 

Enjoy a wander through the hamlet and stop for a break in one of the tea rooms or at The Wellington , a 16th century coaching inn. Look out for the red telephone box out the front that’s been converted into a donation-based second-hand bookshop.  

If the spirit of Tintagel has fired up your interest in legends and myths, there’s a Museum of Witchcraft and Magic in Boscastle (it’s closed during winter). The Wellington is also said to be haunted!    

In our opinion, the real magic happens here with a walk out along the right side of the bay, up to the high shale rock pile that forms a natural protective barrier for the village. From up there, you’ll have views only nature can conjure, right out over the Atlantic and the coastline and back towards the village. 

Bodmin Moor

From Boscastle, make your way inland and take the A30 road into the granite wilds of Bodmin Moor. There’s only time to visit a couple of the many sites – natural and manmade – that make this landscape so special, but don’t leave Cornwall without at least a drive through part of this ruggedly beautiful place.  

Hurlers Stone Circles

Our first stop is the  Hurlers Stone Circles , a 50 minute drive from Boscastle.  

Hurlers is a series of three stone circles in a line, and a unique formation in England. Legend has it the stones are local men who were punished for playing the Cornish game of hurling on a Sunday. 

The site was particularly ambient on the day we visited: brooding sarsens on the misty, sodden moor with a couple of wild black ponies watching nearby.

You can park for free at The Hurlers car park. If time is on your side, this is also the starting point for our next stop, which involves a walk on the moor.

The Cheesewring

Apart from Bodmin Moor’s highest point, Brown Willy, The Cheesewring is perhaps the next most well-known natural feature on the moor.

Named for cheese presses of old, The Cheesewring is a stack of large individual stones, smoothed over millennia and balanced precariously on top of each other to tower over the surrounding landscape.   

It’s a 20 minute walk from the car park to The Cheesewring. Just beware that weather can change very suddenly on the moor, so dress appropriately and wear decent shoes. If the weather looks to be closing in, or your hours of daylight are limited, consider giving this a miss. 

Trevethy Quoit

Ten minutes south, just outside Bodmin Moor in Liskeard, you’ll find  Trevethy Quoit .  

Known hereabouts as ‘the giant’s house’, this is the tallest neolithic portal dolmen burial chamber we’ve ever seen, standing at 2.7 metres high and in good condition.  

It’s an impressive megalithic structure, if not a little juxtaposed by the modern-day houses right next door.  

Overnight in Exeter

From Trevethy Quoit, set the GPS for the city of Exeter. It’s a drive of around 1 hour 15 minutes. Tonight is spent back in the cathedral city in order to get a headstart on tomorrow’s itinerary, which kicks off in Glastonbury. 

If you’d prefer to head straight to Glastonbury tonight, and don’t mind a long drive, it’s a further 1 hour 15 minutes up the road.

Where to stay in Exeter

As a much larger town, you have plenty of options for a stay in Exeter. As we’ve already spent some time in Exeter on this trip, you could stay on the outskirts tonight. But if you do want to stay closer in, we recommend taking a walk around Cathedral Yard to see the cathedral lit up at night.

The following stays get great reviews:

• Good value: Leonardo Hotel Exeter – modern and clean | close to historic centre | paid parking nearby (we stayed here and it was comfortable and convenient).
• Mid-range: Townhouse Exeter – quiet and comfortable | short walk to centre | paid parking nearby
• Spend a bit more: Mill on the Exe – historic mill house | riverside location | free parking

Day 11 – Glastonbury & Wells

Highlights: Glastonbury Abbey | Glastonbury Tor | Wells Cathedral  | Wells historic centre Total driving distance: appx. 100km (62 miles)   Total driving time: appx. 1.5 hours   Overnight: Wells  

You may have left Cornwall behind now but you’re still firmly within the borders of the ‘West Country’ for these final days of our south west England road trip itinerary.  

It’s a drive of around 1 hour 15 minutes from Exeter to Glastonbury.

Glastonbury

From King Arthur’s mythical birthplace at Tintagel to his fabled burial place in Glastonbury, the mythical ‘Isle of Avalon’, we’re hot on the trail of English legend and folklore as we roll into this world-renowned Somerset town.  

Apart from being home to the famous Glastonbury Festival, this is also considered the birthplace of Christianity in England, and it’s been a spiritual centre for millennia. 

It can get very busy here. We learnt this the hard way the first time we visited and kept going as we hadn’t planned our parking. The next time, we had our options ready in advance.  

The most central carpark is the pay and display St Dunstan’s Car Park at Glastonbury Abbey, and you can take a bus from here to Glastonbury Tor between April and September (that’s if you don’t feel like making the 30 minute walk; there’s no parking at the Tor). This isn’t a large carpark though and it’s closed for a market on Tuesdays, so have a back-up.  

Head into Glastonbury Abbey for a wander around the ruins and look out for the spot where King Arthur and Queen Guinevere are said to have been buried. There’s a fee for the abbey, but you can save by booking online in advance.  

From the abbey, make your way along the High Street and check out Glastonbury Market Cross , the Glastonbury Goddess Temple , the 15th century Glastonbury Tribunal and St John the Baptist Church . 

It’s then a 15 to 20 minute walk to Glastonbury Tor . Coming from town along the A361, turn left onto Wellhouse Lane and then make an almost immediate right onto the narrow lane which takes you up to a gate and on to the Tor. A little further up Wellhouse Lane is the White Spring in a Victorian well house.  

You can also head up the Tor from the opposite side, off Stone Down Lane.  

Glastonbury Tor is free to visit but you earn it: it’s a steady uphill slog from both sides. The reward, however, is absolutely worth it. At the top you’ll find St Michael’s Tower , all that remains of the 14th century church that once crowned the hill. And the views over the ‘Isle of Avalon’ are something else.  

Travel tip: On this itinerary, you’ll visit Glastonbury in the morning and spend the afternoon and evening in Wells. We’ve also had the chance to appreciate Glastonbury at sunset though and it’s pretty special (though unsurprisingly it does attract crowds).  As Wells and Glastonbury are only 20 minutes apart, you could easily flip today’s itinerary if you’re keen for sunset atop the Tor. Or head back from Wells just for sunset or sunrise.

Wells, our next stop, is just 20 minutes up the road, so after coming down off the Tor, you can either lunch in Glastonbury or in Wells.  

Aim to arrive in Wells in the early afternoon, which will give you plenty of time to wander and appreciate this lovely little city, England’s smallest. Wells is actually more village than town and is only designated a city thanks to its cathedral. 

If you haven’t eaten yet, head to one of the pubs in the pretty Market Place.  Then enjoy a leisurely afternoon meander around the 800 year-old Bishop’s Palace . There’s a fee to go in, or you can do as we did and wander the outskirts of the palace and along the   path through the Palace Fields . There are lovely views over the countryside from here back towards Glastonbury Tor. 

Afterwards, tour the magnificent Wells Cathedral . It’s open till 6pm. We came back out just as the sun was turning the façade a golden honey colour. Entry to the cathedral is by donation until late April; after that, there’s an entry fee (reduced on Sundays). 

From the cathedral, pop over to marvel at the adjoining 14th century Vicars’ Close . It’s said to be the oldest original and continually inhabited residential ‘street’ in Europe (the image up near the beginning of this article is of Vicar’s Close). 

For some fun and offbeat self-guided walking tours through Wells, check out this audio guide .

Head back to the vibrant Market Place for dinner before turning in for the night.

Where to stay in Wells

Lovely little Wells has a range of options both in the historic centre and the surrounding area. We stayed in a charming, 600-year-old building overlooking the cathedral green, The Ancient Gatehouse, which we’ve included below. The following hotels all have solid reviews.

• Good value: Premier Inn Wells – budget friendly | clean and comfortable | 20 minute walk to centre
• Mid-range: The Ancient Gatehouse – heritage listed building | central location | nearby paid parking
• Spend a bit more: The Sheep and Penguin – beautifully refurbed pub stay | nearby paid parking

Day 12 – Bath

Highlights: Ancient Roman Baths | Royal Crescent & Circus | Pulteney Bridge & Weir | Bath’s Georgian architecture   Total driving distance: appx. 35km (22 miles)   Total driving time: appx. 40 minutes   Overnight: Bath  

Today, you’re headed to the World Heritage city of Bath, a drive of around 40 minutes northeast of Wells.  

Bath has been drawing people to its therapeutic waters for nearly 2000 years. The Ancient Romans, no doubt desperate for some home comforts in the strange, grey world of Britannia, tapped the hot springs here around 70AD and built the Roman baths that gave the town its name and which you can still see today.  

In the 18th century, Bath’s reputation as a spa town flourished once more, along with the population. Much of the elegant Georgian architecture is from that period.  

As UK cities go, Bath is one of our favourites. It’s strikingly beautiful and, as a university town, there’s always plenty going on and lots of great eating options.  

Day 12 of our itinerary is wholly dedicated to exploring Bath, and you’ll be staying here for the next two nights.  

There are a number of parking lots around Bath. Unless your accommodation has parking, ask them for their advice on the most convenient place to park. We parked at the Charlotte Street Long Stay Car Park, which is huge but not cheap; it was around £18 for 24 hours (cost is dependent on your vehicle’s level of emissions). 

Tours of Bath

There’s a bucket load to see in Bath and we highly recommend exploring it with a guide of some sort to get the most of out of your visit.

You can join a guided walking tour like this . Or go at your own pace and download a self-guided walking tour app like this one . This is what we did and while the commentary is hilariously flowery at times, it does provide a really good insight into the history and the buildings of this beautiful town. We were also able to do it over the course of the day and take our time.

Check out wide range of other themed walking tours you can do in Bath here .

Just make a note of any sites or museums you might want to visit before you rock up, and book ahead where necessary so you don’t miss out during busy periods.

Things to do in Bath

With or without a guide, you can take your pick of the many, many things to do in Bath. Exploring the A ncient Roman Baths is, of course, a must. Do this first thing if you can. We were there at opening and it was already getting crowded.  

While you can’t swim in the ancient baths these days, you can channel the Romans and experience for yourself Bath’s soothing thermal waters with a spa session at Thermae Bath Spa . Or literally take the waters as the Georgians did with a glass of the magic liquid during a high tea at The Pump Room , which is right above the ancient baths.    

Wander up to the Royal Crescent and the Circus to see the city’s most famous Georgian buildings. Cross the impressive the 18th century Pulteney Bridge , one of just four in the world with shops spanning both sides.  

Join a tour of Bath Abbey and go up the tower for views over the city (plan ahead if you want to do this, we missed out).  

If you’re here on a Saturday, head to Green Park Station for the weekly Bath Farmer’s Market and browse the yummy local produce. Or head to the historic Guildhall Market any day but Sunday and browse the stalls. 

Jane Austen lived in Bath and you can learn more about her life and the times at the Jane Austen Centre . Or head to the free Victoria Art Gallery or the Ho lburne Museum for a dose of art and sculpture.  

We also found Bath to have a really extensive and varied eating scene, from Michelin star restaurants and gastropubs to hole-in-the-wall street food. Keeping it low key on our first night, we had a tasty beef stew and a pint of delicious IPA in the cobbled backstreets at The Raven pub. 

Travel Tip: Don’t leave town without delving into the curious world of Bath’s historic ‘buns’. The city gave rise (pun intended) to two unique types of bun that are famous here today – the Sally Lunn Bun and the Bath Bun. Both have interesting backstories and they couldn’t taste any more different. We recommend a parallel taste test. We picked up a Sally bun from Sally Lunn’s Historic Eating House & Museum, and stuffed it with ham and cheese from the Guildhall Market, which is also where we bought a much sweeter Bath Bun.   Which will win your vote? 

Where to stay in Bath

You’ll be spending the next two nights in Bath. As a World Heritage city, a university city and a popular tourist destination, Bath offers accommodation right across the spectrum, from backpacker stays to serious luxe. The stays below are all in the city centre and have great reviews. If you’re after onsite parking, you’ll find more options outside of the historic centre.

• Good value: The Z Hotel – great location | tiny but comfy rooms | friendly staff (we stayed here and while the room was teeny and the bathroom walls are frosted glass, which may not suit everyone, it was perfect for our stay and we loved the location)
• Mid-range: The Henry Guesthouse – centrally located | cosy & comfy | lovely staff
• Spend a bit more: Eight – restored historic house | big, beautiful rooms | close to abbey

Day 13 – Castle Combe, Lacock Abbey & Bath

Highlights: Cotswolds village of Castle Combe | Lacock Abbey | Final evening in Bath   Total driving distance: appx. 60km (37 miles)   Total driving time: appx. 1.5 hours   Overnight: Bath

You have another night Bath tonight, so you’ll have a second bite of the Bath dining scene. Today, though, we’re back in the car to explore some of the countryside highlights in this area. 

Castle Combe

Stretching north of Bath is the beautiful Cotswolds National Landscape. This is quintessential English country-and-village touring, and we recently spent a wonderful few days travelling through the area. There’s so much to see across this landscape though that it really deserves a couple of days at bare minimum.  

For this reason, we haven’t included the Cotswolds more broadly in this itinerary. What we have included is a taster, with a visit to a hamlet on the southern edge of the Cotswolds, Castle Combe. The bonus is that Castle Combe is one of the most photogenic of all the Cotswolds villages. It’s around 35 minutes’ drive north of Bath. 

Castle Combe village, as you see it today, dates largely back to the 14th and 15th centuries, when the cloth industry took off. The village flourished until water levels in the Bybrook River, critical for powering mills, dropped to the point the industry had to move. There have been virtually no new buildings in the village since. So what you see is an authentic snapshot of a village from a time long passed. 

Have a wander, taking in the pretty Cotswold stone cottages , the market square with its 14th century market cross , and historic St Andrew’s Church . The village’s two pubs, the Castle Inn and The White Hart , date back to the 12th and 14th centuries. 

The Manor House , a country house-turned-hotel, sits on the site of the former Norman castle that gave the village its name.    

There’s very limited street parking in and on the approach to the village. Your best bet for Castle Combe parking is in the paid Dunns Lane public car park, a 5 to 10 minute walk up the hill. 

Lacock Abbey

Our next stop today is the 800 year-old Lacock Abbey . It’s a 20 minute drive from Castle Combe. 

Built in the 13th century as a nunnery, Lacock Abbey became a grand country home following Henry VIIIs Dissolution of the Monasteries. It went on to be redecorated and remodelled throughout the ensuing centuries to suit ever-changing architectural and artistic tastes. 

Today’s, Lacock Abbey is a National Trust site. It’s open daily till around 5pm but check the National trust website before you go. There’s an entry fee plus a car park charge.

Late afternoon and evening in Bath

Back in Bath this afternoon and evening, check out whatever you didn’t get to see and do yesterday and pick somewhere awesome for dinner. It is, after all, the last night of our road trip! 

Day 14 – Return to London via Stonehenge

Highlights: Standing stones and museum of Stonehenge     Total driving distance : appx. 160km (100 miles)   Total driving time : appx. 2 hours 15 minutes, but keep an eye on traffic and factor in extra time as Greater London traffic is often seriously congested (especially the M25) and can add quite a bit of time to your journey.  

It’s the final day of our epic two week south west England road trip itinerary! 

Today you’re headed back to London, a 160km (100 miles) drive east of Bath. But we’ve included one more stop to break up the journey. It’s a tourist magnet, sure, but there’s a good reason for that: this is, after all, the pinnacle of ancient places to visit in south west England, if not the whole of the UK. We’re talking, of course, about Stonehenge. 

Stonehenge is around an hour’s drive south east of Bath. It’s open from 9.30am to 5pm daily and we recommend getting there for opening as it gets busy.   

Improvement programs in recent years have changed Stonehenge dramatically since our first visit some 20 years ago and we love coming here now.  

Tour the excellent visitor centre and museum and then take a walk (or the shuttle bus) out to the henge itself, where a redesign of the walkways means you can actually see and photograph the stones without a million people in the scene. 

Wander back to the visitor centre through the fields and past prehistoric mounds and monuments. Today’s experience is an entirely new and enlightening perspective on this incredibly ancient place and not to be missed. 

We also recommend downloading the English Heritage Stonehenge Audio Guide before you visit.

There’s a large car park at the site and you can book tickets on arrival, but you’ll save money if you buy them online ahead of time. English Heritage and National Trust (England) members can visit for free.

Time for one last classic pub lunch, if you can spare the extra hour. There are some excellent old pubs in the region around Wiltshire, like cosy 17th century pubs, The Swan at Enford and The Crown Inn at Cholderton, both around 15 minutes’ drive from Stonehenge. 

Back in the car, set the GPS for Heathrow Airport, Gatwick Airport or your London base, and enjoy the remainder of the journey recapping the many, many highlights of this magical taster of England’s incredible south-west. 

Planning a South West England Road Trip

Getting to london.

The start and finish point for this itinerary is London Heathrow, the UK’s largest airport, and a convenient location to collect and drop off a hire car. It’s also in the west of London, so it makes a good launchpad for our journey through the south west. 

You could also start this itinerary from London Gatwick, which has a huge range of car hire options as well and is south of London.  

Both airports are serviced by flights from around the world. Both can also be reached by direct and regular trains from central London, which in turn can be reached by trains from all over the UK mainland and from several cities in Europe.

Best time to visit south west England

People joke about it always being grey in England. And they wouldn’t be entirely wrong. It certainly feels like it’s overcast and drizzly a lot of the time, especially in winter. But there can also be lovely dry, sunny spells. 

Come expecting it to be overcast, always carry a rain jacket, and don’t let it get in the way of your day. In our experience, all the grey days just make the sunny days that much more welcome and enjoyable.  

But is there a best time to visit England’s south west?

Summer – Some would say summer is best, when the chance of sun is greater and the days warmer. It’s a good time to get outdoors, go walking and visit the beaches of the south and south west coasts.  

July and August are the busiest months in these areas, for both tourists and locals. Prices go up and accommodation can book out well in advance, especially in some of the coastal towns we visit on this itinerary. We don’t enjoy crowds or the hassle of trying to find parking in peak periods. So we’d personally avoid road tripping the south west in summer.  

Winter – Over December to February, London and the bigger cities are still busy with tourists but it gets much quieter in the countryside and smaller villages. At this time of year, the days are shorter and it can get really chilly if you’re spending time outdoors. On the plus side, the low sunlight (when it makes an appearance) at this time of year casts everything in a beautiful golden glow.  

Most importantly though, many cafes, restaurants, accommodations and historic sites close over the winter season, generally reopening around late March. We’ve travelled the south west in the wintertime and it’s beautiful, but all the closures can take a bit of the fun out of the itinerary. It’s definitely something to consider when planning your trip.   

Spring and Autumn – In our opinion, the shoulder periods of Spring (March to May) and Autumn (September to November) are the best times to road trip south west England. Outside of holiday periods, it’s not quite as busy and the countryside colours are at their best: bright and vivid in spring, and warm and muted in Autumn. 

Where to stay in south west England

You’ll find just about every kind of accommodation in the south west, to suit every price point. There are campgrounds, vacation rentals, apartments, B&Bs, boutique and budget chain hotels – everything.  

A uniquely British accommodation experience, and one of our favourite types of stay when we travel here, is a room in an historic coaching inn or pub. It’s a wonderfully ambient experience, and often includes an epic Full English breakfast – required eating at least once on road trips in the UK (but maybe not every day like we tend to).  

When we road trip, we usually stay in comfortable mid-range hotels and apartments, preferably with parking onsite or nearby. Throughout this post, we’ve included suggested budget, mid-range and higher price point accommodation options that have excellent reviews and which we’ve either stayed at ourselves, or which we would choose to stay in.   

Book accommodation well ahead, particularly if you’re wanting to stay somewhere particular or you’re travelling during the summer peak period.

We mainly use Booking.com to find and book accommodation when we travel.

Driving and renting a car in England

Some key points to note if you’re coming from overseas and plan on driving in England, or anywhere in the UK: 

• You need to carry a valid driving licence from your home country to drive a car in the UK. However, if your home licence is not in English, you’ll need an International Driving Permit. 
• In the UK, you drive on the left side of the road and your steering wheel is on the right side of the car. 
• Familiarise yourself with the road rules and signage .  
• Always make sure you have appropriate travel insurance. 
• If you’re renting a car, aim to do so well in advance to get the best deal and the right car for you. We use RentalCars.com and Discover Cars to find our hire cars.  

If you have any questions, thoughts or updates to share about our south west England road trip itinerary, let us know in the comments below!   

If you’re looking for more great road tripping itineraries and adventures,  check out our Road Trips page , and our bucket list of 100 ultimate road trips around the world .

6 thoughts on “The Ultimate 2 Week South West England Road Trip Itinerary”

Thanks for sharing amazing information and ideas about road trips and travel in the UK. Regards: Lux Transfers UK

Thanks Maroof, glad you found it useful.

Would like mor information on your tour. Is sounds terrific. Please send information

Thanks for your message! You might be able to find organised tours for this kind of trip by searching on TripAdvisor and similar sites. However, if you’re driving your own car or hiring a car, we hope you might find our post useful as a suggested itinerary for travelling this route independently.

All the best! Danielle and John

The Wells Cathedral looks beautiful. I would love to explore its architecture from inside out. Another landmark that I dream of exploring is the Stonehenge. I would love to do this road trip.

Hey Rezmin, both amazing destinations and well worth a visit! Thanks for your message!

Leave a comment Cancel reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

South England road trip - The best of the UK from London

Looking to experience the best of the UK on a road trip? We've planned the ultimate south England road trip just for you. It's an epic 12 day round trip from London, taking in some of the major cities like Oxford, Bath, Bristol and Exeter, before cruising along the Jurassic Coast, hitting up Stonehenge, and heading along the south coast to Brighton. Read on for all the best restaurants to eat at, museums to visit, hotels to stay in and activities to do.

Day 1: London to Oxford - Brunch, the University of Oxford, & punting

Pick up your hire car and drive to oxford in time for lunch.

Welcome to the first day of your road trip! Arrive in London as early as possible, pick up your hire car if you're renting one, and set off for Oxford. The drive is only 60 miles direct along the A40 and M40 and takes about an hour and 45 minutes.

Parking in Oxford is pretty easy if you can't leave your car at your hotel, with a good number of car parks available that allow you to stay overnight. If you want to leave your car in the city centre, then opt for Oxpens car park, or for a park-and-ride service Redbridge is your best bet.

Once you've made it into town, make your way to the Vaults & Garden Cafe for some food. Housed in a 14th-century building with a beautiful vaulted ceiling connected to the University Church of St Mary the Virgin, this cafe will give you an introduction to the historic city you're about to explore, with the addition of some great breakfast.

Lunch is served between 11am and 2pm, and includes dishes from all over the world such as curries, tagines, and of course British delicacies. Enjoy your food either inside beneath the vaults or outside in the garden.

The cafe sources all local, organic and ethically sourced ingredients, and operates a 'no waste catering' policy, so it's a great business to support.

Visit the sights in Radcliffe Square

Conveniently, the cafe is located right next to your first Oxford stop, Radcliffe Square, so once you've finished your brunch step outside and begin your sightseeing.

Cobbled Radcliffe Square forms the heart of the University, and is home to three main sights: Bodleian Library, Radcliffe Camera (also a library), and University Church of St Mary the Virgin.

The Bodleian Library will be the main place you visit, and includes the ornate Divinity School (the oldest teaching hall of the University), Convocation House (two grand chambers which have hosted the English Parliament), the Chancellor's Court (where writers Oscar Wilde and Percy Bysshe Shelley went on trial), and Gladstone Link which connects the library with Radcliffe Camera.

Fun fact: parts of the Bodleian Library were used as filming locations for the Harry Potter movies, including the Divinity School which served as the Hogwarts hospital wing, and Duke Humfrey's Library which you might recognise from Harry's late-night library trip under the invisibility cloak in the first movie.

Access to the two libraries is limited without a tour, so we recommend you opt for one of the following four options (tickets can either be purchased online or at the Great Gate ticket office):

• A 30-minute tour which takes you round the most beautiful parts of the Bodleian Library, including the Divinity School and Duke Humfrey's medieval library. The tour costs £6 and runs regularly every afternoon.
• A 60-minute tour that covers the same as the 30-minute option with the addition of Convocation House and Chancellor's Court. This tour costs £9 and runs regularly every morning.
• A 90-minute tour which includes all of the above plus the Radcliffe Camera (only available to view through this tour) and Gladstone Link. This tour costs £15 and only runs on Wednesdays and Saturdays at 9.15am, and Sundays at 11.15am and 1.15pm.
• There is also a short option that lasts ten minutes and takes you around the Divinity School only. This costs £1 and runs between 9am and 5pm Monday to Saturday, and from 11am to 5pm on Sundays.

Note: the majority of what you'll visit in Oxford is connected to Oxford University, so we advise downloading the 'Explore the University of Oxford' brochure from their website to guide you.

Leave the library and admire the Bridge of Sighs

Another iconic Oxford landmark, the Bridge of Sighs, is just around the corner from the main entrance to the Library, so head there next.

Located on New College Lane, the bridge is a skyway connecting the old and new quadrangles of Hereford College, and bears an uncanny resemblance to the bridge of the same name in Venice. Legend has it that the bridge borrowed this name from its Venetian cousin to symbolise the sighs of worrying students on their way to exams, but that's just one of many myths to do with this landmark.

Walk under the bridge, snap some photos, and let out some symbolic signs of your own before you move on.

Walk through the pretty Oxford streets to Christ Church College

A trip to Oxford wouldn't be complete without a nosey round one of the University colleges, so take a picturesque stroll from the Bridge past Exeter, Jesus, and Lincoln Colleges to get to one of the largest and most famous - Christ Church.

This college is made up of a group of stunning buildings, including the Tom Tower designed by Sir Christopher Wren (of St Paul's Cathedral fame), the Tom Quad, the largest quad in Oxford, and the Great Dining Hall which also featured in Harry Potter.

This college's list of alumni is also super impressive, including 13 British prime ministers and the author of Alice in Wonderland. Today, the college welcomes around 450 undergraduates and 150 graduate students from all over the world to study at this historic, prestigious institution, mingling modern student life with rich history.

Standard admission to tour the college costs £8 to £10 (depending on the time of year) and grants access to the Quads, Cloister, Hall Staircase, and Dining Hall, with tickets available online (released each Thursday for the following week), or from the Meadow Gate ticket kiosk.

You can opt for an hour-long tour if you prefer which cost between £13 and £17, but be aware that this isn't possible in July and August.

Note: if areas of the college are in use by the students or staff during your visit they may be closed; for example, you won't be able to visit the Dining Hall during meal times.

Spend the rest of the afternoon punting on the River Cherwell

You should have a little time left before it gets dark, so walk east from Christ Church to the Magdalen Bridge Boat House to hire a traditional punt.

These long wooden boats are propelled by a pole pushed against the river bed, and lounging on one along a British waterway is an iconic and relaxing activity, as long as you don't fall in the water, that is…

Punts take up to five people, and you can either hire one and brave steering it yourself, or pay a professional chauffeur to take you along the river; we'd recommend going without the driver, as steering is great fun and not very difficult once you get the hang of it! Punts cost £22 per hour to hire.

Drive to Gee's Restaurant & Bar for dinner

Collapse at your hotel for a while after your busy day, then hop in the car and drive to Gee's Restaurant & Bar for dinner.

Although the restaurant isn't that far away (it's around a ten-minute drive), we're guessing you'll be all walked-out by this point, so take the car and park on Canterbury Road where you can stay for free for two hours.

This Mediterranean restaurant is housed in a beautiful Victorian Glasshouse filled with plants and olive trees, and has a menu that changes daily to reflect the best of the season. Expect great vegetarian options as well as delicious meat and fish dishes, plus a tempting cocktail list to go alongside your food (with non-alcoholic concoctions available for whomever's driving).

Day 2: Oxford to Bath to Bristol - Bath sights & coffee on your way to Bristol

Drive to Bath via the Cotswolds

Have breakfast and set off early on day four to drive to Bath.

Rather than connecting with the M4 when you reach Swindon, take a scenic detour by following the A419 up to Cirencester, then wriggling south through the country lanes of the Cotswolds. This route beats taking a boring motorway any day, and will take you past sprawling green fields and quaint British villages for a taste of rural England.

The drive should take around two hours, but take your time on the small country roads - passing other vehicles can be a tricky manoeuvre!

Travel tip: if you're a less confident driver and don't fancy squeezing past other cars on tight lanes, then follow the A433 - it's still really scenic, just a little wider!

Park the car and walk into the centre of Bath to visit the Roman Baths

Park the car in Manvers Street car park which is a short walk from the centre of town. You have to pay upfront for the number of hours you're going to stay, so have a rough idea of what time you want to leave to arrive in Bristol later on.

Staying for four hours costs £6.40, and for six hours costs £9.60.

The Roman Baths are just a five-minute walk from the car park, so head there first. Probably the most iconic landmark in the city, this complex of thermal baths is a well-preserved Roman site that was once used for public bathing.

Geothermal energy and pressure cause the warm water to rise from thousands of metres under the ground to the surface, supplying both these ancient baths and the modern Thermae Bath Spa with steaming hot water.

You can't bathe in the Roman Baths anymore, but nearby Thermae Bath Spa is a beautiful modern complex where you can safely enjoy water from the same source, if you want to.

It's thought that the baths could have also been a centre of worship for the Celts, with the springs dedicated to the goddess Sulis, so this is a spiritual as well as recreational landmark to visit.

Admission costs £16.50 and grants you access to all areas of the Baths, including the Great Bath, the Temple Precinct where the Romans once worshipped, the changing areas of the East Baths, and the icy plunge pool of the West Baths.

Your ticket includes a free multimedia guide available in 12 languages, and also allows you to join informative public tours that start at the Great Bath on the hour every hour from 10am.

Grab lunch and admire Bath Abbey

By the time you've finished at the Baths it'll be time for lunch, so grab a quick bite nearby. There are loads of great cafes in the area, but we recommend Mokoko Coffee which serves up generous plates of colourful salads and slices of quiche that'll be sure to fill you up for the rest of your Bath exploring.

Mokoko and the Baths are right next to Bath Abbey, so have a quick look at this historic church before moving on to explore the rest of town.

Built with iconic golden Bath stone, it's definitely worth popping inside this towering Gothic abbey, even just for a quick gaze at the vaulted ceiling, impressive stained glass windows, and huge organ.

It's free to go inside, but it's recommended that adults give a donation of £4 which goes towards maintaining this beautiful building.

Wander round Bath and visit the Royal Crescent

From here stroll up Union Street and through the main pedestrianised shopping area, taking in the historic buildings and enjoying Bath's friendly atmosphere - travel tip: if you're visiting around Christmas, you'll find many of it's Christmas market stalls here.

Connect up with Milsom Street, then cross over the A4 and walk up tiny Bartlett Street, passing its cosy cafes and boutique shops which lead to the elegant 18th century Bath Assembly Rooms.

Admire the outside of this beautiful building, before heading west on Bennett Street to The Circus - a historic ring of Georgian townhouses that will make you envy anyone lucky enough to live there.

Continue walking west from here and you'll get to an even bigger curve of impressive houses at the Royal Crescent. Synonymous with Bath, this half-moon of houses is a must-see attraction, and one of the greatest examples of Georgian architecture in the whole of the UK.

The crescent overlooks a pristine green lawn, so just enjoy this space and snap some photos of the houses, or if your curiosity gets the better of you, number one is a museum that has been furnished as it might have been in the 18th century, so you can get a feel for how it's residents would have lived. Admission costs £10.30 for adults.

Go for coffee at Colonna and Small's

Walk back to The Circus then south down Gay Street to Queen Square where you'll find Colonna and Small's in the southwestern corner.

This speciality coffee shop is all about the vibrant, varied, and exciting flavours that come from coffee beans, serving up the ultimate brew. The modern interiors are chic and minimalist whilst remaining cosy, and the staff are really friendly and on hand to talk you through the options and suggest which bean and style of coffee would be ideal for you.

If you love coffee or you're in the market for learning more about it, then this is the place to go. Relax with your ideal coffee, buy a bag of beans to take home, and head back to the car to drive to Bristol.

Drive to Bristol and go for dinner at Bosco Pizzeria

Driving to Bristol from Bath is super easy and takes less than an hour - simply follow the A36 and A4 to join up with Victoria Street in Bristol.

Find your hotel, park your car, freshen up and head to Clifton Village for dinner. This is one of the nicest areas of the city, made up of stunning Georgian houses, leafy green spaces, elegant boutiques, amazing cafes and restaurants, and the iconic Clifton Suspension Bridge.

You'll be back in Clifton on day five to really make the most of this picturesque area of town, but for now head to Bosco Pizzeria for a well-earned dinner.

This classy pizza joint is actually the offshoot of its hugely successful original restaurant on Whiteladies Road, and is a celebration of the freshness and simplicity of Italian cooking.

There are loads of different dishes on the menu, including mouthwatering pasta, tasty small plates, and hearty meat and fish options, however the real star of the show is their wood-fired pizza which is made fresh to order in the open pizza kitchen in the centre of the restaurant.

For the meat-eaters among you, we'd recommend the Emilia Romagna topped with Italian sausage, creamy fior di latte mozzarella, sweet roasted peppers, basil, and crunchy breadcrumbs, and for the veggies the funghi - a pizza bianco (with a creamy instead of tomatoey base) topped with mushrooms, mozzarella, mascarpone, and truffle oil (yes, it's as good as it sounds).

Book ahead online to ensure you get a table, and order a Negroni or Aperol Spritz to sip as you wait for your food to arrive.

Visit the Clifton Suspension Bridge by night

Seeing as you're in Clifton after sundown, walk around the corner to the Clifton Suspension Bridge; you'll see it again on day five, however it's quite a different sight admiring it all lit up and floating above the Avon Gorge at night.

Designed by world-renowned engineer Isambard Kingdom Brunel, this bridge has become one of Bristol's most recognisable landmarks, so it's the ideal way to kick off your sightseeing.

Gaze at the lights for a while, then head back to your hotel to get some rest ready for a busy day five.

Day 3: Bristol - Explore the city, dinner, & an evening activity

Start day 5 at bristol harbourside and visit the arnolfini gallery.

Kick off day five at Bristol Harbourside. This central area of the city was once a busy dock, buzzing with merchants trading goods and ships setting sail for epic voyages. Today it's a little more modern, and filled with restaurants, bars, shops, and hotels, as well as some of the city's top attractions including Brunel's SS Great Britain ship, the We The Curious science museum, Bristol Aquarium, and the Watershed independent cinema.

Have a walk around the area, then head to the Arnolfini arts centre as your first stop.

Founded in 1961, this modern gallery space exhibits everything from quirky art to visual performances, and is a must-see Bristol attraction to get a feel for this city's creative flare.

The centre is predominantly an art gallery and is partnered with the famous Tate, so expect some great visual art during your visit. The centre is free to enter, however it's a good idea to drop a few pounds into the donations pot as it's a charity that relies on the generosity of its visitors to run.

Spot Banksy's graffiti on Park Street and climb Cabot Tower

When you leave the gallery, head north towards the Bristol Hippodrome theatre, then east past College Green and Bristol Cathedral to walk up famous Park Street.

This hill is lined with boutique, music, and book shops as well as quaint cafes, cosy restaurants, and lively bars, and offers a super scenic walk with the University of Bristol's towering Wills Memorial building at the top.

Before you head up the hill make sure you spot one of Bristol's most famous pieces of street art by the elusive graffiti artist Banksy, one of the city's most famous natives.

The piece, provocatively named 'Well Hung Lover', is painted on the side of a building on the right hand side at the bottom of the street.

Once you've admired the graffiti continue walking most of the way up the hill, dipping into the shops to give your legs a rest (it's pretty steep). Just before you reach the top, turn left onto Charlotte Street to get to Brandon Hill park.

The park is, you guessed it, on top of a hill, so you get amazing views of Bristol's rows of colourful houses and the sprawling countryside just outside its limits.

For even better views and a proper look at the Wills Memorial building, climb to the top of Cabot Tower located in the centre of the park.

The tower is a free public fixture, so climb its narrow staircase and make sure you walk the full way around the viewing area at the top for 360 degree views of the city.

Go for lunch at The Epiphany Cafe

Leave via the north end of the park and make your way through Berkeley Square to Queen's Road. Walk past the Wills Memorial to see it up close, then follow the road east towards the Royal West of England Academy, an art school and gallery which is home to The Epiphany Cafe .

This stylish, fuss-free cafe is super friendly and welcoming, and all about award-winning coffee, the freshest locally sourced ingredients, and mouth-watering cakes, making it an amazing lunch spot.

Their offering is simple yet delicious, with a selection of toasties, soups, quiches, and salads that can all be served up in either the cosy plant-filled cafe or on the academy's roof terrace overlooking another of the University's beautiful historic buildings - the Victoria Rooms.

Make sure you leave room for coffee and cake (try the raspberry chocolate brownies or polenta cake if they have them on the counter that day), before you set off for your next stop, Clifton Village.

Wander round Clifton Village and visit the Camera Obscura or the Giant's Cave

From the cafe walk west into Clifton Village, following Queen's Road past the University Student Union and across grassy Victoria Square.

The western corner of the square will lead you through a picturesque archway into a lovely pedestrianised area of cafes and shops that marks the start of the village.

Spend some time exploring the area of your own accord - it's easy to walk around Clifton for hours admiring the beautiful houses on Royal York Crescent and the local businesses on Princess Victoria Street.

When you're ready to visit your next attraction, walk to the Clifton Suspension Bridge (notice how different it looks in daylight) and choose one of the following:

• Enjoy 360 degree views of the Bridge and Clifton through the Bristol Camera Obscura - This clever type of camera projects a live image of the outside through a pinprick hole, and Bristol's room-sized version allows you to see people milling around and cars cruising over the bridge in real time - it's pretty magical. Entrance to the Camera Obscura costs £2.50.
• Climb down to the Giant's Cave - Bristolian folklore states that two giants, Goram and Ghyston, once lived in this cave in the Avon Gorge, and today you can climb through the 61-metre long tunnel to the cave which opens out onto a viewing platform right on the cliff face. It's something a little bit different and you'll get a completely unique view of the area you can't get from anywhere else. Entry to the Giant's Cave costs £2.50.

Note: if you fancy doing both things, you can get a combined ticket for £4.

Have an early evening drink at the iconic Coronation Tap pub

As the afternoon comes to a close it's about time for a drink, and there's nowhere more iconic in Bristol than the Coronation Tap.

Known by locals as The Cori Tap, this centuries-old pub is the oldest cider house in the city and brews its own Exhibition cider which is exclusively sold on-site. You can only get it by the half pint because of its notoriously high alcohol content, so just have one or two whilst you soak up the pub's character. You'll find The Cori Tap in the heart of Clifton Village at the end of Portland Street.

Alternatively, if strong cider isn't your thing or the evening is too nice to be sat inside a pub, head to the White Lion Bar in the Avon Gorge Hotel which has one of the biggest terraces in the South West.

This outdoor area overlooks the Suspension Bridge (we've mentioned it a lot but views of the bridge don't get old, promise!) and surrounding countryside, and is heated for when things start to get a bit chilly, so you can comfortably sit back, sip your favourite drink, and enjoy your surroundings.

Book a table at Souk Kitchen for dinner and enjoy an evening activity

Book ahead to make sure you get a table at Souk Kitchen for dinner on day five, then head there either straight from the bar or via your hotel.

This Mediterranean restaurant has a rustic Middle Eastern feel inspired by markets and street food stalls of Arab and Berber cities, and gives diners the choice between mezze small plates and bigger main dishes.

We think the mezze is the best option, and the menu regularly changes depending on the season so there's always something fresh and delicious to get stuck in to. T

he dishes and dining style are relaxed, with warm flickering candles and colourful furnishings making it a welcoming, elegant spot for your final Bristol dinner. There are two branches of the restaurant, but opt for the one on Apsley Road as it's on the edge of Clifton.

Make time for one last activity to tie up your stay in Bristol and get a feel for this buzzing city after dark. We've selected three different options to suit every mood:

• Something lively - Check ahead what's going on aboard Thekla during your stay and go to a gig. This alternative music venue is actually a boat that's permanently docked on the harbour that hosts bands and DJs, and is a really fun place to head for an evening of music. You can access most of the boat, so make sure you explore both floors and the outside deck, and it turns into a club every Thursday and Saturday (and occasionally other nights too) so you can stay and dance the night away if you want to.
• Something easy-going - Head to the Watershed and catch a film. This cultural arts centre focuses on digital media and is home to three cinemas screening everything from new releases, to foreign films, to old classics, and is a great place if you're in the market for a relaxed evening of entertainment.
• Something social - If you fancy going somewhere for a chinwag with your road trip companion then we recommend heading for a cocktail at Milk Thistle . This off-the-beaten-path prohibition bar mixes up some of the best cocktails in the city, including twists on the classics, their own unique concoctions, and tailor-made creations for their customers. Don't drink alcohol? Not a problem - just tell the skilled bartenders your favourite flavours and they'll mix you up something delicious.

Day 4: Bristol to Exeter via Glastonbury - Cheddar Gorge drive & lunch in Glastonbury

Take a scenic drive through cheddar gorge.

Leave Bristol on the morning of day six, driving south out of the city towards the Mendip Hills. This stunning area of rolling hills and green fields offers one of the most scenic routes from Bristol to Exeter and is a really pleasant drive.

As with your route through the Cotswolds you can follow the smaller country lanes if you want to, however we'd say following the bigger B3134 and B3371 is a just as scenic and hassle-free way to drive through the hills.

Once you've reached the end of the B3371, head west onto Cliff Road which will take you down through Cheddar Gorge.

This limestone gorge is home to a number of caves, one of which is where Britain's oldest complete human skeleton, thought to be over 9,000 years old, was discovered in 1903, and has become one of Somerset's most popular tourist attractions.

Either just drive through the gorge and enjoy the scenery, or stop and explore; there are loads of things to do including visiting Gough's Cave where the skeleton was discovered, climbing the 274-step Jacob's Ladder for amazing views, looking around the Museum of Prehistory, and going for a cliff-top walk.

There are three car parks, however the one at Gough's Cave is the biggest with 300 spaces so that might be your best bet to find a spot.

Have lunch at Rainbows End Cafe in Glastonbury

After you've spent enough time at Cheddar Gorge follow the A371 southeast to join up with Glastonbury Road which will take you south into Glastonbury town.

As well as giving the famous music festival its name, Glastonbury is a really pretty, quintessentially British town to visit and is ideal for a lunch stop-off to break up your drive to Exeter.

Have a walk through the town and enjoy its famously hippy culture before heading to Rainbows End Cafe on the High Street for some food.

This award-winning family cafe is completely vegetarian and renowned for its homemade food. They have an inviting, colourful salad bar with loads of tasty and healthy options, as well as soups and main dishes that change daily and a selection of tempting cakes.

Although everything on offer is exclusively veggie or vegan, their home-cooked, British food will satisfy even the most avid meat-eaters, so definitely choose this cafe to refuel.

Climb up Glastonbury Tor

After lunch, leave the car in Glastonbury and walk to famous Glastonbury Tor (it's a short walk along the A361).

This hill rises above the town and is topped by historic St Michael's Tower (the remains of 14th century Church of St Michael) and boasts 360-degree views of the Isle of Avalon, Glastonbury, and Somerset.

Make your way to the top to take in the beautiful Somerset countryside one last time before walking back into town and picking up the car to drive on to Exeter.

Drive to Exeter and go for dinner

Drive southwest along the A361 to join up with the M5 which will take you the rest of the way to Exeter, with the whole drive taking around and hour and a half.

You'll probably arrive in the early evening, so just find somewhere for dinner before you call it a night. We've got two restaurant suggestions to give you some inspiration:

• Old Firehouse - for a lively, informal meal we'd recommend going for your second pizza of the trip at the Old Firehouse. Popular with both locals and students alike thanks to its buzzing atmosphere, this pub serves up giant 14-inch square pizzas with loads of different meaty, veggie, and vegan toppings to choose from.
• @Angelas - this quiet restaurant it tucked away in the western quarter of the city and is a great place for a quality, relaxed meal. Serving up classic dishes using the best local and seasonal ingredients, everything is sure to be delicious and a true celebration of the area.

Day 5: Exeter - See the sights & have a Devon cream tea

Visit exeter cathedral.

Have a lie in to start day seven (we've given you enough early mornings!), and set off to look around Exeter whenever you're ready; as cities go it's pretty quiet and slow-paced, so expect a more leisurely sightseeing experience compared to your time in Bristol.

Start at Exeter Cathedral located in the centre of town. This vast church is one of the greatest cathedrals in England, and has a whole load of stunning features to look out for, including colourful stained glass windows, an ornately decorated nave, the earliest complete set of misericords, and one of the longest uninterrupted medieval vaulted ceilings in the world.

It costs £7.50 to enter the church which goes towards its maintenance, and free audio guides are available to tell you all about its history.

Get cultured at the Royal Albert Memorial Museum

From the Cathedral, walk north for a few minutes to the Royal Albert Memorial Museum (or RAMM) for an educational peruse of the exhibitions.

This museum covers a really diverse range of topics, including antiquities, fine art, natural history, and world cultures, so there's bound to be something that catches your interest.

If the vast number of exhibitions is a little overwhelming, we'd recommend prioritising the art collection (which has around 7,000 pieces), and the fascinating specimens in the zoology collection.

From here just have a stroll around the centre of the city, stopping for lunch when you get peckish and generally taking in Exeter's charm at your own pace.

Have a traditional Devon cream tea at Tea on the Green

End up back at the Cathedral mid-afternoon just in time for a classic Devon cream tea at Tea on the Green cafe.

This quintessentially southern British treat consists of freshly baked scones served with clotted cream and strawberry jam washed down with a cup of tea, and it's definitely the best way to spend an afternoon in Devon.

Top tip: the Cornish have their own version of this tea time favourite where the scone is split in two and topped first with the jam then the cream, whereas in Devon it's strictly clotted cream first.

Locals can get pretty passionate about which way round you spread your toppings, so make sure you're an honorary Devonian this tea time!

Top off the afternoon at Exeter Quayside

Spend what's left of your afternoon enjoying Exeter Quayside, a historic yet contemporary area of the city which straddles the River Exe.

Once a prehistoric port, this bustling area is full of charming antique shops, cosy cafes, and classic British pubs and restaurants, so there's plenty to choose from to occupy the last couple of hours before dinner.

If you're after something a little more active after your very laid-back day, you could head to The Quay Climbing Centre - one of the South West's largest climbing walls - on the south side of the river, or rent a kayak or stand up paddle board for an hour to enjoy the water as the sun sets. You can hire kayaks and boards from Kayakhub on Maritime Court.

Either go for dinner at the Quay or walk north from the river towards the Cathedral where you'll find loads of great places to eat before retiring to your hotel ready for an early start on day eight.

Day 6: Salisbury via the Jurassic Coast - Visit Lyme Regis & go fossil hunting in Charmouth en route to Salisbury.

Take a scenic drive along the jurassic coast to lyme regis.

Time for another scenic drive! Leave Exeter as early as possible and drive south from the city to Exmouth, following the local roads all the way down to the rocky cliffs of Orcombe Point which mark the start of the stunning Jurassic Coast.

This World Heritage Site stretches along 95-miles of coastline and is one of the country's most famous areas for discovering fossils and understanding the past through its incredible rock formations.

You'll only be driving about half of this rocky stretch, hugging the coastline from Exmouth through the small towns of Sidmouth and Seaton to get to Lyme Regis.

Wriggling through the local roads will get you to Lyme Regis in around an hour and 45 minutes, however you could just follow the A3052 all the way from Exeter and get there in an hour if you're not fussed about the scenery (although we'd strongly recommend the longer detour).

Take a break from driving and enjoy the seaside charm of Lyme Regis

Located at the heart of the Jurassic Coast where west Dorset and east Devon meet, Lyme Regis is renowned for its beauty, so stop off here to stretch your legs and soak up the stunning landscapes.

Park in Monmouth Beach Car Park then wander along The Cobb, a long stone pier which forms the harbour, and breathe in the fresh sea air.

If the weather's not great and the sea is a little wild then you might not be able to make it right the way to the end of the pier, however if it's safe to do so definitely give it a go.

Walk back down The Cobb and have a stroll along the unspoilt seafront of Sandy Beach with its fishing boats bobbing on the water, before wandering back to the car to continue your drive.

Drive on to Salisbury, stopping to go fossil hunting in Charmouth

A visit to the Jurassic Coast wouldn't be complete without some fossil hunting, so hop in the car and drive a few minutes down the road to neighbouring Charmouth.

This large shingle beach with its dramatic, rugged cliffs is known internationally for its fossils, so walk down the beach and see if you can find any.

A visit to the Charmouth Heritage Coast Centre is a good idea if you want a higher fossil-finding success rate as they have loads of information on the best ways to find them, and even run group fossil walks if you're really serious about taking home a souvenir.

Go for a classic British fish and chips with lashings of salt and vinegar for lunch before you hit the road again (Charmouth Fish Bar is your best bet for where to get it), and go back to the car to drive to Salisbury.

Just follow the A35 to connect up with the A354 which should get you to Salisbury in around an hour and a half.

Day eight has already been super busy, so when you arrive put your feet up in your hotel room and rest before grabbing a light dinner (portions of fish and chips are notoriously large so you'll probably still be full from lunch) and calling it a night.

Day 7: Salisbury - Visit Magna Carta, go to Stonehenge & have dinner

Go to salisbury cathedral to visit magna carta.

Wake up refreshed on day nine and head to Salisbury Cathedral.

We know we've sent you to a handful of cathedrals already, however Salisbury's offering is more than just a religious building as it's home to the best preserved of the four surviving copies of Magna Carta, a charter of rights agreed to by the king in 1215 that promised justice, fairness, and human rights.

This historic document inspired movements towards freedom all over the world, so is a pretty incredible sight to behold which you'll find in the Chapter House of the Cathedral.

Magna Carta itself is housed in a darkened tent-like structure in the middle of an insightful, interactive exhibition that will get you clued-up on the making of the document, why it's housed in Salisbury, and its importance around the world.

Have a look around the rest of the Cathedral whilst you're there (it has the tallest spire in Britain), and bear in mind that whilst it's free to look around and visit Magna Carta, the recommended donation of £7.50 per adult is greatly appreciated to keep the Cathedral open for visitors.

Have lunch then drive to Stonehenge

After you've finished at the Cathedral have a little wander around the green and the surrounding area (travel tip: walk through High Street Gate, it's really pretty), before heading to a nearby cafe for lunch.

Some suggestions include the Bell Tower Tea Room overlooking the Cathedral, and Boston Tea Party, a South West chain that feels like a cosy, independent cafe selling home-cooked food and great coffee.

After lunch, pick up the car and set off for legendary Stonehenge which is only a 20-minute drive north along the A360.

This famous stone circle is one of Britain's most iconic landmarks and is thought to date back around 4,500 years with archaeologists believing it was constructed gradually from 3000 BC to 2000 BC.

Its construction and purpose, however, are still debated today as there are no written records detailing its origins, and the myths surrounding the stones are one of the best parts of this attraction.

Theories range from the spiritual to the supernatural, and there's loads of speculation as to how the stones were moved and positioned so perfectly without the sophisticated tools and machinery to do so.

Go for a walk around the stone circle and come up with your own theory on how the stones got there (our bet is aliens), and stick around to visit some of the sight's other attractions if you want to. These include a group of Neolithic houses built to replicate how people lived 4,500 years ago, the Standing in the Stones exhibition which offers a 360-degree virtual simulation of what it would be like to stand amongst the stones during the summer and winter solstices, and the Stonehenge Exhibition which offers some insight into the landmark and displays over 250 objects uncovered in the area.

Every part of this amazing attraction is super interesting, so we'd recommend spending the whole afternoon here seeing as much of it as you can. General admission costs £17.50 for adults and last entry is at 3pm with the site closing at 5pm.

Enjoy some classic British pub grub for dinner

You've had a Devon cream tea, you've devoured a classic fish and chips, now it's time for another British staple - hearty pub grub (aka a meal at a pub) - so drive back into Salisbury, freshen up at your hotel, and head to the 14th-century half-timbered Haunch of Venison.

As one of Salisbury's oldest pubs, this is the ultimate rustic spot for your British pub experience, and to fully soak up the atmosphere we'd recommend first having a drink in the characterful downstairs bar before heading upstairs to the simple yet elegant restaurant.

Admittedly the food has a touch more class than some of your standard British pubs, but they still sell many of the classics including sausages and mash, steak and chips, fish pie, and of course fish and chips (if you're up for round two).

Expect to also find some great vegetarian options, and to head back to your hotel (very) full of your new favourite British dish.

Day 8: Salisbury to Chichester to Brighton - Explore Chichester & drive to Brighton

Drive to chichester and either relax on the beach at west wittering or explore the city.

Set off early on day ten - you've got a lot of road to cover to get you from Salisbury to Brighton, taking the most scenic route possible through the South Downs National Park and stopping off in Chichester along the way.

Your scenic route from Salisbury to Chichester avoids the busy M27 motorway and instead takes a detour slightly north through the South Downs.

To get to the picturesque rolling hills of this national park, take the A36 east out of Salisbury and join up with the B3335 before enjoying this lovely area of countryside as you use your map or sat-nav to follow the B roads east.

Try to end up close to South Harting where you can join up with the B2141 which will take you south into Chichester.

Relax on the beach at West Wittering or explore Chichester city

By day ten of your road trip things could go one of two ways: either you'll be brimming with enthusiasm to make the most of what little time you have left and want to do as much sightseeing as possible, or your energy levels will be wavering a little and you'll be in the mood for something relaxing before you hit up Brighton tomorrow.

Either way we've got you covered, and have come up with two different suggestions to suit your mood (as well as cater for the unpredictable British weather).

Option 1 - If it's a warm and sunny or crisp winters day and you're after the chilled option, we'd recommend staying in the car and driving south past Chichester to the Witterings.

These two sleepy seaside villages, East and West Wittering, are perfect for a spot of relaxed wandering and gift shop browsing, followed by a sprawl on the golden sand or a chilly walk along the water at nearby West Wittering beach.

The beach holds a Blue Flag Award, and is a beautiful unspoilt spot to enjoy some sandy coastline in contrast to the rocky shingle of the Jurassic Coast. Spend a leisurely few hours here, grabbing a hot tea or an ice cream from the cafe (depending on the time of year) and enjoying the area's natural beauty.

Option 2 - If the weather's not great or you're just in the market for some more sightseeing, drive into Chichester centre, leave the car in New Park Car Park and go for an explore.

This city has a fascinating history as a Roman settlement, and is home to another stunning cathedral, so take a look around to get a feel for the place. We'd recommend walking the city walls (the most intact circuit of Roman defenses in the south of England) to see the heart of the city, following the mile and a half trail around its historic sights, before ending up at the Pallant House Gallery for a cultural indoor activity where you can shelter from the weather if you need to.

This modern British art museum explores contemporary art from 1900 to the present day, and is housed in a beautiful 18th century townhouse that's a work of art in itself. Spend a couple of hours browsing the art and taking a break at the Pallant Cafe before you're ready to drive on to Brighton.

Drive to Brighton in time for an evening activity

Set off from Chichester with enough daylight left to make the hour and a quarter drive to Brighton before it gets dark, heading back into the South Downs National Park and following the A283 east.

Be sure to drive through the picturesque village of Steyning for a little more British small-town charm before heading south and along the coast to Brighton.

We're giving you even more options to choose from once you've arrived in this vibrant seaside city, so select one of the following suggestions to get to grips with Brighton's evening scene:

• Play a round of UV crazy golf at Globalls - quirky, jungle-themed crazy golf course Globalls features life-sized animal sculptures and crazy wall art, all glowing in a rainbow of neon colours under the UV lights (wear white so you can get in on the glowing action). This is putting like you've never experienced it before, and a unique way to spend a fun evening in Brighton.
• See a movie at the Duke of York's Picturehouse - recognised as the oldest function-built continually operating cinema in the UK, the Duke of York's was built in 1910 and screens a diverse range of movies, from new releases, to foreign productions, to cult classics. Head here for a spot of cinematic culture, or just catch that film you've been meaning to see for ages.
• Have a pint in a cave at The Tempest Inn - if you just fancy a quiet drink, then The Tempest Inn is a must. This seafront pub sits right on the beach, boasting uninterrupted sea views and selling local Sussex beers and great cocktails. The real gem of this pub is, however, downstairs, where you'll find a warren of pink-hued caves where you can cosy up with a pint; you may not get the beach views, but for the ultimate drink-with-a-difference, it's definitely worth the sacrifice.

Day 9: Brighton - Brighton walking tour, take in the views from the British Airways i360 & go for your final dinner

Visit the royal pavilion and wriggle down through the lanes.

It's the final full day of your south England road trip, so make the most of it with one last early morning, kicking off your self-guided walking tour with a visit to the unique Royal Pavilion.

Originally built as a seaside pleasure palace for King George IV, this quirky building mixes regal opulence with exotic architectural styles from India and China, and it's unlike anything you will have seen so far on your road trip.

Just seeing it from the outside is impressive enough, however you won't regret choosing to go inside to admire the enviable bedrooms, stunning reception rooms, lavish banqueting room, and vast kitchen all making it an impressive sight to behold.

Admission costs £13.50 (or is 10% cheaper if booked online).

Travel tip: if you're visiting around Christmas, part of the grounds is transformed into an ice rink between November and January where you can skate against the backdrop of the Pavilion as it glows with festive lights. An hour's skate costs £10 and it's best to book online in advance.

The Lanes are another of Brighton's most iconic attractions, so once you've seen enough of the Royal Pavilion find this historic maze of alleyways which stretch south from nearby North Street.

Located at the heart of what was once the fishing town of Brighthelmstone, these quaint lanes are lined with independent shops and boutiques selling all manner of antiques, jewellery, and one-of-a-kind clothing alongside quirky cafes, jazz bars and restaurants.

Explore the whole area, indulging in some window (or actual) shopping as you soak up the atmosphere.

One shop we'd definitely recommend having a look inside is the fabulously-named Choccywoccydoodah which sells the wackiest chocolate creations and cakes that are nothing short of works of art.

Walk along the seafront and have some fun on Brighton Palace Pier

Walking all the way through to the south side of The Lanes will naturally bring you out at the seafront (either via Black Lion Street or Ship Street), so go for a short stroll east along the beach to end up at the famous Brighton Palace Pier.

This 1,722-foot long Victorian pier is probably the most iconic sight in the whole city, stretching out into the sea and buzzing with thrill-seeking roller coasters, indulgent food stalls, and the Palace of Fun arcade which will transport you back to your childhood.

Discover the length of the Pier, go on some rides if you're up for it (brave the Turbo Coaster if you fancy an adrenaline rush), and treat yourself to some naughty fast food for lunch (fish and chip round three?) to do this sight justice.

Travel tip: whilst you're on the Pier make sure you look west across the water and spot the old Brighton West Pier.

It was built in the 1860s and suffered various bouts of damage in the 1970s and 1980s, before catching fire in 2002 and being deemed beyond repair. Today you can just see its shell sitting on the water as a reminder of where Brighton's seafront entertainment began.

Top off your sightseeing with a trip up the British Airways i360

From the Pier, walk back east along the beach (stop for a sit down if your feet are getting tired), and head towards the British Airways i360 for you final Brighton activity.

This giant glass viewing pod slowly rises 450 feet into the air offering panoramic views of the city, the sea, and the rolling hills of the South Downs in the distance. There's a bar on board, so grab a drink and toast your road trip as you enjoy the views, making sure you do a full circuit of the pod to take in the scenery at every possible angle.

'Flights'depart every half an hour and cost £16.50, offering a magical way to salute the beginning of the end of your road trip.

You'll probably have a little time left before you need to get ready for dinner, so pick up some last minute souvenirs, have one final Brighton stroll, then head back to your hotel to get ready to go to the restaurant.

Treat yourself to a celebratory dinner at The Gingerman

Have a table booked at The Gingerman and head there in the evening to celebrate the amazing trip you've just experienced - you've seen a lot!

This intimate, cosy restaurant close to the seafront is the perfect spot for a special yet unfussy meal focused on simple, quality ingredients and amazing flavours.

The imaginative menu celebrates seasonal produce, with a great selection of British meat, fish, and veggie options and irresistible desserts (you can opt for either two or three course for a set price, and we definitely advise going for a pudding).

Enjoy your food, reminisce about your favourite memories from the trip, and make the most of the final night of your holiday.

Day 10: Brighton to London - Drive to London and make the journey home

The only thing on the agenda for day 12 is driving back to London to start your journey home, so pack your things and hop in the car whenever you're ready to go.

Once you've made it back to London, drop off your hire car if you have one, spend a little time in London if you fancy it, then make your way to the airport or train station. We hope you've enjoyed your trip!

Join our email list!

By joining our email list, you give LazyTrips permission to use your email for sending you newsletters, emails and updates including for marketing purposes. Your email will not be provided to third parties.

Related posts

• Skip to primary navigation
• Skip to main content
• Skip to primary sidebar
• Skip to footer

LOVE STORIES? I share behind the scenes travel mishaps and adventures on the road. Subscribe

Helene in Between

Lifestyle and Travel blog helping Bloggers Succeed Online.

Southern England Itinerary: A Storybook Road Trip

By Helene Sula

Narrowly missing the bright yellow daffodils and stone fences, we drove through the English countryside on the other side of the road. Thick hedgerows buffer the meadows as swans, sheep, and bunnies wander the green grass. You’ll feel like you’re in a fairy-tale, and perhaps, you are. My Southern England itinerary will show you the best places, most charming villages, and quaint hideaways and highlights of the area.

From the magnificent White Cliffs of Dover, the historic university towns of Cambridge and Oxford, the ancient stones that date back 5,000 years, and the countryside manors that inspired writings that will last for all of time, there is something to uncover nearly everywhere you turn. My nearly two-week England itinerary will cover everywhere you need to see as well as where to stay and how to get around. I've always been fascinated by historical sights, and there are many important and beautiful places in the south of England.

Having traveled countless times to London, it’s been years since I made the trek to the countryside. Now, I see what I’ve been missing. There’s a lot to see and do in Southern England, it can be confusing to know what’s best. So I made sure to go everywhere for you. This comprehensive guide to Southern England will share the best of so many wonderful areas: Sussex, Cornwall, Devon, Somerset, Cotswolds and some in-between spots you can’t miss.

How much time should you spend in Southern England

How to get around southern england, southern england itinerary at a glance, places to visit in southern england, day 1 – cambridge & canterbury, day 2 – dover, rye, sissinghurst gardens, day 3 – battle, beachy head, brighton, portsmouth, day 4 – portsmouth, exeter, moors, penzance, day 5 – st michael’s mount, mousehole, penberth cove, minack theater, geevor mine, day 6 – tintagel, bath, day 7 – bath, glastonbury, wells, day 8 – stonehenge, avebury, cotswolds, day 9 – cotswolds, day 10 – cotswolds, day 11 – stratford-upon-avon, day 12 – oxford, where to stay in southern england.

We spent 12 days driving from Cambridge to the Cotswold's and we really packed it in. I think two weeks in Southern England is a great amount of time to spend in the cities and the countryside. Of course, you could spend much more. But if you’d really like to see as much as possible, I’d recommend at least two weeks to cover a good chunk of the country.

I highly recommend a car. A road trip around Southern England is the best way to experience the sights and get a feel for this lovely country as well as discover some of the remote hidden gems. It was a bit treacherous to learn to drive the narrow roads, and switch to the left, but it was worth it to get to the smaller, less accessible towns. Plus, it made our journey that much quicker. Buses often mean you’ll do a lot of waiting around. There are trains and public transportation, but it’s going to take a bit more time to get to your destination.

So let's hit the road and see some of the best of England with my complete guide!

I've mapped out the prettiest places in Southern England to explore. Without a doubt, you will find yourself wanting to spend more and more time in this fairy tale area of the United Kingdom. I felt like I was in a live version of Pride and Prejudice and acted out the part for this photo:

This itinerary covers the highlights of the region as well as can't miss places that are quirky and memorable.

Day 1 – Cambridge & Canterbury Day 2 – Dover, Rye, Sissinghurst Day 3 – Battle, Beachy Head, Brighton, Portsmouth Day 4 – Portsmouth, Exeter, Penzance Day 5 – St Michael’s Mount, Mousehole, Penworth Cove, Minack Theater, Geevor Mine Day 6 – Tintagel, Bath Day 7 – Bath, Glastonbury, Wells Day 8 – Stonehenge, Avebury, Cotswolds Day 9 – Cotswolds Day 10 – Cotswolds Day 11 – Stratford-Upon-Avon Day 12 – Oxford

A bit of a warning, we tend to see as much as we can when we travel. I understand some people aren’t exactly like that. Feel free to adapt this itinerary to your liking. If you want to spend more time, let’s say, seeing the museums in Portsmouth, skip Battle and Brighton to make time to do what you like. There are many places in England to see, it's hard to pick only a few. I did my best to bring you exactly what to do in each!

Cambridge is a university town rich in history and full of fun pubs, restaurants, and students. I suggest spending the day by taking a walking tour, or punting on the river. I found it particularly interesting that Cambridge is twinned with Heidelberg, Germany (you’ll find many cities in England are twinned with another one), and that happens to be where I live! This city is bursting with energy and that might just be spawned by the rivalry with another university close by, Oxford. This rivalry is reminiscent of one akin to Texas A&M and University of Texas. When the scholars OF OXFORD were run out of town by the peasants, Cambridge was formed. There’s a wealth of history behind the colleges so it’s well worth it to go on a walking tour with a graduate to learn more.

Strolling the streets is a great way to see the highlights of Cambridge: Trinity College , the Mathematical bridge , Corpus Clock (aka the Cambridge clock), and the incredibly historic King's Chapel and grounds. Inside the chapel, you'll find the largest fan vaulted ceiling in the world. This chapel has a beautiful wooden organ screen, originally dedicated to Anne Boleyn, but since Henry VIII cut off her head before it was finished, the dedication to Boleyn is rather small. Make sure to search for it when you go!

Cambridge is also a great place to go “punting.” You can row the boats yourself, or get a tour from a university student and ride along “the backs” to see the backs of all the historic colleges.

Next, we drove on to Canterbury . This is the perfect place to spend the night, explore, and travel from. We stayed in the most adorable B&B, Harriet House , with a delectable breakfast and ease of access to the city center. I'll be describing exactly where to stay in more detail below.

Canterbury's cathedral simply can't be missed. But what I found most charming were the houses swelling out onto the street. You can't help but feel like you're in a storybook with Chaucer's Canterbury Tales echoing in your head. If you skipped cruising the river in Cambridge, you'll have ample opportunity to do it here.

I found there to be plenty of great pubs and restaurants near the main square ( Buttermarket ) and High Street. For dinner, check out A La Turka for Turkish cuisine. Falstaff or the Pound (a former jail) are great for drinks.

From Canterbury we made the drive down to Dover to check out the castle, cliffs, and war history. However, we did find that in March many places are still operating on winter hours, things were closed on Mondays and Tuesdays. Make sure to check the hours before you arrive. Having both been to the area before, we decided instead to take some pictures at the castle (I do recommend a tour through if you've never been) and a hike along the famous white cliffs.

You'll easily find parking, a cafe, and toilets at the visitors center. Here, we walked near the chalky cliff edge. This well-worn path gives you epic views, and you can even see France! Just don't get too close to the edge as the ground will crumble away.

Next, we headed to the small and pretty town of Rye . Not expecting much, we discovered an adorable, well-preserved town. I suggest popping in to the tourist's office. You can find a town model and audio explanation of the town's unique history.

Everything in Rye is miniature so it’s easy to enjoy the whole city. This East Sussex Town has great fish and chips, I recommend Marino's, and plenty of cute shops to explore. Rye is believed to have retained more of its historic buildings than any other city in Britain. Picturesque, delightful, and quirky it's easy to see why this small town is a favorite among the Brits.

At sunset we meandered over to Sissinghurst Castle Garden . Created by the poet and writer Vita West and her husband, it's one of the most pristine gardens in England. You can see how this would be such an inspiring place for a writer. Make sure to go up the tower for a beautiful view of the gardens.

Although we saw quite a few cities today, after reading my guide you might want to skip around. We're hopping from county to county: exploring East Sussex and Hampshire.

Battle is aptly named for the 1066 Battle of Hastings between the Norman-French army and the English. This important battle meant that France ruled the English. You can see the entire story of the Battle in Normandy at Bayeux (the Bayeux Tapestry). But in Battle, you can see and explore the same grounds where thousands fought and lost their lives. There's also a small museum here explaining more about the battle.

We ventured toward the coast and stopped at Beachy Head , the highest sea cliff in Britain at 531 feet. This weather-beaten but beautiful cliff was the major operational route for WWII. The chalky white cliffs mix with the seawater, creating a beautiful turquoise color.

You can make your way down the coast for more pristine views of the iconic white cliffs at Seven Sisters.

I dare say that Brighton has perhaps seen better days. Maybe it was the off-season, but the busy Brighton pier was in serious need of some paint. And the same goes for the popular Royal Pavilion . In 1800 Brighton was established as a resort since a train connected London with Brighton. Pleasure Pier allows everyone to enjoy the sea with amusements, candy floss, and rides. Most of the food was hot dogs or fish and chips.

To enter the Royal Pavilion, a former royal residence of George, Prince of Wales, is pricey. I was disappointed to see it looking a bit rundown. Maybe it was off-season, but I'd suggest skipping Brighton and heading instead to the harbor town of Eastbourne . A stop just on the way to Brighton.

To round out the day, we drove to Portsmouth and spent time at the historic dockyard and home of the Royal Navy. If I was disappointed by Brighton, I was pleasantly surprised by Portsmouth. Here, we went to the HMS Victory ship . This memorable ship fought in many battles but is best known as the victory ship from the Battle of Trafalgar where Nelson died.

The next day, we headed back to the pier and to the Portsmouth Royal Navy Museum to learn more about some of the battles that took place at sea for Britain. When you go to buy a ticket make sure you buy for however many attractions you'd like to see to get a price break. For example, we did two: the museum and the HMS Victory ship. We bought the tickets for both at once and the tickets are valid for a year. There are many museums and points of interest in Portsmouth. Luckily, most are located in a very confined area, so you're able to see them all in a day.

After learning about Britain's history, it was time to switch gears and learn about the Romans in the Devon region. Exeter is an ancient city dating back to the Roman era where ruins still remain. Exeter was heavily bombed in WWII and many old buildings were destroyed, but the cathedral remained. From here, it's easy to move on to the Moors.

The Moors are part of the United Kingdom's national parks and a natural habitat full of grasslands as well as diverse ecosystems. In Dartmoor, you can see wild horses run through the meadows as you stumble over “clapper bridges” and gaze at ancient stone circles.

After museums and exploring, we tucked in at Penzance to get a head start on tomorrow's exploring in Cornwall.

While there are many sights on the list for what to see and do in Southern England today, most are quick, so you can fit them all in.

I was struck by the beautiful St. Michael's Mount seemingly rising out of the sea, reminding me of Mont St. Michel . Of course, this is a Cornish counterpart to Normandy's Mount. Both share the same tidal island characteristics. When the tide recedes, you can walk on the sand and straight into the castle.

Hungry, we went to Mousehole , a tiny town with a curious name. It comes from the small harbor with an entrance as narrow as, you guessed it, a mouse hole. The boats rest along the sand and mud at low tide, you'll get a different view depending on what time you come. We stopped to buy Cornish pasties (one of my favorite dishes of the trip), and brought them to our next stop for a picnic.

Idyllic Penberth Cove is just a short drive away on the coast. We parked and walked along the splendid tight alleyways spilling over with greenery and rose bushes. We passed a darling thatched roofed house stepping over a brook to head to the pier. We sat on the warm stones while we ate the delicious cheese and onion pasties. If you're a fan of the British series Poldark, you'll recognize this spot from the TV show.

If you'd like, you can go to Land's End to see the site once considered to be the end of the known world.

From here, it was a short drive to Porthcurno to see the incredible Minack Theatre , one of the best places in Southern England to visit! This theater was handmade into the rocky cliffs, mostly by a woman, Rowena Cade. Pay the £5 to walk around and see Cornwall's famous theater and learn about how the builder created it.

In 1929 the play, A Midsummer Night's Dream took place about a mile away with great success. Next, they wanted to stage The Tempest . Cade decided the cliffs below her garden would be the perfect setting, so she and her gardener, Billy Rawlings, hand cut the earth and granite to create the incredible theater.  After Rawlings died, she maintained the theater nearly by herself, “We moved enough earth to make a little bit of heaven.” I have to agree. I was astonished at the bright green grassy seats, beautiful garden, and gorgeous scenery below.

Expect to spend a couple hours here looking over the cliffs, learning more about Rowena's story, and even seeing performers rehearsing for a show. Keep your eye out for seals!

If you have some extra time (and energy) for the day, make your way to Geevor Tin Mine in Pendeen. This is the largest preserved mine site in the country and was a key reason for Cornwall's wealth in the Industrial Age. The mining industry died when cheaper tin was discovered overseas. Today, you can tour the mine to get a feel for the mining industry and the extreme conditions they worked under.

From here, we breezed through the old seaside town of St. Ives and picked up the best pasties of the trip at Philips Bakery in Hayle. Can you tell I really liked this dish?! While not a must see, it's certainly worth it to add this eatery to your itinerary for Southern England.

Straddling the tiny roads where branches touched both sides, maneuvering the winding lanes, and watching for oncoming traffic we made our way to Tintagel . Tintagel is not to be missed in Southern England as this is home of the legendary King Arthur. From the town, it's a short hike to the Tintagel Castle where it's speculated that the medieval castle was the home of King Arthur. Whether you believe in the myth or not, this is a beautiful spot to look over at the Cornish sea as the waves lap up below the ruins. Don't forget to look out for Merlin's cave!

Feeling tantalized by the story of Camelot and King Arthur, we went to another magical spot: St. Nectan's Glen . A 20-minute drive takes you to a spot to park, from here you walk about a mile in a pretty wooded forest along a river, and find a waterfall. You do have to pay for entry, make sure to check for opening hours . Once there, you're given a pair of wellies, and you can walk around for spectacular views of the sixty-foot waterfall cascading through a hole in the rock.

Spent from our hike, we relished in the 3-hour drive to Bath . Just driving around the countryside is such a treat. There is beauty around every corner: natural and historical wonders, windswept grass, sheep and lambs grazing, and suicidal pheasants trying to cross the road to find a mate.

We headed straight to the Royal Crescent in Bath for one of the most delightful meals you can have: afternoon tea. This historic hotel and spa is the perfect example of Georgian architecture and an iconic landmark of Bath dating from 1774. Upon arrival, we were whisked into the stunning gardens and headed to The Dower House Restaurant for our teatime treat. Deep blue water glasses accented the crisp white tablecloths, and the setting was complete with a beautiful garden view. Greeted with a simple menu offering classic tea along with sweet,  savory, or vegetarian we chose one of the classics (sweet) and savory offerings.

After ordering, sit back and relax and the waitstaff will treat you like king and queen. We started with champagne as we perused the tea menu. There were many delectable options it was hard to choose which one. You don't have to! I started with the rich Masala Chai, one of my favorite teas, added a bit of milk and a cube of sugar and it was perfect. Next I tried the Roobis Orange Cream which was so fragrant, the notes of vanilla wafted in my nose as I sipped. Michael had the Smoked China which somehow, as Michael exclaimed, “smelled like the countryside.” We both loved our choices.

The smoked salmon toast was delectable and the orange dessert was bursting with flavor. The entire spread is aesthetically pleasing, especially with the royal blue curtains framing the gardens outside. From the dainty sandwiches to the homemade pastries, everything was delicious.

I especially like the “Bath Bun” topped with sugar that you spread with cinnamon butter- a perfect melding of flavors. We took our time and savored each bite, relishing in the picturesque atmosphere. After tea, we strolled around the secluded gardens and peeked in at the spa. I believe a visit to Bath isn't complete without stepping in and having tea at The Royal Crescent .

We headed to our lovely abode, the Westgate Apartments in the heart of Bath. This place was particularly welcome since it had all the modern necessities we needed after six days on the road. Below you'll find everywhere I recommend staying.

Bath is a particularly exceptional place, not just in Southern England, but in the whole of Europe. The entire city is listed as UNESCO, and this honor is only granted to one other city, Venice, Italy. The city dates back to Roman times when people from all over came to enjoy the healing waters that sprung up from the grounds. The same is still true today. You can tour the Roman Baths , have tea at The Pump Rooms (or head inside and taste the healing waters), and soak in the warm waters at Thermae Bath Spa .

Because Bath is only 2 hours from London and a short ways to Stonehenge, the city can get crowded. I recommend going to see the baths in the morning and buying your tickets in advance .

I also recommend going to The Jane Austen Centre to learn more about the author who lived in Bath for a period of five years. The staff are dressed in period costumes and characters from her novels. You'll start by hearing a briefing on Austen and her short, but impactful life and family, then discover more about her books and life. If you're a fan of her work, you'll love the museum.

The Mayor's Guides offer completely free – no tips accepted – walking tours. It was simply one of the best I've ever been on. Our guide, Adrian, not only shared about Bath's vast history but described unique details and wove in stories along the way.

With a few hours of daylight left, we stopped in Glastonbury . Here, you'll find a wealth of alternative shops selling crystals and signs saying, “fairies welcome.” Glastonbury has long been a pilgrimage site, as it's thought to be the burial place of King Arthur. Also, England's first church was built here, Glastonbury Abbey . You can tour Glastonbury Abbey and take a tour of the ruins.

I also recommend going to Chalice Well and Gardens . The holy well is thought of as a sacred place and associated with healing properties. Known as the “Red Spring” or “Blood Spring” because of the red iron deposits the water leaves behind, there are many legends associated with the spring. Some say it represents the blood of Christ from when Joseph of Arimathea buried the cup used for the Last Supper here, and these waters sprang from the ground.

At sunset, we headed to Wells to see the remarkable cathedral, tour the grounds, and attend Evensong. “Evening Prayer” or evensong derives from the middle ages and is a great way to enjoy the church and hear some music for free.

I particularly loved the well-preserved Vicars' Close . Right by the cathedral, you'll find Britain's only complete medieval street. This street used to house members of the clergy and choir, today it's a beautiful street to peruse.

After dark, we drove back to Bath but on the way stopped for hard cider at Wilkins Land's End Farm . You'll enter a somewhat dark farmhouse and you might not be sure if you're at the right place. Just keep going and you'll arrive at the best cider in the world. I can't recommend this experience enough. Cheap, delicious cider produced in the most traditional way. You'll have so much fun chatting with Roger Wilkins and staff about their passion for cider. Don't forget to ask about the world-famous cheese.

Leaving Bath in the morning, we headed straight for 5,000-year-old Stonehenge . Buy tickets in advance and get there upon opening to avoid the crowds. Once there, you can park and take a bus over to the prehistoric monument. This world wonder is a marvel to see and to try and understand why thousands of years ago people arranged these gigantic stones, some from hundreds of miles away, in this circular shape. Could be a burial place, a celestial calendar, or a religious site, but no matter what, it's a masterpiece of magnificent architecture and engineering.

Expect to spend about two hours here seeing the stones and visiting the Visitor's Center to learn more about Stonehenge.

Next, we made our way up to the Cotswolds , but first stopped at Silbury Hill outside of Avebury . The hill is the largest prehistoric chalk mound from 4,000 years ago. You can walk up or, like we did, save your steps and take some photos.

Late in the day we drove to Cowley Manor , the most incredible stay on an estate nestled in central Cotswolds. This was the perfect place to explore more of this area and feel like I was living in a storybook. Upon entering the gates of the estate I knew I was in for a treat, I just didn't realize how much I would fall in love with Southern England and the Cotswolds because of this place!

We had dinner at the Manor , a divine feast of steak and duck paired with excellent wine, homemade bread, and salted butter. The dining room is exquisite and elegant with fresh flowers, soaring shuttered windows, and an open fire. The room is intimate,  the servers are quick and kind, offering up wit and service along with your meal.

The English cuisine at Cowley Manor is some of the best I've ever had with a focus on fresh, local ingredients. The English toffee pudding and rich chocolate mousse nearly put me in a food coma (in the best way possible) it was nice to climb the stairs up to our room and snuggle up under the soft duvet.

The Cotswolds are some of the prettiest spots in Southern England. Take time to relax and enjoy the beautiful villages packed with history. There are many lovely places to explore in this area, so I've highlighted some of my favorites we saw each day. You'll find almost everything made of stone: houses, bridges, and churches in the Cotswolds. If you'd like to learn more of each place's history, pop into the tourist shop and, for around a £1, you can get a map with information on the historic sites.

Cirencester was popular in Roman times and a museum shows the treasures from the past. You'll also find great shopping here.

Bibury is known for its famous street, Arlington Row, dotted with old wool houses. Here, you'll find a small town perched along the River Coln dating back from 1086. There's a trout farm that's one of Britain's oldest and most well-preserved.

Another city on the water is Bouton-on-the-Water known as the “Venice of the Cotswolds” with pretty bridges and parks. Broad Campden has a small church and a cute pub, perfect for picnicking.

Keeping up with the “b” towns, Blockely is an idyllic village and was once the main center of the silk industry in the 18th and 19th centuries.

Lastly, we stopped in the north of the Cotswolds in Chipping Camden where wool made the town rich. There's a church dedicated to wool, marketplace, and beautiful thatched roof houses.

See my full guide to the Cotswolds here .

After exploring, it's time for a quintessential English delicacy: high tea at Cowley Manor . Sitting outside on the terrace we dined with delight as we looked at the meticulous green grounds of the estate. This tea was extra special after learning that the author of Alice and Wonderland, Lewis Carroll, visited Cowley often and drew inspiration for the book! I felt like we were sitting with the Mad Hatter as we poured the tea and reveled in the stunning day.

We started with traditional tea and dined on the savory sandwiches. The rolling green landscape of Cowley Manor stretched out in front of us as we sipped hot tea and ate fancies. The bleating sheep in the background complemented the chirping birds and the occasional horse trotting by.

To cap off this truly exceptional day, we luxuriated in a massage at the C-Side Spa of Cowley Manor . With a gym, two heated pools (outdoor and indoor) you could easily just stay here for the rest of the trip!

Waking up bright and early for breakfast, we gazed out the windows and devoured the warm toast, butter, local jams, and pastries at Cowley Manor.

For day two in the Cotswolds, I've listed out a few more villages you need to peruse. But first, we headed to Cotswolds Farm park since it was “lambing” season and there were hundreds of baby animals you can feed. Call me a child, but I absolutely loved getting to give the lambs milk and seeing the goats and piglets run about the grounds. This is a fun, family-friendly activity everyone will love.

On to some of the small villages of the Cotswolds, we headed first to Naunton . Naunton is a nice break from the touristy villages and is complete with cozy pubs and rolling hills.

Venture over to the Upper and Lower Slaughters for honey-colored stone architecture and pretty green fields.

Castle Combe is a traditional Cotswold village made of limestone. My favorite was Stow-on-the-Wold , a lively hilltop town with great restaurants, a market square, and a door that inspired Tolkien's Lord of the Rings. Driving around this area I've never seen this many daffodils in my life.

Find out the best places to see in the Cotswolds here .

You can't get more English than the home of the most famous writer ever: William Shakespeare. Here, we did a walking tour of this deeply historic town. You'll pass by dozens of Tudor buildings, can take a cruise on the river Avon, and see Shakespeare's childhood home.

If you're a fan of the writer there are plenty of activities to enjoy. You can find his birthplace and take a tour, see his old school, see Anne Hathaway's cottage (the wife of Shakespeare), and visit Mary Arden's farm (his mother). We went to a play, As You Like It, at the Royal Shakespeare Company . See all the Shakespeare activities here . Pictured below is Shakespeare's home.

Of course, there's much more to the town than just Shakespeare. I recommend a walking tour or a visit to a museum. There are also two other theaters: Swan Theater showing contemporary plays and “The Other Place” (yes it's really called that) showing, well, other plays. When we were there they were performing the modern Shakespeare adaptation: 10 Things I Hate About You .

Winding down for the last day of the trip, head to wildly popular Oxford. Whether you're a fan of Harry Potter, or just interested in seeing the oldest university in the English speaking world, Oxford delights all. Take a tour of the university to get an understanding of it's past and famous students.

Nicknamed the “City of Dreaming Spires” it's fun to just walk around the town and High Street to see the medieval architecture. For starters, spend some time in the city center, visit some of the colleges, and get a good view at Carfax Tower . For Harry Potter fans, visit Christ Church College where the dining room was closely copied for Hogwarts. C.S. Lewis taught at Magdalen college and you can find Einstein's chalkboard at the Museum of History and Science .

If you have extra time, I suggest going to Winston Churchill's birthplace, Blenheim Palace . Now home to the descendant of Duke of Marlborough, you'll find majestic gardens designed to compete with Versailles and gilded state rooms with exquisite furniture and tapestries. Churchill's golden locks were cut at age five and still hang above the bed.

Now that you know some of the best places to visit in Southern England, let's see where to tuck in at night. I suggest that you get the best of everything by staying in a classic B&B, a modern apartment with all the necessities, and cap off your trip by feeling like royalty at a manor. That's precisely what we did. Here are three recommendations that I highly endorse for your trip:

Harriet House B&B   in Canterbury

Situated just a short walk from the town center of Canterbury, you'll find the bright and cheery Harriet House . Friendly Heidi and Paul greet you like members of their family. I watched as they interacted with guests to ensure they had the perfect stay.

Our room was comfortable and refined, the perfect place for couples. With soft linens and modern amenities such as a mini fridge and great internet access, you will feel right at home. I particularly loved the small details like the Cole & Lewis soaps and toiletries products as well as the lighted mirror that also displayed the time. This was perfect as I was getting ready for the day!

As a B&B, the best part of our stay was the breakfast. The night before you can pick what you’d like to order, in addition to the croissants, fruit, and yogurt. I have to say I don’t like eggs buffet style. And having stayed at countless hotels with eggs in silver buffet trays, this was a welcome change.  And these eggs were divine. The well-lit dining area and patio are the perfect way to start your day. Homemade bread, marmalade, fruit salad, coffee, and hot tea are all available. I had delicious avocado toast with poached eggs. Michael had eggs with sausage and mushrooms along with pancakes. The breakfast was exceptional. Having stayed at many large hotels with buffets, it was so nice to have a personalized breakfast.

A 10-minute walk along River Stour brings you to Canterbury Cathedral and the center of town. If you're short on time in Southern England, it's only an hour away from London, so you can easily venture from here. There's a private car park, delicious food, a cozy room, and ease of access to everything you need- you can't ask for more!

Book Harriet House directly here.

Westgate Apartments in Bath

After all that driving around the English countryside, it was wonderful to have a posh apartment with all the amenities in Bath. I was first struck by the enormity of the place. It was great to have an open floor plan with a large living room, dining room, full kitchen, and bathroom.  The cherry on top was the fully stocked fridge- including full bottles of wine, vodka, and tequila, offered at a fair price. Included in the stay are bottled water, milk, chocolate, Nespresso with a grocery store just around the corner.

I absolutely loved the walk-in shower and the full-size bottle of Cowshed toiletries. There was even additional products like toner and moisturizer which was such a treat.

The apartment is spacious, clean, and well laid out. There was super fast WiFi, two flat-screen TVs, in an overall stylish space. Rooms are cleaned every day (sometimes this is not the case at an apartment) and the room was very quiet, despite being close to the city center. You get the best of both worlds here: the amenities and space of an apartment, but the service of a hotel. One thing to note is parking it a bit farther away and is not included in the price.

Conveniently, you can walk right out the door and be directly in front of Thermae Spa. Looking out our window we could see the bustling scene from below of people mingling at restaurants and bars. Truly, the Hiding Space Westgate Apartments are the perfect base to explore Bath and the surrounding area.

Book Westgate Apartments right here .

Cowley Manor in the Cotswolds

Quite frankly, Cowley Manor, A Curious Group of Hotels , was my favorite stay of my entire life. I actually wrote an entire post dedicated to this lovely estate. With its extensive grounds, funky bar, incredible food, and fairy tale setting there's just too much to cover!

Upon entering the estate you feel as if a storybook is coming to life. On my left was a lovely brook, lush green grass, and huge trees. On my right were fluffy, light flowering trees, and a bright blue pool. We parked our car and headed into reception and were greeted with tea while we checked in.

Once in our room, I felt like I had been dreaming. The four-poster bed loomed over soft linens. The large windows looked out over the pond and hills of the estate. I love making the room very dark, and I was delighted to see shutters and blackout shades for this purpose. There is a DVD player and a hook up for a laptop so I could easily watch a movie. Of course, I had to watch my all time favorite, Pride and Prejudice . It was only fitting for the movie-scene setting. I felt like I was on the set of this gorgeous movie.

I could have spent the entire day in the large bathroom, with a cleverly hidden toilet. The green tiled shower has great water pressure and hot water- many places lack actual hot water and a lukewarm shower just doesn’t cut it. There are 30 rooms in total between the main house and the stable block. I opted for the main house for the particularly wonderful views.

We dined here daily and had a fabulous breakfast. You can start with oatmeal, cereal, pastries, fruit, or order separately and have fresh eggs or pancakes. The toast was brought out on a vertical plate, so as not to moisten it and individual pads of butter were placed on the table.

Afternoon tea is scrumptious, and on a nice day, it's the perfect way to imagine yourself as a character in Alice in Wonderland. Carroll is said to have been inspired by the gardens here.

Dinner is set in the sumptuous dining room and the low lighting and delicious food make for the most romantic evening. Despite being just two hours from London and centrally in the Cotswolds, I felt like I was in a secluded palace, tucked away safely from the rest of the world. It's easy to see how an author might come here to write and find inspiration.

Cowley Manor is the perfect fusion of romantic English countryside with functional and comfortable design. I felt like English royalty staying here, I couldn't recommend this place more. Treat yourself and go to Cowley Manor.

Check out Cowley Manor here.  Find my full review of Cowley Manor here .

You simply cannot go wrong in Southern England. The picturesque countryside is embedded with ancient secrets and mysteries, the towns are quaint and charming full of rich history, and the rolling hills, animals, and cathedral steeples all add to the beautiful landscape. It's easy to see why so many writers, artists, Romans, and even prehistoric people flocked here to relish in the beauty and wisdom. I think we should all do the same.

MEET THE AUTHOR

Helene Sula

I believe that one trip can change your life. It did for me. I'm a self proclaimed home body that quit her job, moved abroad, and more often than not, lives out of a carry-on bag. If I'm not traveling, I'm most likely re-reading Harry Potter or watching "Midnight in Paris" while snuggling my dogs. I'm a digital marketing expert who turned my love of travel into a full-time career. And I help others do it too.

Related Posts

• Road Trip Essentials

DO YOU LOVE STORIES?

Let me tell you a good one. I share behind the scenes travel mishaps and adventures on the road.

You're on the list! YAY! Please check your email to confirm your email.

There was an error submitting your subscription. Please try again.

Helene in Between Courses

• Instagram Content System

Easily manage your content while finding captions that WORK for you.

• The Lightroom Vault

140 presets + ALL the skills you need to edit like a pro.

• The Convert Course

Learn how to turn readers into followers + blog post templates

Join 560k+ Instagram Followers

Real life, attainable travel & inspiration to #livealittle at @heleneinbetween

Choose a Destination

Asia Austria Belgium Canada Denmark Estonia Europe Finland France

Quick Links

• Buying a Camera Guide
• Free Lightroom Presets
• Travel Tips
• Shop My Looks

The Perfect 10 days in Southern England Itinerary As Per a Local

There is a really good chance that this post contains affiliate links. If you click through and make a purchase, I may receive a small commission (for which I am deeply grateful) at no additional cost to you.

Considering a trip to Southern England? Be sure to check out our detailed 10 days in Southern England Itinerary. This is a guide to Southern England written by a local, including the best things to do.

Spending 10 days in Southern England is definitely an amazing way to get to know the UK . This area of the country is filled with breathtaking nature and fascinating history, and there are plenty of fun activities to keep you busy.

Many of the following destinations also make great weekend trips from London , which is a wonderful city to base yourself in Southern England. However, if you’d prefer to do a little road trip around the area, then the following semi-circular route will allow you to discover some of the most stunning gems of the region.

The Best of Southern England: A Comprehensive 10 Day Southern England Itinerary

Southern england itinerary day 1: the malvern hills aonb.

Start your journey in Southern England in the Malvern Hills, which has been recognized as an Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty (AONB). The Malvern Hills are a series of hills in the countryside that not many tourists know about. However, this area is incredibly stunning and definitely deserves more attention.

There are numerous amazing Malvern Hills walks that you can take, starting with a circular walk around Worcestershire Beacon, the highest summit among the hills. You can also combine this walk with a tour of Great Malvern, a picturesque spa town located right at the foot of the hills. 

Another great walk to do in the Malvern Hills is the Herefordshire Beacon route, which offers truly marvelous views of the surrounding countryside. The best part about these walks is that for many sections, you’ll barely see any other people around, making it a spectacular peaceful getaway.

Travel Tip: The Malvern is an amazing spa hotel located in Great Malvern, and it’s a perfect luxury stay to treat yourself to. What better way to end a day of walking than by unwinding in a jacuzzi?  

Southern England Itinerary Day 2: The Cotswolds — Bourton-on-the-Water & Bibury

After a day in pure nature, it’s time to head into a bit of civilization — with the smooth transition of quiet village life. The Cotswolds is a stunning area filled with picturesque villages and rolling green hills. It’s the perfect place to experience the quiet English countryside life. From the Malvern Hills, you can drive to the Cotswolds in under an hour.

Check out this detailed 2 days in Cotswolds itinerary !

There are plenty of amazing Cotswolds villages to explore. Bourton-on-the-Water is without a doubt one of the most interesting ones and an amazing introduction into the area. This picturesque village straddles River Windrush and offers plenty of fun and usual activities. 

Start your tour of the village at the Model Village, where you can see tons of cute miniature houses and feel like a giant as you stroll past them. Be sure to also take a riverside stroll and enjoy a drink or meal by one of the many restaurants and cafes along the banks. Not to be missed is the Birdland Park & Gardens, which is home to over 500 species of birds as well as penguins and flamingos!

After Bourton-on-the-Water, make your way to Bibury, one of the most picturesque villages in the Cotswolds. The main attraction there is the gorgeous Arlington Row, one of the most photographed streets in England.

After taking a stroll there, be sure to stop by the Bibury Trout Farm to see (or feed) trout and to enjoy some delicious cake at the cafe. You can spend the night at The Swan Hotel in the heart of Bibury.

Other Suggested places to stay in the Cotswolds

Barnsley House , Cirencester – If you’re looking to escape into the rolling landscape but keep close to town, the gorgeous Barnsley House tucked within Cirencester is a great compromise. Even better, it has its own set of formal gardens for romantic strolls. It’s an utter dream!

Oak House No. 1 , Tetbury – I haven’t personally stayed in this private house, but it’s an opulent treat for those willing to splash out. Bold décor and modern art are the tip of the iceberg; expect chaise lounges, four-poster beds and even a personal library in the Cavalier Suite. 

The Lamb Inn , Burford – For homey comforts, turn to the Lamb Inn. Poised at the edge of charming Burford, you can experience the quiet life in a historical village. The layout is charmingly random too, since later additions have created rambling passageways. You’ll fall in love with the stone fireplaces and garden out back; I know I did.

Southern England Itinerary Day 3: The Cotswolds — Cirencester & Castle Combe

Start your third day by driving from Bibury to Cirencester (which will take merely 5 minutes). Cirencester is considered the capital of the Cotswolds and has tons of activities to offer for all kinds of travellers.

History buffs will love the Cirencester Amphitheatre, which is a marvelous remnant of the Ancient Roman Empire. You can also learn a lot about the history of this town at the Corinium Museum. To experience town life, head over to Park Street and Castle Street, where you can browse the many shops and cafes. 

Travel Tip: Be sure to not miss the Cirencester Open Air Swimming Pool, especially if you’re traveling with kids! This outdoor pool has natural spring water and is the perfect place to spend a fun day in the sun! There’s also a children’s paddling pool in the complex.

After Cirencester, it’s time to make your way to one of the most famous places in the Cotswolds: Castle Combe. Nicknamed “the prettiest village in England”, Castle Combe is home to a row of incredibly picturesque stone cottages, which you can find on Water Lane. Snapping a photo there, as touristy as it seems, is a must. 

From Castle Combe, drive 30 mins to Bath, where you can stay the night. 

Southern England Itinerary Day 4: Bath

Day four is all about exploring the historical city of Bath and the many interesting activities and attractions it has to offer. Bath is a great place to learn about Roman Britain. In fact, the ancient Roman Baths in town attract tons of tourists every day and are a great place to understand how the locals used to live back in the days.

After touring the Roman architecture there, stop by Thermae Bath Spa, which offers a beautiful rooftop pool with a view. These warm pools are fed by natural spring waters. Spend a few hours enjoying the many different pools in Thermae Bath Spa, and don’t forget to check out their sauna and ice rooms as well. 

Another amazing activity to do in Bath is to take a boat cruise and see the most spectacular places in town right from River Avon. Be sure to stop by Sally Lunn’s for some delicious buns, and stay the night at the Royal Hotel , which is right in the heart of the city centre.

SUGGESTED READING: Best Days Out in Cornwall, South West England

Southern England Itinerary Day 5: Dorset 

Start day five by driving from Bath to Durdle Door, one of the most beautiful places in Dorset, an area that straddles the stunning Jurassic Coast. The drive from Bath will take around 1 hour and 45 minutes.

As soon as you reach Durdle Door, you’ll want to take your camera out. The scenery is simply mesmerizing. You’ll see a beach and a rock formation standing in the water. The landscape is super picturesque, and it’s a great idea to come back for sunset as well, as it only gets more magical then. 

Next to Durdle Door, you’ll find the beautiful layered cliffs of Lulworth Cove. Once you get there, head over to Mupe Bay, where you can get stunning vistas and enjoy a nice swim in the water. If you’re into history, you can also visit the beautiful Lulworth Castle, which also has lots of tea rooms and a children’s playground inside its complex.

Finally, head over to the dramatic ruins of Corfe Castle, which has 1,000+ years of history. This castle is located in Swanage, which is home to lots of cute shops and a fun Model Village. You can spend the night in Purbeck House Hotel & Louisa Lodge there, which is just a 5-min walk to the beach! 

Southern England Itinerary Day 6: Brighton

Start your day by driving from Swanage to Brighton, which will take roughly 2.5 hours. Brighton is a gorgeous seaside town that’s very walkable and has an uplifting atmosphere. In fact, every August, it houses the biggest Pride Festival in England.

Start your day in Brighton with a walk down Brighton Lanes, the historic neighbourhood of the city. There, you’ll not only find tons of shops and cafes, but also lots of delicious seafood restaurants. Be sure to stop by Riddle And Finns for some of the freshest seafood in town!

YOU MIGHT ALSO LIKE THIS: The Best Things to do in Brighton, UK

The main attraction of Brighton is Brighton Beach. While the sand there is pretty pebbly, it’s a great place to sit down and relax or go for a swim. Next to the beach, you’ll find the atmospheric Brighton Pier, which is home to a very fun arcade with lots of games — the perfect place for families or even couples.

You can easily spend a whole day in Brighton relaxing by the water, playing games at the arcade, and enjoying some delicious seafood. You can stay right by the beach at The Grand Brighton , which offers dreamy rooms with ocean views.

Southern England Itinerary Day 7: Dover

A 2-hour drive from Brighton will get you to Dover, another gorgeous seaside town with stunning landscapes and rich with history. The star attractions of this town are the White Cliffs of Dover, where you can easily spend most of the day.

Take a seaside stroll along the cliffs and enjoy the panoramic views. This place is also quite romantic and despite its popularity, you can still find sections of the walk with very few people around. During your walk, be sure to stop by South Foreland Lighthouse, which was built back in the 1840s to guide sailors through the Strait of Dover.

If you have extra time, don’t miss Dover Castle and its medieval Secret Wartime Tunnels. This is where British soldiers were based during WWII as they looked out for German invaders, and you can get great insight into the history of Dover by exploring the complex.

You can stay the night in Hubert House , which offers cozy rooms in the centre of town at very reasonable prices.

Southern England Itinerary Day 8: Canterbury

From Dover, make your way to Canterbury, which is only 30-mins by car. This vibrant city is a part of the UNESCO World Heritage and definitely has its own unique charm. Wandering around, you’ll find cobbled streets lined with shops and medieval houses as well as countryside landscapes.

One of the top things to do in Canterbury is to take a stroll in the Westgate Gardens. From there, you can get a beautiful view of River Stour, which cuts across town. This park is also a great place to sit down and enjoy a picnic!

Be sure to also stop by the stunning Canterbury Cathedral, a remnant of Medieval England. This is actually one of the oldest Christian monuments in the UK, and the interior design is simply beautiful. 

End your day in Canterbury by snapping a photo of the peculiar St John Boys House and going inside to browse the many books they sell. You can spend the night in The Corner House Canterbury right at the heart of town.

Southern England Itinerary Day 9 & 10: London

End your trip to Southern England with a bang by spending your last two days in London, the beating heart of Britain. There are plenty of fun things to do in London to fill two whole days of your itinerary. From Canterbury, you can reach London by car in just 1.5 hours.

Check out our 3 days in London itinerary to pick and choose your activities.

While you can explore on foot for most of the places in this itinerary, London is a much bigger city where you’ll need to rely on public transport — buses and the underground tube — to get around. 

Insider Tip: Do not attempt to get around London by car. Congestion is super high in the city so you’ll likely be stuck in traffic if you do. Also, you will need to pay a £15 congestion charge if you want to drive in the city centre!

Start your visit to London at Tower Bridge, one of the most iconic sights in the UK. Built in the 1880s, this suspension bridge crosses the River Thames, you can get some really cool photos while taking a stroll there.

Afterwards, spend a few hours touring the Tower of London, the official palace of the Queen. You can also see the unique collection of Crown Jewels inside the palace. 

Be sure to not miss the scenic Millennium Bridge. After taking a walk there, stop by Shakespeare’s Globe, a playhouse for which Shakespeare used to write his plays. Today, you can catch many awesome plays there too!

End your first day in London with a visit to Sky Garden, an indoor rooftop terrace where you can get a magnificent view of the whole city. There are restaurants there as well as a bar that serves drinks well into the night, and the atmosphere is absolutely amazing.

ANOTHER FAVORITE READ: The best 10 Photo Spots in London

Spend your second day in London admiring the Westminster Abbey and the Big Ben before catching a ride on the London Eye. Afterwards, explore the famous Buckingham Palace, the official London residence of the UK’s monarchs. This palace is located in the stunning St. James’s Park, which is a great spot to enjoy a picnic.

Afterwards, head over to the South Kensington neighbourhood, where there are tons of restaurants awaiting you, as well as the Natural History Museum, should you fancy some lessons in history, science, and everything in between.

Stay in the Covent Garden or Soho neighbourhoods to ensure you’re close to most of the attractions in town — these are two very safe, central, and convenient areas, especially for first-timers.

Must-reads:

• The Best Neighborhoods in London
• The Best Shopping in London
• London Off The Beaten Path Attractions
• What to do in London during the Winter season

This is a guest post by Guest Contributor: Jiayi Wang

Author’s Bio: Jiayi Wang is the writer and photographer behind The Diary of a Nomad, a travel and photography blog with a special love for less-visited destinations. While she was raised in Rome, she has been living in London for over 5 years now. You can follow her journey on Instagram and Pinterest .

Enjoyed Reading? Save it for later on Pinterest!

About The Author

Guest Contributor

Leave a comment cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Popular Posts

Packing List For a Day Hike: The Ultimate Packing List 

101 Fun, Free Things to Do in NYC 2024: Free Activities in NYC by a local

Where to stay in New York City: The Best Neighborhoods in NYC

27 Unique Travel Gifts for Women Traveling Solo {2024}

3 days in Istanbul Itinerary: Best places to visit in Istanbul in 3 days {2024}

Let’s keep in touch

Join other travelers and get the latest travel updates, travel tips, tricks and insider secrets. Be notified first about giveaways and special events.

Your Perfect South England Road Trip Itinerary – 7 Days

The Introverted Solo Traveller contains affiliate links. If you make a purchase using one of these links, I may receive compensation at no extra cost to you. Read my disclaimer for more information.

Are you looking for the perfect road trip itinerary to spend 7 days in South England?

Then you’re in the right place! I’ve created an amazing itinerary for you to explore the beautiful area that is called South England.

Road trips are a perfect way to explore a larger area without the need for company. I love a road trip. I just hire a car and drive where I want to go and the best thing about doing it alone is, that I don’t have to consider anyone else.

No one is saying we need to make a food stop or natural break stop but myself.

This post will give you an example of a wonderful itinerary that can be done on your own for a week in South England.

Southern England is not a small area, so a lot of driving will be involved but with this itinerary, you will tick off most of the must-see attractions here.

The few that can’t be reached within this time frame mean that you have to come back once more 😉 But I assure you that you will be satisfied with what you’ve seen during these 7 days.

On another note, London is not included in this road trip as you don’t need a car to explore it. If you haven’t visited London yet, then this itinerary might be for you The Best 5-Day England Itinerary .

Driving in England

England is one of those rather weird countries where you drive on the wrong, I mean, left side of the road. This is sometimes a hurdle, especially when it comes to some of the narrow roads here. 

Be careful while driving and I recommend taking out comprehensive insurance for your rental car – if you’re driving one and are not using your own.

You can look for good rental car deals here: Discover Cars Website

Day 1 – Eastbourne & Brighton

Day one starts in the lovely South East England. In Eastbourne to be exact. It’s a quintessentially British seaside resort with a pier and many food stalls. 

Eastbourne is a quiet start to the journey, although it can get busy in the high season. It’s located in the county of East Sussex.

There is plenty of parking near the promenade, so just leave your car there and take a stroll to the pier and up to the Western Lawns. You’ll have a stunning view over Eastbourne’s beach from there.

After a few hours in Eastbourne, you’ll drive on one of my favourite roads in this country. Along the south and the sea to Brighton. It’s about a 45-minute drive without traffic through the villages of Peacehaven and Saltdean. 

The views are spectacular. If you didn’t spend too much time in Eastbourne, then you can even stop at the Seven Sisters Country Park. 

From there you can walk for 30 minutes to get to the Seven Sisters Cliffs. Just like the White Cliffs of Dover, a beautiful formation of white cliffs. You have an incredible view of the coastline from here.

There is a circular walk from the country park, and if you’re not on a time-limited road trip, then I would definitely recommend going on it. If you continue this itinerary, then I would return to the car after a quick dip in the water – be warned, it’s not very warm.

After your little detour, you’ll arrive in Brighton. Another famous seaside town on the South Coast. And compared to Eastbourne a lot busier. 

If you’re into partying, then this is your stop for the night. There are many bars and discos to spend the night.

Other attractions in Brighton include the Grand Pier. It’s such an amazing sight. And even though I’ve visited it many times, I’m still speechless when I see the little amusement park at the end of it. 

Brighton also has a special museum, the Royal Pavilion. It looks like it should be standing in India rather than in Brighton.

Stay the night in Brighton. Or if you like it a bit quieter then one of the seaside resorts between Portsmouth and Brighton is also worth staying there.

Day 2 – Portsmouth & The Isle of Wight

Day two begins with an early start and a drive to Portsmouth. The drive without traffic takes about 1.25 hours from Brighton.

Portsmouth is a historic maritime city located on the South Coast of England. It has a rich naval heritage. If you’re lucky, you might even see one of the British aircraft carriers there. They are quite an impressive sight.

If you like maritime history, then you should visit the Historic Dockyard, a great maritime museum complex where iconic vessels like the HMS Victory and the Mary Rose can be found. There is plenty of parking nearby.

The entry isn’t cheap at £34 for an adult ticket for one attraction. But the audio tour was pretty spectacular and there are lots of other things to see.

You can also buy a ticket for £44 per adult and visit three attractions in the dockyard.

Portsmouth waterfront is also a sight to behold, especially the Spinnaker. There are plenty of restaurants or pubs to enjoy the view.

If you fancy a bit of shopping on the day, then the Gunwharf Quays have plenty of brand stores for you to visit.

After you’ve explored Portsmouth, it’s time for the next stop which is fairly close by. You can already see it from Portsmouth. It’s the Isle of Wight.

There are several routes and ways to get to Isle, all of which include crossing the Solent. The Solent is a strait that separates the Isle of Wight from the mainland of England. 

If you weren’t travelling by car, then I’d recommend taking the Hovercraft that flies over the water in just 10 minutes. It’s such a fun way to get to the Isle of Wight. You feel like you’re in a bouncy castle.

However, the hovercraft only takes foot passengers, so a normal ferry is the only option. There are several routes the Wightlink ferry takes. I recommend the route Portsmouth to Fishbourne.

The crossing takes about 45 minutes. You need to be at the ferry port between 1 hour to 30 minutes before the crossing. I was late once, and they just put me on the next ferry, but I wouldn’t risk it.

Once you arrive in Fishbourne, the Isle of Wight is your oyster. Literally, because the island is pretty small. It’s approximately 23 miles x 13 miles (37 km x 21 km) in dimensions. You could almost walk it.

There are many great attractions to visit, some of my favourite are:

The Needles, a rock formation in the water. I recommend taking the slow boats tour to have a great view of the formation and the different coloured sand of the beach.

If you have an English Heritage membership, then access to Osborne House is included. If you don’t then it costs from £20 per person. Prices depend on the season, so check their website for the best price.

English Heritage Osborne Website

Another gem on the island is the Garlic Farm. If you like garlic (I love it!), then you’ll be very happy here. They even have their own garlic beer.

Freshwater Bay invites you to a lovely walk along the coast. And you can see thatched roof tearooms in Shanklin Old Village.

I believe it’s very difficult to complete all these attractions in one day, so you have to decide what is most appealing to you. The Needles are a must-see though, in my opinion.

To get an early start, I would take one of the late ferries back to Portsmouth. They run at least every hour until 11 PM and then stay the night in Portsmouth.

However, I believe that accommodation on the Isle of Wight is cheaper, so if that is a concern you might want to stay the night and have an early start. The ferries start fairly early in the morning all year round.

Day 3 – Durdle Door, Dartmoor National Park & Plymouth

A National Park that is not to be missed in the South of England is Dartmoor National Park. 

It is known for its rugged moorland, granite tors, and ancient woodlands. And their awesome wild ponies that you can stroke in various parking lots.

So on day three start the day by driving from Portsmouth to Dartmoor National Park which takes about 3.5 hours without traffic, depending on where exactly you’re going and the traffic.

However, on the way there, you should stop by an incredible rock formation called Durdle Door. I would recommend going there for the name alone already. I just love saying it. It is one of the best places along the South West coast.

Durdle Door is part of the Jurassic Coast which is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. There is a car park and afterwards, it’s a 15-minute walk to the coast. The path is steep, so wear good footwear.

If you’re up for a little walk, then there is a footpath from Durdle Door to Lulworth Cove which only takes 30 minutes, but offers incredible sights of the British Coast.

After your quick visit to Durdle Door, the next stop is Dartmoor National Park. The National Park offers a large number of beautiful hiking trails. You can find hiking trails with AllTrails and Komoot.

AllTrails Dartmoor Website

Komoot Dartmoor Website

If you like trains, then Dartmoor National Park offers the South Devon Railway. It is the longest-established steam railway in the South West. 

It runs along the River Dart, taking passengers on a scenic voyage from Buckfastleigh to Totnes. You can visit animal attractions on either side of the track. 

There is the Buckfast Butterfly Farm and Dartmoor Otter Sanctuary. It might be an unusual combination but one that’s worth seeing. Tickets for an adult cost £10.95. 

On the other side of the railway, you have the Totnes Rare Breeds Farm. The farm is a family-run attraction that is all about the conservation of rare breeds like Welsh Mountain Sheep, Golden Guernsey Goats, and chickens. It is very interactive. 

Tickets for the farm cost £9.70 for an adult. Please be aware that they close during the winter, so check their website first.

Totnes Rare Breeds Farm Website

There is also a small zoo near Plymouth which can be visited on the way to the city. Plymouth is another city that has a rich maritime history and is the next stop on this road trip around Southern England.

The city is home to the historic Barbican, a cobbled-street area lined with historic buildings, shops, and restaurants. The Mayflower Steps, marking the departure point of the Pilgrims in 1620, show the connection between England and the United States of America. 

There is also the Royal Citadel, a 17th-century fortress, overlooking Plymouth Sound, and the Hoe, a large public space and promenade, with its Smeaton’s Tower lighthouse. 

Just walking around Plymouth is already a wonderful time spent. You can see the above-mentioned Mayfair Steps and the lighthouse. Walk around this historic city and enjoy the views.

If you’re going to Plymouth in the summer (between the end of May and mid-September), then you can go to one of the most stunning pools in the UK, the Tinside Lido.

The Tinside Lido is an art-deco style outdoor located at the tip of Plymouth Hoe overlooking the sea. It’s truly fascinating sitting in the pool feeling like you’re in the sea.

Another attraction that I can recommend is the Plymouth Gin Distillery tour. I love looking behind the scenes at companies, and the distillery tour is another great example of that.

Plymouth Gin Distillery is the oldest operating distillery in Britain. A ticket for the general tour costs £15 per adult. If you’re a gin aficionado, then they also offer the “Gin Connoisseur’s Tour” where you can sample 7 different gins (£35 per adult).

And if you even want to create your own gin, then they have the “Master Distiller’s Tour” (£55 per adult). 

The last tour starts at 4.30 PM, so you have to see whether you’d want to do this first and walk around Plymouth afterwards.

Plymouth Gin Distillery Website

Plymouth is also the home of the largest aquarium in the UK, the National Marine Aquarium. An adult ticket costs £22.50.

To avoid another drive on this day, you can stay the night in Plymouth and end the day with a beer or soft drink overlooking this beautiful city.

Day 4 – Looe & Lynmouth

Day four starts with an unusually short drive from Plymouth to Looe which takes around 40 minutes. Looe is a Cornish coastal town with wonderful sandy beaches. 

The east side of the town has many restaurants and independent shops – perfect for a nice breakfast. 

After your stop in Looe, you make your way to the north of Southern England, to Lynmouth in the North of Devon. It’s about a 2.5-hour drive.

Lynmouth is sometimes dubbed the “Little Switzerland of England” due to its stunning scenery of wooded cliffs, lush green valleys, and cascading waterfalls.

One of the main attractions in Lynmouth is the Lynton & Lynmouth Cliff Railway. A water-powered funicular railway that connects Lynmouth with the cliff-top town of Lynton. 

A one-way adult ticket costs £3.50. They close from November to February, so check their opening times before your visit.

Lynton & Lynmouth Cliff Railway Website

To make the most out of the next day, drive to Glastonbury to stay there overnight. It’s about a 2-hour drive.

Day 5 – Glastonbury, Wells & Bristol

Glastonbury is once a year the location of the Glastonbury Festival. I’m not saying you should make it part of your South England road trip itinerary but if you can make it work, then kudos. 

The rest of the year, Glastonbury offers the Glastonbury Abbey. A stunning ruin which is rumoured to be where King Arthur and Queen Guinevere graves are. 

Adult tickets to the Abbey cost £11. Try to participate in one of their guided tours to make the most of it.

There is also Glastonbury Tor. It’s a prominent hill rising dramatically from the Somerset Levels in southwest England, a site of historical, spiritual, and mythological significance. 

On top of the tor stands the St. Michael’s Tower, a medieval structure, which is the remnant of a 14th-century church.

You can park near the tor and then have to walk for about 10 minutes to get to the hill. You’ll have a wonderful view of Glastonbury and the countryside.

Once you’ve enjoyed Glastonbury, make your way to Wells, the smallest city in England. 

A must-see is Wells Cathedral. One of the most impressive cathedrals in the country. Admission is by donation and it’s asked to donate £8 per person. They offer hourly guided tours which you should try to make.

Wells is such a wonderful place to walk around in. So much history in such a small space. Be sure to visit the Vicar’s Close next to Wells Cathedral.

After you’ve explored Wells, the last and final stop for the day is Bristol. It is a vibrant city where the old meets the new. 

This is where I suggest to spend the night. Preferably near the city centre. The drive takes about 45 minutes from Wells, depending on traffic.

There are many bars and restaurants near the harbourside and it’s worth to walk around there. 

If you like boats, then Bristol has the SS Great Britain moored in the harbour area. The SS Great Britain was the largest passenger ship in the world from 1845 to 1854. However, a ticket isn’t cheap at £22 per adult.

Another place to visit in Bristol is Clifton. There is a beautiful green park there and the Clifton Suspension Bridge. You can overlook the River Avon from there.

Day 6 – Bath & Castle Combe (Cotswolds)

You either start your day directly with a drive to Bath which takes about 35 minutes or you look at one or two things that weren’t open anymore the day before.

Once you get to Bath, you’ll see what a beautiful city it is. Bath is known for its Roman-built baths and Georgian architecture. It’s a pleasure walking around there.

If you’d like to know more about the Roman Baths, then you can visit them. The ticket for an adult at £20.50 isn’t cheap though.

In case you just want to take a dip in a hot thermal spa, then Bath has the Thermae Bath Spa. You can relax in a rooftop pool overlooking Bath. These tickets cost £40 per adult on a weekday, and £45 per adult on the weekend for two hours.

It’s not the cheapest attraction but if you need some relaxation and a view, then it’s worth the fee.

Close to the Roman Baths is Bath Abbey. A stunning abbey that is still being used. The entry ticket costs £6.50. They also offer tours at an extra charge.

After you’ve explored Bath, it’s time to explore the wonderful Cotswolds. The Cotswolds is a picturesque region in southwestern England known for its charming villages, rolling hills, and quintessential English countryside. It has been declared an area of outstanding natural beauty (AONB).

My favourite Cotswolds village is Castle Combe. It is a typically British Cotswold village. The drive to Castle Combe takes about 30 minutes.

Once you arrive there, you feel like you’re in a movie set. It’s all just so beautiful. There are a few lovely walks that start from here.

My insider tip is to buy one of the cakes that are being offered in front of houses. It’s based on an honour system. I’ve had very delicious cakes from there.

You can spend the night here or in one of the other beautiful Cotswolds villages.

Day 7 – Stonehenge & Salisbury

On the final day, day 7, I suggest visiting an attraction that is known worldwide – Stonehenge. I have to warn you, it can be a bit underwhelming (that’s at least how I felt) but it’s still worth a visit and then you can check it off your bucket list.

The drive from Castle Combe takes just over an hour. 

If you are a member of English Heritage, then entry is free, otherwise, prices start at £20.90 depending on the season.

English Heritage Stonehenge Website

There is also a small museum explaining Stonehenge, but it won’t take too much time to have a look around there. 

The next stop is Salisbury. Another city, another cathedral. Just like Bath and many of the other stops, Salisbury is a delight to walk around in.

I recommend you stop by the cathedral to have a look. It’s absolutely stunning. The tickets cost £9 per adult if you book in advance, and £11 on the day. 

With all these attractions, I recommend booking in advance when you know you will make it.

Salisbury Cathedral offers free tours which you take advantage of.

Fun fact: Salisbury Cathedral is home to one of the four surviving original copies of the Magna Carta, a historic document signed in 1215 that laid the foundation for principles of justice and human rights.

This marks the end of this Southern England road trip itinerary. 

Conclusion – The Perfect South England Road Trip

I hope you liked the ultimate South England road trip itinerary! Over the course of seven days, you’ve embarked on a captivating journey through Southern England’s diverse landscapes, seamlessly blending coastal allure, historic charm, and natural wonders. 

This itinerary covers how you can get a blend of cultural exploration, outdoor escapes, and moments of pure relaxation. 

While the route covers considerable ground, it serves as a gateway to a large number of must-see attractions, unveiling the rich historical tapestry, breathtaking scenery, and distinctive experiences that define Southern England.

From the iconic Brighton Pier to the enigmatic Glastonbury Tor, from the South East of England to South West England, each stop contributes to the narrative of your road trip adventure.

Driving on the left side of the road might be a novel experience, but the enchanting roads and quaint villages along the way make every twist and turn worthwhile.

Safety remains a priority, so ensuring comprehensive insurance for your rental car adds an extra layer of assurance to your journey.

Whether you find yourself meandering along Brighton’s sandy shores, navigating the historic streets of Bath, or immersing in the natural wonders of Dartmoor National Park, each day unfolds a fresh chapter of exploration. 

I know I haven’t included any recommendations for a pub or restaurant, but I believe tastes are so different that it’s difficult to recommend anything on this scale.

I love road trips, so I believe this is one of the best ways to experience the south of England. In my opinion, this is an epic UK road trip that won’t be quickly forgotten.

If you want more inspiration for a trip to London, then check out Itinerary for 7 days in London – the perfect week .

As an introverted solo traveller, I have visited over 20 countries and lived in a few as well. Trying to make solo travel easier for introverts like myself.

Similar Posts

Safety Tips for Solo Travellers: How to Stay Safe

The Introverted Solo Traveller contains affiliate links. If you make a purchase using one of these links, I may receive compensation at…

Vietnam Solo Travel Guide: What to Expect and Essential Tips

The Ultimate Packing List For Introverted Solo Travellers

Is London in South East England?

Get detailed information on whether London is located in the South East of England. And what else there is in this region.

11 Best Countries for Introverts

The Best 5 Day England Itinerary

Discover the best of England in just 5 days with our itinerary. Explore London, Bath, Oxford, and other unmissable sites during your stay.

This website uses cookies to improve your experience. We'll assume you're ok with this, but you can opt-out if you wish. Read More

• Always Active Necessary Necessary cookies help make a website usable by enabling basic functions like page navigation and access to secure areas of the website. The website cannot function properly without these cookies.
• Marketing Marketing Marketing cookies are used to track visitors across websites. The intention is to display ads that are relevant and engaging for the individual user and thereby more valuable for publishers and third party advertisers.
• Analytics Analytics Analytics cookies help website owners to understand how visitors interact with websites by collecting and reporting information anonymously.
• Preferences Preferences Preference cookies enable a website to remember information that changes the way the website behaves or looks, like your preferred language or the region that you are in.
• Unclassified Unclassified Unclassified cookies are cookies that we are in the process of classifying, together with the providers of individual cookies.

South England Road Trip: The Perfect 3 Day Itinerary

Here’s how to spend the perfect 3 days on a South England road trip so you visit some of the most iconic cities and landmarks in the country.

When thinking of epic road trips, southern England may not pop up in your mind instantly. But there really is no reason it shouldn’t make its way onto your bucket list! England is filled with adorable little villages, gorgeous historic buildings, green nature, savory foods and incredibly friendly people.

I discovered that one of the best things to do in London is to leave! While there are a lot of popular day trips from London , I thought why not make it into a few days and do some driving? Budget car rental  gracefully provided me with a bad ass car, and this trip really opened my eyes to how beautiful this country is.

I didn’t quite realize how small certain cities were, so if I’d known, we could’ve squeezed a little bit more in, but this was actually perfect. However, my South England road trip was incredibly relaxing, so here’s my itinerary if you’d like a relaxed trip as well.

The Perfect 3-Day South England Road Trip

Day 1: London – Oxford

If you’re originally from a right-driving country, bring diapers, you’ll need them. This is the moment you’ll be forced to drive through central London while not being used to the other side of the road yet. We took a few wrong turns, but eventually ended up in Oxford in the early afternoon.

We parked our car at our guesthouse Newton House Guesthouse , which was only about a 10-minute walk away from the Oxford city centre. It was also totally adorable, and I never wanted to leave that bed. Ever. Check prices & availability here

Oxford is absolutely gorgeous, but also super tiny. Even though I sort of knew that, it still took me by surprise. There was this lovely, relaxed atmosphere. Since a lot of buildings are only accessible to students, I felt totally uncool.

I also felt like if only I could enter, I would find Hogwarts! The whole town felt like walking in a Harry Potter novel. You can actually do a Harry Potter-themed tour to see where they filmed scenes for the movies!

Definitely don’t miss University Church of St. Mary the Virgin for the best view over Oxford, and Christ Church University for actual Potter vibes. Stay tuned for my biggest Oxford post soon!

Get to know Oxford better with a walking tour

Day 2: Oxford – Cotswolds – Bath

Since the Cotswolds were on our way to Bath, we decided to make a little detour and drive trough the area. It turned out to be really quite pretty, but was quite dead in the winter. I actually returned in better weather, so check out my picks for the best villages in the Cotswolds and how I spent 3 days there !

The tiny roads also cost me years of my life as I pressed my fingertips into my palms and Mister nearly ran over cyclists a few times. Did I mention driving on the left side of the road makes no sense ;-)?

After passing trough he Cotswolds, we ended up in Bath. While Oxford seemed smaller, Bath was A LOT bigger than I expected!

Bath is an actual city, and considering we visited on a Saturday, it was a pretty busy one too. It really was a brilliant day trip location: it had many, many cute restaurants and amazing shopping streets.

Obviously the main reason we visited was to see the sights. Aside from the Bath Cathedral and the Crescent, the highlight of the trip was definitely the Roman Baths. I was worried it would be disappointing considering the high price, but they did a bloody great job at showing the history of the location. And they actually brought the place to life with an audio guide and exhibits. Really would recommend!

Book a tour of Bath along with access to the Roman Baths here

We stayed a little bit outside of Bath, halfway on the way to our next destination actually. I can’t find the property on Booking.com anymore, but I recommend staying at the nearby  Watergardens , a 5-star B&B with lovely hosts.

Day 3: Bath – Stonehenge – London

On the third day we slow made our way back to London. We slept in a little, and then drove to Stonehenge. We’d heard it consistently ranked high on the most disappointing landmarks in the world, so we were prepared to hate it. It’s like £20 too (though you can get tickets for much cheaper if you book ahead). We till felt that even if we would hate it, it was still one of those legendary things you had to have seen once in your life.

Driving up to Stonehenge you really can’t picture that there will be an age old monument in the middle of… farm land, really. But alas, eventually you end up at the information centre, and take the shuttle bus to the stones.

Whether it was due to our insanely low expectations or the grandeur of the monument, I will never know, but I was actually not disappointed. It really is pretty odd to see a bunch of super tall stacked stoned rise up against the horizon. And you can get pretty close too. To think some four thousand years ago they were able to stack super heavy stoned upon each other… it was a humbling experience.

To be fair, after taking a few pictures and marveling at the stones, there’s really not that much more you can do. We went back to the information centre to find out more about Stonehenge.

I definitely recommend you visit the information center. They did a great job at visualizing and making you understand more about the history of the location and the significance of Stonehenge in history.

Back to London

After Stonehenge, it’s only an hour and a half drive back to London or so! Stonehenge will only take you an 1.5-2 hours to visit at most, so you can either go back to London and spend the rest of the day there or you can opt to visit Salisbury, the nearby town. We decided to go back home, but that’s simply us.

I hope this three day South England road trip itinerary helps you have a fun trip! You can obviously spend a lot longer in South England or fit more into your 3-days. Other fun places you could add in are Brighton, Cambridge , Dover, and Canterbury!

Would you ever do a south England road trip?

General travel tips.

• For accommodation, I always check Airbnb or  Booking.com  for the best prices.
• If your insurance at home doesn’t cover travel, you may want to look into  SafetyWing for an affordable option.
• I always recommend checking  Get Your Guide  for the best tours in Europe and  Tiqets  for specific attraction deals.

Liked it? Pin it!

How to know you’re ready to freelance fulltime

Travel jobs: how to teach english in korea, one comment.

Héé wat grappig ik heb net vandaag ook een blog over Stonehenge geschreven. Je moet dit inderdaad echt met een auto ondernemen want met de trein is nieeeeeet te doen (lees: betalen).

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Notify me of new posts by email.

South of England Road Trip

• Fully customisable itinerary
• Prices from: £1335 per person
• Best time to go: April - October
• Transport: Rental car included (optional)

The historic hometown of Oxford University, ‘The City of Dreaming Spires’ is a wonder to behold. The medieval city centre and side-streets of Oxford are characterised by their elegant architecture, vibrant culture and wealth of historic intrigue.

The Cotswolds

The Cotswolds is a designated Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty – a series of enchanting and picture-perfect villages situated amid rolling limestone hills.

Seemingly untouched by modern society, spending time exploring the charming villages of Bibury, Bourton on the Water, and Upper and Lower Slaughter is like looking through a window to times gone by.

The English wine industry has flourished in the last decade and the South East has become the focal point of production due to its warmer, drier climate.

There are a multitude of vineyards operating in Surrey, Sussex and Kent, and with many of these offering tours and tastings, you can spend an afternoon sampling some of these now world-renowned wines. 

South East coast

As well as being home to some of the UK’s most popular blue flag beaches and seaside towns, England’s ‘Creative Coast’ is known for its unmissable cultural attractions.

These include world-class galleries such as the Turner Contemporary in Margate and the Towner Art Gallery in Eastbourne, alongside unique museums like Dickens House in Broadstairs. 

The White Cliffs of Dover

A visit to the South-East would not be complete without a trip to Dover. Escape the bustling port for a serene walk along the famous White Cliffs, complete with panoramic views and an abundance of wildlife and history.

Dover Castle is equally impressive, and it is worth setting time aside to explore this iconic fortress. 

Immortalised by Geoffrey Chaucer’s Canterbury Tales, Canterbury is a city with a rich cultural and historical heritage. Home to a UNESCO World Heritage Site, Canterbury boasts some of England’s greatest examples of medieval architecture and one of its oldest cathedrals.

The Beautiful South: History, Culture and Stunning Coastlines

The South East is a region with a fantastic amount to offer. Shaped equally by its sites of historical importance and its contributions to contemporary culture, there is an incredible variety of things to see and do.

Your journey between Oxford and Canterbury will celebrate this marriage between England’s past and present, by taking you to picturesque rural villages, vineyards at the forefront of the blossoming British wine trade, and the bohemian ‘Creative Coast’. 

Your journey begins in the famous university town of Oxford. A romantic city steeped in history, this is the perfect place to begin your journey through the South East and provides an excellent base to explore the rest of Oxfordshire and The Cotswolds.

After exploring the city, you will journey through The Chilterns, an AONB, and Surrey. This drive will take you past Windsor, where you can make a detour to visit Windsor Castle – the oldest and largest occupied castle in the world.

Brighton, the next overnight stop, is a seaside resort located on the South Coast. People have been flooding to Brighton for hundreds of years for restorative purposes, and today the town is full to the brim with independent restaurants, vintage shops and a cultural quarter which could rival that of a much larger city.

The drive along the South East coast is breathtaking and provides the opportunity to stop and explore the seaside towns of Eastbourne, Hastings and Rye. It also allows for a visit to one of the most iconic landscapes in the UK: the White Cliffs of Dover. Clear away the cobwebs with a brisk walk along the clifftops, an immersive way to experience the ‘gateway to England’.

From Dover, it is a short drive to Canterbury, your final overnight location. This beautiful, small city is home to a UNESCO World Heritage Site and was a place of pilgrimage in the middle ages. You can spend time exploring Canterbury Cathedral and St Augustine’s Abbey, as well as paying a visit to one of the city’s many excellent museums.

From Canterbury it is only a stone’s throw to the Kent coast, with the pastel-coloured seafronts of Whitstable, Margate and Broadstairs readily accessible, for a final day at the beach, to draw your adventure through the South East to a close.

Suggested Itinerary

The holiday ideas on our website are just examples of the amazing trips we offer.  Think of this itinerary as a starting point which can be tailored into something completely unique to you by our award-winning specialists.

We love the opportunity to use our first-hand knowledge and experience to design and deliver the perfect, bespoke holiday experience for you.

Day 1: Arrive in Oxfordshire

Your journey through the South East begins in Oxfordshire. Before making your way into Oxford, you could visit some of the impressive manors of North Oxfordshire.

With over 300 years of history, spectacular Blenheim Palace, a World Heritage Site and birthplace of Winston Churchill, is one not to miss. Overnight – Oxford

Day 2: Oxford Sightseeing

A full day to explore this most famous and beautiful city. Oxford is a fantastic city to wander, with many of the university colleges and iconic landmarks such as the Bodleian Library, Radcliffe Camera, and the Sheldonian Theatre located in the compact city centre.

There are many superb museums as well as walking and bus tours. To see the city from a different perspective, you could try punting on the River Thames – an archetypal Oxford experience. Overnight – Oxford

Day 3: The Cotswolds Sightseeing

From Oxford, it is a short drive to The Cotswolds, an Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty famed for its picturesque chocolate-box villages set amid rolling green countryside.

The villages of Bourton-on-the-Water, Bibury, Lower Slaughter and Chipping Norton are excellent examples of these quintessentially English villages – full of winding lanes, cosy pubs and tearooms. Overnight – Oxford

Day 4: Oxford to Brighton

On the way to Brighton, make a stop at Windsor Palace – this striking residence has been a royal home and fortress for over 900 years.

You could also make a detour to visit Guildford, located in the Surrey Hills in an area synonymous with producing outstanding wines. Albury Vineyard, Greyfriars Vineyard and Denbies Wine Estate all offer fantastic tours and tastings. Overnight – Brighton

Day 5: Brighton Sightseeing

A full day in Brighton to immerse yourself in everything that the bohemian coastal town has to offer. Visit the Royal Pavilion, an exotic seaside palace built for George IV, explore the independent boutiques and cafes in The Lanes, and take a walk through English seaside history on Brighton Palace Pier, a 1722 ft long Victorian pier which has stood since 1899. Overnight – Brighton

Day 6: South Downs Sightseeing

Today you could choose to escape into the tranquillity of the South Downs, England’s newest national park, for a day walking the South Downs Way.

Alternatively, you could visit Fishbourne Roman Palace, an archaeological museum preserving the ground floor of a supply fort or Arundel Castle and its magnificent Gardens. Overnight – Brighton

Day 7: Brighton to Canterbury

Your journey will continue along the coast to your final overnight stop, taking you through the towns of Eastbourne, Hastings and Rye – each with their own distinct charm.

You could choose to travel via Dover, to take in the world-famous White Cliffs – the dramatic limestone cliffs have been considered a symbol of hope and freedom for many centuries.

To learn more about Dover’s strategic importance, you could visit Dover Castle – an impressive fortress overlooking the channel. Overnight – Canterbury

Day 8: Canterbury Sightseeing

A day to spend exploring Canterbury, a cathedral city and UNESCO World Heritage Site that was one of the most important centres of pilgrimage in Medieval England.

There is so much to see in this incredibly beautiful and historic city, including Canterbury Cathedral, St Augustine’s Abbey, Westgate, and St Martin’s Church, which is the oldest in the English speaking world. Overnight – Canterbury

Day 9: Kent Coast Sightseeing

On the final day of your adventure through the South East, make the short journey from Canterbury to the Kent coast.

The towns of Whitstable, Margate and Broadstairs ooze old school seaside charm: Whitstable is famous for its fresh seafood, Broadstairs boasts two Blue Flag beaches and Margate is the home of Dreamland and the Turner Contemporary Gallery. Overnight – Canterbury

Day 10: Depart Canterbury

After breakfast, it’s an hour and a half drive to London where your South of England Road Trip will come to an end. 

What's Included?

Your holiday includes:

• Carefully selected en-suite accommodation for 9 nights including traditional English breakfast
• Comprehensive information pack
• Personalised itinerary with our recommendations for the best places to eat and drink and sightseeing suggestions
• Map of England with our recommended driving route
• 10 days rental of an Economy car (other vehicle categories available) including comprehensive insurance
• 24-hour emergency contact number
• Full financial protection

Your holiday doesn't include:

• Travel insurance
• Lunches and evening meals

Accommodation & Prices

We know that after a busy day of sightseeing an exceptional place to stay makes all the difference. That’s why all of the accommodation we select is hand-picked using our first-hand knowledge of the best places to stay.

Our discerning team has a wealth of experience, and we extensively research and regularly review all of the accommodation we select for our clients.

Please choose from one of our accommodation categories below. If you wish to combine these categories or perhaps upgrade for a special occasion let us know in your enquiry.

A collection of quality 4* Guest Houses and 3* Hotels often located in beautiful locations which provide an excellent standard of accommodation.

Tastefully decorated and furnished, these properties are generally owned and operated by locals who have a genuine passion for their region which they are keen to share with you. Their warm hospitality is sure to be a highlight of your experience.

It also comprises larger 4* Hotels selected for their high standard of accommodation, exceptional service, and great location. These range from traditional luxury to contemporary Hotels.

These are truly magical places and amongst the best England has to offer. The perfect choice when you would like somewhere really special which can be a treat for the night or for your entire holiday.

Our packages include car rental and comprehensive insurance for the duration of your holiday. Absolute Escapes has an excellent relationship with a number of car hire operators and we are able to offer quality vehicles and great value for money.

If you plan to bring your own vehicle, we are also able to offer this itinerary without a rental car.

All our packages include:

• Collision Damage Waiver
• Super Damage Excess Waiver
• Third Party Insurance
• Theft Waiver
• Good for 2 people
• Maximum of 4 passengers
• 2 large suitcases
• Manual or automatic transmission
• Good for 2 – 4 people
• Maximum of 5 passengers

Intermediate

• Good for up to 4 people
• 3 large suitcases
• Good for 5 people
• Maximum of 7 passengers
• 3 – 4 large suitcases

Related blog posts

How do our self-drive holidays work.

Since 2004, we've led the way in planning remarkable road trips in the UK. Like a perfectly tailored suit, each itinerary is crafted around you. Learn more about us and our self-drive holidays in our new guide. Read more

The 16 Most Picturesque Villages in England

To celebrate the launch of our wonderful new self-drive holidays in England, we're shining the spotlight on England's picture-postcard villages ... Read more

Similar holidays

Winter Whisky Escape

From £700 pp.

West Coast Explorer

From £1005 pp, make an enquiry.

Need something more tailored? Contact us via email: [email protected]

A journey of discovery

Uncover hidden gems and holiday inspiration from our team of travel specialists. Sign up today and start discovering.

" (Required) " indicates required fields

Expand your horizons

Sign up for our newsletter and unlock exclusive tips and inspiration from our team of travel specialists.

An Epic Itinerary for a South West England Road Trip

Uncover the ultimate South West England road trip itinerary and get ready to enjoy this destination to the fullest.

If you want to spend a bit of time outside of London on your next trip to England – or if you are British and want to see more of your own country, then South West England is waiting for you! 

This part of the country is famous for its epic landscapes – from the cliffs of Cornwall to the dramatic Dartmoor – but it also has lots of history and towns and cities with excellent food scenes and culture. 

There’s something for everyone in South West England – and the best way to see it is by a road trip!

Here’s a South West England road trip itinerary!

Places to visit on a South West England Road Trip

Bristol is an excellent place to begin your South West England road trip. This is the largest city in South West England and has plenty of attractions to enjoy on its own, but is also nestled in some beautiful British countryside.

How to get to Bristol

Bristol airport is connected to destinations around Europe. If you are traveling from London, you can easily rent a car and drive or take a bus or train between the two cities. Depending on your mode of transport and the traffic, it usually takes 2-3 hours to get between London and Bristol. Bristol is about 1.5 hours from Birmingham and 3-4 hours from Manchester. 

There are lots of car hire places in Bristol, so you can rent a car from here for your road trip. However, it’s worth spending at least a day in Bristol (longer if you have it!) to see its main attractions. These include: 

• The SS Great Britain, which is a historic steam liner boat that is docked in Bristol’s dry dock.
• The Clifton Suspension Bridge which sits dramatically over the deepest point of the Avon Gorge. 
• The street art of Stokes Croft and Southville. 
• Gloucester Road, which has the longest line of independent shops in the country. 
• The amazing food scene, with restaurants like Chilli Daddies (authentic Chinese hotpot), The Athenian (street food style Greek wraps), Cargo Cantina (Mexican tacos), and Beard Pizza. 

Where to stay

Number 38 Bristol is a popular boutique hotel set in the beautiful suburb of Clifton. 

Bristol to Tetbury – 45 minutes/ 27 mile drive

From Bristol, you can drive north to the Cotswolds. The Cotswolds is a vast area of England that is famous for storybook villages that look like they have been frozen in time and rolling countryside. 

The Cotswolds encompasses parts of Gloucestershire, Wiltshire, Oxfordshire, and Somerset, so you definitely won’t see it all on one trip! However, there are a few beautiful towns and villages that you can visit from Bristol.

• Tetbury is one of the best places to visit in the Cotswolds (and it’s got the royal seal of approval – Prince Charles lives here!). It has a quaint high street with beautiful historic buildings. 
• Bourton-in-the-Water is famous for being ‘the Venice of the Cotswolds’ because of its labyrinth of canals
• Stow-on-the-Wold is one of the most scenic villages, with allegedly the oldest pub in the UK
• Lacock is a Harry Potter filming location

Where to stay 

Either drive back to Bristol or stay in Calcot Manor, a popular spa hotel close to Tetbury. It’s also kid-friendly! 

Tetbury to Bath – 45 minutes/ 25 mile drive

Bath is one of the most popular places in South West England, and it wholeheartedly deserves its reputation. With a maze of streets lined by Georgian buildings, an abbey where the first king of all of England was crowned and famous Roman Baths (and a more modern spa!), there’s loads to enjoy in this city.

Bath is only a 40-minute drive from Bristol, so you could go back to Bristol tonight. Alternatively, if you prefer to stay in Bath, the Gainsborough Bath Spa Hotel is a luxurious accommodation option, with the only hotel spa in the UK with naturally heated thermal waters. Find the best deals and reserve your hotel rooms on Ebooking .

Bath to Cheddar – 55 minutes/ 25 mile drive

Cheddar is a beautiful Somerset town, home to the famous Cheddar Gorge. This impressive phenomenon is the largest gorge in England, and you can marvel at it either by walking around the gorge’s rim or driving through! There are a range of other attractions in Cheddar, including: 

• Trying some cheddar cheese – this is the most popular cheese in the UK and cheddar is where it comes from!
• Explore Cheddar caves, ancient prehistoric caves where Cheddar man – the skeleton of an ancient human – was once found. 
• Visit museums about the caves and prehistory in the area
• Enjoy the many shops and restaurants of Cheddar town
• Drink some local Somerset cider

The Bath Arms Hotel is a gastropub with comfortable rooms upstairs, and it is located right in the heart of Cheddar.

Cheddar to Dartmoor – 1 hour 30 minute/ 85 mile drive

Dartmoor is another beautiful natural phenomenon and the largest national park in England . It is a huge moorland dotted with tors, which are hills with rocks on the top. The area is also rich with prehistory, with lots of ancient ruins and stone circles to enjoy. 

Here are some of the best things to do in Dartmoor:

• Visit the pretty towns of Moretonhampstead, Chagford, and Lustleigh
• Hike to Wistman’s Wood, a temperate rainforest
• Cross the medieval Postbridge Clapper Bridge
• Learn about one of the country’s most notorious prisons at the Dartmoor prison museum
• Visit the lovely market town of Tavistock
• Learn about history at Buckland Abbey
• Catch an amazing view at Brentor Church
• Hike around Lydford Gorge

Larkworthy Farm is a little north of Dartmoor, but it has wonderful glamping pods which are cozy in the winter and airy in the summer. 

Alternatively, the Highwayman Inn is a quirky pub near the north of Dartmoor with rooms. 

Lizard Peninsula and Falmouth

Dartmoor to Lizard Point – 2 hour/ 87 mile drive

From Dartmoor, drive into Cornwall, toward the Lizard Peninsula. This is home to Lizard Point, which is the furthest south point of the UK. There are also numerous other beaches to enjoy, including the immensely popular (and stunning) Kynance Cove, Coverack, and Poldhu Cove. It’s also worth visiting the traditional fishing village of Cadgwith Cove and Roskilly’s Ice Cream Farm. 

Once you’ve explored the Lizard to your heart’s content, drive northward to Falmouth. Falmouth is a trendy town with plenty of attractions, including the National Maritime Museum Cornwall and Pendennis Castle, a coastal fortress that was built by Henry VIII.

One of the best things to do in Falmouth is enjoying its exemplary food scene. It has restaurants from all corners of the globe, including East Asian and South African cuisine. I highly recommend Kim Asia which serves up delicious bowls of ramen and other East and Southeast Asian dishes, with plenty of veggie options. Or, if you’re craving fish and chips, head to Harbour Lights, which is the best chippy in town. They even do a vegetarian version! 

The Greenbank Hotel is famous for its views of Falmouth Harbour and is one of the best hotels in the area. 

Lizard Point to Land’s End – 1 hour 5 minute/34 mile drive

After Falmouth, it’s a fairly short drive to Land’s End – the furthest south-westerly point in the country. On the way, you could pop into Mousehole, an adorable fishing village with one of the most beautiful harbors in the country, and Porthcurno, which is famous for its telegraph museum and the Minack Theatre, a huge amphitheater that overlooks the sea. 

Land’s End is also close to some of the best beaches in the UK. Porthcurno Beach is near the town, and if you’re up for a hike you can walk from here to Pedn Vounder or Nanjizal Beach, both of which look like they should be in tropical lands. Sennen Cove is also very popular and is just half a mile from Land’s End.

There are loads of things to do at Land’s End itself, including various family-friendly attractions and epic scenery. Don’t miss sending a postcard from the first and last postbox in the UK and shopping at the first shop in the UK!

If you have time, you could end your day at St Ives. This is a charming and popular town that is famous for its art connections. If you’ve got time, visit the TATE St Ives and Barbara Hepworth Sculpture Garden to learn more about this. Alternatively, take a boat to Seal Island and see the colony of seals who live here! Or you could just grab a Cornish pasty and enjoy the harbor – just beware of the seagulls! 

Land’s End Hotel is the first and last hotel in the UK – so it’s a memorable place to stay! If you are finishing the day in St Ives, Pedn Olva Hotel has epic views over St Ives harbor and lovely rooms. 

Port Isaac, Tintagel and Boscastle

Land’s End to Port Isaac – 1 hour 50 minute/ 65 mile drive

Back in east Cornwall, it’s worth driving along the north coast to see some points of interest. Port Isaac is where Doc Martin was filmed and is a staggeringly beautiful fishing village. It’s well worth a walk around, even if you haven’t seen Doc Martin. 

Tintagel is home to the legendary Tintagel Castle. This is allegedly where King Arthur was born and was the seat of ancient Cornish kings, and then a medieval dwelling that was owned by Richard Early of Cornwall. The castle is in ruins now, but it is a fascinating place to visit with epic views.

In Tintagel, you can also enjoy King Arthur’s Great Hall, the Medieval Hall House, and the Tintagel Toy Museum. 

Then, drive along the coast a bit more to reach Boscastle. This is a beautiful town owned by the National Trust, with an epic natural harbor. You can walk from the village to the harbor, which is fairly easy and takes in some wonderful views. If you want a bit more of a challenge, it’s worth hiking on the nearby cliffs too. 

If you’d like a bit more beach time, you can drive a little further down the coast to Bude. This is a fun surf town with two beautiful beaches – Summerleaze and Crooklets. There is also a range of beaches just a short distance from the town. 

The Beach is a cozy hotel with epic views across Bude’s beachfront. 

Bude to Exeter – 1 hour 15 minute/ 55 mile drive

Exeter is a historic city in South East Devon. Although it’s not as large as the likes of London, Birmingham, and Manchester, it has a fascinating past that spans back to Roman times. It prospered during the medieval and early modern periods thanks to the woolen cloth trade. Although it was heavily bombed in World War Two, it still retains many of its historic buildings, including one of the most majestic Cathedrals in the country. 

Some of the best things to do in Exeter include: 

• See the outside and inside of the grand Cathedral
• Do a free Red Coat Walking Tour to learn more about the city
• Explore the Exeter Tunnels, the Medieval water tunnels, on a guided tour
• Visit the RAMM, which is Exeter’s museum (and one of the biggest in Devon!)
• Go paddleboarding around the Quay

Headweir Mill House Hotel is a 200-year-old mill house that is set along the River Exe, close to central Exeter. 

The Jurassic Coast

Exeter to Exmouth – 30 minute/ 10 mile drive

The Jurassic Coast runs from Exmouth in Devon to Studland Bay in Dorset and is a fantastic way to finish your South West England road trip itinerary. 

You can easily drive to Exmouth (where there is plenty of parking by the beach) from Exeter and visit Orcombe Point, which marks the start of this famous coastline. Look out over the epic red cliffs, which are the oldest part of the Jurassic Coast. 

Then, drive eastwards, stopping in the beautiful coastal villages of Beer and Branscombe, the popular seaside resorts Weymouth and Lyme Regis, and the famous rock formations of Durdle Door and Old Harry’s Rocks. 

When you finish in Studland Bay, you can either drive back to Exmouth or Exeter or drive a little further to stay the night in the town of Bournemouth. 

If you are staying in Bournemouth, the popular Cumberland Hotel is located right by the beach and has an outdoor pool.

How to get back to Bristol or London

It is a two-hour 20-minute drive from Bournemouth back to Bristol if you want to drive there to return your hire car. If you have rented a car out from a London outlet, it is also around a 2 hour 20-minute drive to reach the capital. 

There are also train and coach services from Bournemouth to London. 

South West England is an incredible part of the country, and you’ll have seen the very best of it on this road trip!

Claire is a South West England travel expert. She lives in Devon but has spent a lot of her life in Bristol and Cornwall. When she’s not writing, she is traveling around South West England and other global destinations!

Guide to an Epic Road Trip Through South West England

A few years ago I rented a car with a friend and took a really epic road trip through South West England. This was a bit different than most trips I took in England which often was just a train ride away. The combination of a road trip, seeing one of the world wonders, exploring old Roman baths, eating some of the best food of my life, and so much more just made this trip extra special.

If you are planning a road trip through south west England to see Bath, Stonehenge, the Cotswolds, and more I have provided a map below with all of the places mentioned marked, along with the driving route. Including food and accommodation.

Traveling to England? Check out these posts for more inspiration

• Everything You Need to Know About Manchester
• Bodiam Castle: An Iconic Water Castle
• The Seven Sisters Hike to Beachy Head

Table of Contents

Day 1: Bristol

The trip started off gray and rainy, nothing new for England, but not the most exciting way to start an adventure. We rented a car and headed down to Bristol from Manchester. By the time we arrived in Bristol, the rain had ceased and the day could begin!

What seems to be Bristol’s pride and joy was our first stop, the Clifton Suspension Bridge . An amazing feat of construction opened in 1864 and still holding strong (thank god!). If you are afraid of heights maybe don’t look down.

The next stops were the Bristol Cathedral and Cabot Tower in Brandon Hill. The tower was surrounded by these beautiful flowers. You can enter it for free and get really beautiful views over Bristol.

After some sightseeing, we went wandering around the Harbourside and had drinks at the Grain Barge owned by the Bristol Brew House and The Apple (shout out to @nicole_santora on IG for the recommendation) and lunch at a Moroccan restaurant at St Nicholas Market .

Ended the night staying at a picturesque inn a few miles outside of the city, The Dundry Inn . After reading the menu we knew we had to try the food. Dinner was amazing. It was one of those meals you feel like you will remember always because everything was just right. I had the beef and stilton pie with mash and cabbage. The beer was brewed by a couple down the road and only supplied to 6 locations–I was so in the moment I never took note of the name, but it was fantastic. I highly recommend them for your next stay.

Decided to go explore the nightlife, so back to the Harbourside. We had a drink at Under the Stars a boat turned restaurant and bar. I think I can’t resist going on a boat! Stopped by a few other pubs but it seemed most places were having last-call quite early. Not sure if that is a normal thing in Bristol or just for that area we were in. It began to rain so we decided to call it a night to get a fresh start for the next big day.

Day 2: Wells, Glastonbury Tor, and Bath

Started this day off doing two small stops the first at Wells. The Wells Cathedral was highly recommended to me by a friend and if you have the chance… you must go . It is up there on my list as the most impressive in England.

Next to the cathedral is the Wells Bishop’s Palace, Moat, and Gardens . It is a self-guided tour and cost £7.20 entrance fee for adults. It was so peaceful and beautiful and well preserved, you can walk the grounds and inside to the chapel and some rooms.

After Wells, we were driving towards Bath but had an opportunity to stop in between to see the  Glastonbury Tor . Free to visit and close to Wells it has breathtaking views. I really wish it wasn’t as cloudy as it was, but I should be used to this by now.

  A post shared by Helene (@wanderinghelene) on May 2, 2016 at 7:32am PDT

As it was Sunday, of course, it was time for some Sunday roast. We stopped at the White Row Farm which had a store and restaurants on the grounds. I had the beef brisket roast. This was not my best roast, even in spite of being on a farm. It was decent and not bad by any means, but it did not compare to the rest of the food on this trip.

Bath was our final stop. I have been looking forward to Bath for about a year now. It has always been one of those places I felt drawn to and just wanted to experience. It was worth the wait. Such a beautiful and charming city. It had that old European feel to it that I have been missing in Manchester. Tiny cobblestone streets, little shops in every corner, old and new everywhere.

At the Roman Baths , some of the pools are still functioning with the same water as the Romans used! You can see the hottest pool that the water is literally bubbling from the heat. Thought to have been sacred water this bathhouse was very important during Roman times. Not only was it a social, leisure, and business meeting place, but also spiritual for healing.

At the end of the tour, we were offered an opportunity to try the water that is still flowing through the pipes. What sounds like a rare experience quickly turns into everyone spitting out the water and trying to remove the taste from their mouths, haha.

One of my favorite items displayed on the tour is remains of hand-carved curse notes to the gods. They were added to the United Kingdom Memory of the World Register. Dated 2nd to 4th century AD they were messages to Sulis Minerva to get revenge when they were wronged.

After the Baths we wandered around to see the great Gregorian architecture Bath has to offer, such as the Pulteney Bridge, the Royal Crescent, and the Circus . This is such a drastic difference from the more industrial style of Manchester.

We stayed at another inn in the countryside – the best way to experience an English road trip. They were not serving dinner so we headed to an inn down the road who were. An incredible meal of barley and pea risotto with goat cheese that just melted in your mouth.

Day 3: Bath, Stonehenge, The Cotswolds, Stratford-upon-Avon

The final day we headed back to Bath because we wanted to go to the tower tour of the Bath Abbey and it wasn’t running on Sundays. It was an hour-long tour through the tower and top of the church, the bell room, and even behind the clock.

Wandering around some of the streets since it was a lot quieter and fewer people than Sunday. Looking through the windows of various shops, wandering down tiny streets is definitely one of my favorite pastimes.

Next stop was Stonehenge , a spot on many’s bucket list this, this world wonder is a just something you have to see once. It has been on and off gray and cloudy throughout the trip until we arrived here. So we got the most beautiful weather to see this spectacular moment in human history.

If you are traveling through this part of England, it doesn’t take much to stop and see. The whole thing if you take the buses from the ticket office to the site takes no more than about 1.5 hours.

For me, the most amazing part of this experience was imagining that Stonehenge wasn’t the only site and not the biggest. This was part of something so much bigger, and something we don’t know much about. Maybe it is the anthropologist in me, but that is so fascinating and I always love to try to place myself back in time when on archaeological sites. They become so much more real and awe-inspiring. Humans are pretty cool.

But, as a tourist, this is actually one of my least favorite “tourist traps”. I had a chance to go back two more times after this visit and declined both. Talking with other travelers a lot of them agree, but it seems like one of those things you just have to try if you want to. But I would argue it is overpriced, and because it has such a high volume of visitors the audioguide is a bit simple.

Since we had to drive home we figured why not take an alternate route and drive through The Cotswolds . Beautiful small towns built using Cotswold stone. We stopped at Bourton-on-the-Water, Lower Slaughter, and Stow-on-the-Wold.

We added a last minute stop at Stratford-upon-Avon , most famous as the birthplace of William Shakespeare. Most places were closed by the time we got into the town, but we still got to the see the outside of the house Shakespeare was born in!

Wandering around the streets a bit to the canal and got some dinner at The Lazy Cow [now closed]. I must commend them for their awesome buffalo chicken sandwich. As an American desperately missing quality buffalo chicken anything, this was the cherry on top of the whole trip.

Thanks, England for having these hidden gems! This is a trip I will be talking about and recommending to people for years to come.

Save this article for later!

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Privacy Overview

Cross The British Coast On This South England Road Trip

Recom. Days

Ice coffee-addicted, pun-loving, Oxford comma-embracing writer. Currently based in beautiful Bali after too many winters in Boston and London. Specializes in crafting content for hotels and travel.

England Road Trip: 50 Unmissable ideas (for every UK itinerary)

Planning an England road trip? Here are some of the best itinerary ideas for all schedules, including London to Cornwall, the Cotswolds and Kent in southern England, National Parks like the Lake District or Peak District, Northern England and all the way up to the Scottish border.

Whatever your cup of tea, there’s a UK road trip idea here for you. We’ve also provided a helpful map so you can visualise your route.

*We work hard to make this the best motorhome travel blog and road trip website possible, full of helpful content for you. The website is supported by our readers, so if you buy through links on this site we may earn a commission- at no extra cost to you. All opinions remain our own .

If you find this post useful, you can also treat us to a coffee – we promise to enjoy it while creating more useful content like this- we might even indulge in a biscuit (or two!)

JUMP AHEAD TO...

UK Road Trips- How to Plan

Planning a UK road trip to England or elsewhere can be tough. 

There are SO MANY places, ideas, options and reviews- how on earth are you supposed to choose the best way or most scenic drives?

Then, you have to factor in how long you have for your UK road trip (remembering that much of rural UK has smaller, slower roads, so it takes a lot longer to get there than you might expect. 

So, if you’re planning a road trip around England (and the UK) and feeling overwhelmed, here are some of our favourite road trips and itinerary ideas to help you. We’ll discuss the best bits of each area, why and when you should visit, how far it is from London and where you should allow extra time to explore.

England Road Trip Ideas- Where to Start

The first thing to decide is where you want to visit on your road trip. Also, remember that England is only one section of the UK- there are several other countries to explore (England, Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland make up the United Kingdom).

So, if you want to do a full UK road trip, you’ll need more time than if you were just doing an England road trip.

Our biggest tip is not to overface yourself. Whether you only have a long weekend for a quick trip from London or a week to get out on the open road and tour, make sure you leave time to actually get out of your vehicle and explore the places you’re visiting- you’ll find plenty of historic sites, sandy beaches and incredible routes to enjoy. 

Roughly speaking, you can split England in half- the South of England and the North  (the line roughly goes through Birmingham) or even further into quarters if you only have time for a one-week road trip. 

Again, how far you can travel will depend on how much time you have, as well as how you are travelling (rental car, motorhome or public transport), but to do each half ‘properly’ we would recommend at least 2-3 weeks- especially if it’s your first time in England.

Having said that, you can see some of the best sights in less time than that- here’s our one week in England road trip itinerary .

Make planning your next road trip EASY (& fun!)

When you’re planning a road trip, keeping track & organising all your ideas is often the hardest part. Fix that TODAY with our printable pdf road trip planner. Grab yours FREE now

This form subscribes you to our mailing list. We share tips, itineraries, stupid mistakes and guides like this for road trippers and motorhomers.

We never spam (yuck) and you can unsubscribe at any time.

Where to stay during your England road trip

If you’re planning a motorhome or campervan trip , you’ll be able to travel and stop along the way, often without booking in advance, using schemes like Brit Stops or wild camping in your motorhome .

If you’re in a car or motorbike, there are PLENTY of hotels and BnBs to use en route. If you’re travelling in summer we recommend booking at least the first stop in advance- if you use Booking.com for all your accommodation you’ll find you can get a great deal and save a lot of money.

England Road Trip Map

I know how hard it can be to visualise places if you don’t know the country well, so here’s a map of England with several of the road trip destinations shown on it.

Out of interest, if you did this route, it’s about 1056 miles (1700km) long. You could technically do it in a week, but you’d barely have time to get out of the car!

Common England Road Trip Questions

How long does it take to drive the whole of england .

Many people wonder “ How long does it take to drive the whole of England ?” That’s a tough question, as there are so many places to go and depends a lot on your starting point.

Most people allow 2-3 weeks to drive through as much of England as they can, but that will involve a LOT of driving. Of course, you can take a look at the road trip itinerary ideas below and see which scenic route or quaint villages most appeal to you- and then plan your trip around that.

One common UK road trip idea is to drive from Land’s End in Cornwall all the way up to John o’Groats in Scotland, which is about 838miles (1350km). Obviously, this is a road trip which involves England AND Scotland, and that brings me to another important point.

Want to rent a vehicle for your road trip?

These might help:

• Discover incredible deals for motorhome/ camper rentals
• Find the best deals for car rental

READ: 10 essential questions to ask before you rent a motorhome

Can we go to England by road?

This is a common question for anyone who doesn’t live in the UK- and the short answer is yes, you can drive to England from mainland Europe.

Whether you’re enjoying a European road trip (here are some ideas for you ), or want to combine a trip to England with another country, you can drive to England from Europe via either the Eurotunnel or taking one of several car ferries (they also take motorhomes/ campervans on most of the ferry routes.)

If you’re planning a road trip from France to England, which route you take will depend on which part of France and England you want to visit- find out more in our Eurotunnel vs Ferry post.

And if you’re going the other way and will be driving in Europe, make sure you are aware of the new rules for driving in Europe after BREXIT .

If you’re like more help planning your trip, this post about how to plan an epic UK road trip will help.

Is England the UK or Great Britain?

Neither. And part of both 🙂

It’s common for people to confuse an England road trip with a UK road trip. England is just one country within the UK, along with Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland. If you want to extend your trip and see more of those countries, you might enjoy our post on the best UK road trips and scenic drive ideas.

The UK is short for ‘The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland’.

Great Britain is the LANDMASS of the largest island in the British Isles (the one which makes up England, Wales and Scotland). Northern Ireland, Isle of Man and the Channel Islands are not included in this.

And, to make things even more odd, the British Isles includes ALL the islands, including the whole of Ireland, which isn’t part of the UK at all.

Thoroughly confused? Ok, let’s just stick to England road trip ideas! 🙂

South England Road Trip Ideas

If you’re visiting London and want to explore part of the country for a few days, southern England is a good place to start. Of course, there are a HUGE number of places to explore in ‘South England’ (which is roughly classed as anywhere below Birmingham), so I’m just going to pick a few highlights to inspire you.

Cornwall- South West England

Cornwall is one of my favourite places to road trip in England. I spent 2 years living there whilst I was in the Navy, and have been back many times since. There are plenty of things to do in Cornwall , but there are some important tips you need to know before you arrive!

Why is Cornwall one of the best England road trips?

If you want cute villages, incredible beaches and more history than you can shake a stick at, Cornwall is perfect. Also, they have some of the best ice cream IN THE WORLD (no kidding) and it’s perfectly acceptable to eat a scone with jam and clotted cream EVERY day and no one will judge you.

IMPORTANT NOTE : There is intense rivalry between Devon and Cornwall over whether jam or cream should go first on a scone. In Cornwall, they do jam and THEN cream, which is apparently the way the Queen preferred her scones .

(Don’t worry, they’re used to tourists and won’t stone you if you get it wrong. But be warned if you want to live there…!) 

In Devon, they do it the other way. I’ve tried both, and I’m a jam first girl (because you can then put more cream on!)

When should you visit Cornwall?

Cornwall is best anytime between Easter and mid-October.

TOP TIP : Avoid July and August if you possibly can. The schools are on holiday and it feels like EVERYONE in England has travelled to the same small Cornish village as you.

Beaches are overcrowded, parking becomes a struggle and there’s a very real chance of shops running out of ice cream. Don’t do that to yourself. You deserve that ice cream.

Also, many businesses and attractions close after mid-October for the winter, so you might find you can’t do everything you want to outside the season.

Having said that, we find Cornwall one of the best places to enjoy Autumn in Europe – the weather is still warm, but everywhere is quieter and easier to get to.

How long should you spend roadtripping Cornwall?

How long is a piece of string!! But, as you can see on our Cornish road trip itinerary , we recommend 7-10 days minimum to see all the best places.

Where are the best places to visit in Cornwall on a road trip?

Did I mention that I used to live here? I have SO many recommendations for places to visit we could be here all week!!! Some of my absolute favourites (and this is like choosing my favourite child… or chocolate bar) include:

• Tintagel Castle (the home of Arthur and the round table)
• Minack Theatre (built onto the side of a cliff)
• St Michael’s Mount
• Boscastle (where one of the best witchcraft museums in the world is!)
• Newquay beach (and bars!)

READ MORE: Discover our complete Cornwall road trip itinerary (45 places you HAVE to see!)

Recommended by Ben at Driftwood Journals

Famed for its endless rolling hills, craggy coastlines and clotted cream delights, Devon is unsurprisingly one of the most popular destinations in the UK – and a dream for rural road-trippers! With wild moors galore, cutesy towns and villages, and bountiful beaches, you don’t have to drive far in Devon to stumble upon scenes of unparalleled beauty.

Highlights and best places to visit in Devon

• Dartmouth- one of the best towns in the county (and home of the Royal Naval Officer training. I spent a year here…running up those bl***y hills!) Hire a boat and explore the river.
• Paignton- the beach with the red sand and is also known as the English Riviera.
• Dartmoor National Park
• Exmoor National Park
• Exmouth with its beautiful painted houses
• Salcombe Harbour – a holiday hotspot for all generations.
• Dulverton- head to the Copper Kettle tearoom; you won’t regret it!

Devon road trip ideas

Pack up your motorhome/ camper (or car with tent) and find a site with views across the Devonshire cow-grazed hillsides of the Lyn Valley, or out over Dartmoor. You can wild camp in Devon, but not on the moors. Find out more about motorhome wild camping in the UK.

For a coastal trip, explore sea towns like Salcombe and Dartmouth (where you can take a boat up to Greenway, Agatha Christie’s summer home) and round to Exmouth, before heading north to Woolacombe, Dawlish and the fishing boat bobbing harbour of Ilfracombe. Enjoy the bustle and culture in the capital of Exeter or discover the notorious prison of Dartmoor.

Alternatively, head to North Devon and enjoy the wilder seas and views of the north coast. This is a great area for surfing and watersports.

If you have more time (and fuel) to burn, take to the A386 between Appledore and Plymouth, traversing through forested valleys to picture-perfect towns like Great Torrington and Tavistock, where you can tour the tearooms and plan the rest of your trip in the park while dangling your toes in the River Tavy.

But the true beauty of road tripping in Devon is that you don’t really need to plan too extensively. You’ll never be far from a cream tea pitstop, and the verdant country roads will offer up some of the most perfect picnic spots you’ll ever see. All you need is is a full tank, and a little patience when stuck behind tractor after tractor!

When is the best time to visit Devon on a road trip?

As with Cornwall, the best time to visit Devon is Spring to Autumn, but avoid the high summer months if you can, especially if you’re on a UK motorhome holiday .

Can you visit Devon on a day trip from London?

You can, but it’s quite a long drive. I’d say you’d need at least 2 or 3 days to really be able to explore anything.

Dorset- One of England’s Best Road Trips

Recommended by Paul | Anywhere We Roam

The Jurassic Coast stretches 95 miles across Dorset in southern England. With an iconic coastline of towering white cliffs, it’s an excellent destination for a classic road trip. Stunning scenery, historical sites and local breweries make the Jurassic Coast one of the best places to experience the beautiful English countryside.

Dorset road trip- best places to visit?

The main highlight of a road trip to Dorset in the area has to be Old Harry Rocks – a collection of white stone monoliths that have been carved out along the coast. It’s one of the most impressive stretches of scenery in the UK with dazzling chalk stacks assembled like a jigsaw puzzle waiting to be completed. If you get time, be sure to enjoy one of the many fabulous Dorset walks- you won’t regret it.

A thirty-minute drive away, Corfe Castle stands as a reminder of England’s 11th-Century past. It was one of the earliest Norman castles built and today it glows in its dilapidated glory overlooking the Dorset hills. It’s a stunning, photogenic inclusion on a UK road trip.

For another natural phenomenon, Durdle Door is possibly one of the most recognisable symbols of the Jurassic Coast. Over time, crashing waves have eroded limestone stacks in the sea leaving a glorious natural arch.

It’s a beautiful stretch of beach, ideal for a long summer stroll. It’s also next to the famous Lulworth Cove, which is a wonderful place to enjoy an ice cream!

Editors note: (I (Kat) actually jumped off the top of Durdle Door on my hen party!)

After soaking up the stunning scenery, head west to Lyme Regis, a quaint town with a vibrant independent retail scene. The historic Cobb Harbour set against moody cliffs is well-preserved and houses some of the best coffee in the area.

When is the best time to visit Dorset on an England road trip?

The best time to visit the Jurassic Coast on a road trip is from May to early July when the surrounding countryside will be verdant green and covered in wildflowers, but there’s not too much traffic!

Hampshire road trip

Hampshire is another county in England we know well, having lived here for 14+ years. There’s plenty to enjoy on a road trip to Hampshire, from beautiful cities to picturesque country houses.

Highlights of a Hampshire road trip

Some of our favourite places to visit in Hampshire include:

• Winchester- be sure to visit the Cathedral where Jane Austen is buried and you can see one of the oldest Bibles in the world. If you’re lucky enough to be visiting in December, don’t miss the famous Winchester Christmas Market , held in the Cathedral grounds each December.
• Highclere Castle (or Downton Abbey, as you might know it!)
• Lymington – for the oldest open sea water baths in the UK – and the New Forest (check out the Wildlife park there and make sure to take some memorable photos).
• Hinton Ampner- 18th century famous manor house known for its gardens.
• Portsmouth (you MUST go to the Mary Rose museum and HMS Victory)
• Isle of Wight (see below)

Isle of Wight road trip

Recommended by Darek | DarekandGosia

The  Isle of Wight , famous for its beautiful views, is an island on the south coast of England, just below Southampton. Technically, it’s part of Hampshire, but feels like a different world.

With a motorhome or car, you can reach the island by ferry from either Southampton or Portsmouth – book in advance during summer. There are also a couple of foot passenger ferries and a hovercraft from Southsea.

Why is it one of England’s best road trips?

The Isle of Wight is like going back in time. It’s worth a road trip here for even a weekend, to escape the hustle and bustle of normal life, ride bikes and take a walk on the cliffs.

Also, there are some wonderful places to stay. If you’re on a road trip, check out these amazing Isle of Wight campsites – some with stunning sea views!

What is there to do?

You can start exploring the island in Shanklin – one of the coastal villages famous for its beautiful beaches. On the promenade along the sea you will find many restaurants and hotels – most of the Island is typically tourist-oriented.

From Shanklin drive to the western part of the island. The most characteristic point is The Needles – three chalk rocks emerging from the sea with a small lighthouse built at the end of one of the columns. You can get to Needles by car and then follow the path on foot to the cliff slope. It’s a fabulous place for a picnic.

Next to Needles is Old Battery, a military fortification dating from the nineteenth century. There you can find World War II memorabilia or visit one of the various exhibitions are also taking place.

While driving around the island make sure you get to Carisbrooke Castle near Newport. Its construction began in the 12th century. It is worth taking a moment to walk around the castle, relax in the Edwardian-style garden.

One of my favourite places on the Island is Osborne House- Queen Victoria’s summer home. You can walk around the gardens and the house and even enjoy an ice cream on her private beach. Osborne House is run by English Heritage.

When is the best time to visit the Isle of Wight?

The Isle of Wight is a must-see for anyone who wants to admire the British climate and above all fantastic views. It is worth going here all year round – it’s actually one of the best places to visit in Europe in October , when there are fewer tourists and you can enjoy the views & roads!

Norfolk Broads

Recommended by Mandi | Big Family, Little Adventures

Sometimes you want nothing more than to escape the hustle and the bustle of everyday life, the noise, the bright lights, the never-ending pace of life. If you want to get away, the Norfolk Broads is pure escapism; big skies, plenty of peace and quiet and an abundance of wildlife.

Best places to visit in Norfolk on a road trip

• The Old Roman Fort at Burgh Castle with an elevated position and commanding views over the marshes – perfect for a walk in both winter morning frost or a hot and hazy mid-summer evening
• If you prefer a bit of activity, Wroxham is a bustling Broads village- home to Roy’s of Wroxham, possibly the largest village shop you have ever seen
• Plenty of riverside pubs and restaurants in Wroxham and all around the Broads- the perfect places to stop for a bite to eat
• St Benet’s Abbey – an 11th century monastery defying time, standing in a stunning green valley.
• If you are an animal lover, you will enjoy a visit to Wroxham Barns to feed the lambs or spot the grey seals on the Norfolk beaches

Norfolk Road Trip- when is the best time to visit?

You can explore Norfolk all year. In summer, if you would like to explore the best Norfolk beaches or Broads up close, why not hire a dayboat; these can be hired at various boatyards throughout the Broads. Waveney River Centre is another stunning place to stop and admire the view, either by boat or car.

The challenge is (as always in England!) the weather. In dry conditions, most paths are excellent, but it can get a bit more challenging in wet weather.

However, over the years, an increasing number of boardwalks have been developed, increasing safe access to the Broads whatever the weather. Also, seeing the windmills and rivers on a crisp winter morning is unforgettable.

Time does not stop in Norfolk, but it really does feel like it slows down.  To be able to watch the sunset across the broads any time of year is a magical experience and the perfect place to enjoy a chilled road trip.

Sussex, Kent and Surrey

Ahhh, the picturesque south-east corner of England, which includes the Garden of England (that’s the other name for Kent). This area is lush, green and has some many historic buildings and castles you’ll find it impossible to avoid them.

It’s also home to plenty of gorgeous sandy beaches, white cliffs (such as Dover and Beachy Head) and some truly wonderful parks to walk in.

Even better, it’s all easily reached from London by car and train, so it’s easy to get away from the city for a few days if you’d like a countryside break or a trip to the beach.

Best Places to visit in Sussex include:

Sussex is actually split into East and West Sussex, but to make things easy on your road trip I’ve made one list for you. They’re not that far apart from each other!

• Brighton : A vibrant seaside city famous for its pebble beach, iconic pier, and the Royal Pavilion with its distinctive architecture. Explore the Lanes for unique shops and enjoy the city’s lively arts and music scene. See below for more ideas
• Arundel : Home to Arundel Castle, a medieval and Victorian castle that overlooks the River Arun. The town itself is picturesque with cobbled streets and antique shops.
• Chichester : A historic cathedral city with Roman origins, Chichester offers a mix of history, culture, and shopping. The Chichester Cathedral and Pallant House Gallery are notable attractions.
• Lewes : Known for its medieval architecture, Lewes Castle, and historic streets. The Lewes Bonfire Night is a famous annual event.
• Eastbourne : A traditional seaside town with a Victorian pier, beautiful seafront, and the iconic Beachy Head cliffs nearby.
• Rye : A charming medieval town with cobbled streets, half-timbered houses, and views of the surrounding marshland.
• Battle : Famous for the Battle of Hastings in 1066, this town is home to Battle Abbey and the Battlefield. Explore the historic sites and learn about this pivotal event in English history.
• Petworth House and Park : A stately mansion with an impressive art collection set in a vast deer park. The gardens are also worth exploring.
• Seven Sisters Country Park : A stunning coastal area with dramatic chalk cliffs and rolling hills, perfect for hiking and enjoying breathtaking views.
• Bodiam Castle : A 14th-century moated castle surrounded by water and picturesque landscapes.
• Sheffield Park and Garden : A National Trust property known for its stunning gardens, lakes, and vibrant displays of plants.
• Birling Gap and Beachy Head : More stunning chalk cliffs and coastal views, with the added beauty of the natural arch at Birling Gap.
• Glyndebourne Opera House : Known for its world-class opera productions, the opera house is set in beautiful countryside and offers a unique cultural experience.

Best places to visit in Kent include:

• Canterbury – home to the UNESCO World Heritage Site of Canterbury Cathedral
• Dover : Known for the iconic White Cliffs of Dover, this coastal town is home to Dover Castle, which boasts a complex history and offers panoramic views of the English Channel.
• Rochester : A charming town with a medieval castle and cathedral. It’s also the birthplace of Charles Dickens, and you can visit the Dickens World theme park.
• Whitstable : This coastal town is famous for its oysters and seafood. Enjoy the quaint streets, beach huts, and seafood restaurants along the coast.
• Margate : A seaside town with a revived artistic scene, featuring the Turner Contemporary art gallery and the scenic Margate Sands.
• Leeds Castle : Often referred to as the “loveliest castle in the world,” Leeds Castle is set on an island in a lake and surrounded by beautiful gardens.
• Hever Castle : The childhood home of Anne Boleyn, with historic architecture, gardens, and a maze.
• Chatham Historic Dockyard : A maritime museum where you can explore historic warships, submarines, and learn about Britain’s naval history.
• Biddenden Vineyards : If you’re a wine enthusiast, Kent has several vineyards. Biddenden is one of the oldest and most well-known.
• Canterbury Tales Visitor Attraction : An interactive museum where you can step back in time to experience Chaucer’s famous tales.
• St. Augustine’s Abbey : A UNESCO World Heritage Site, this abbey in Canterbury dates back to the 6th century and is a significant historical site.
• Chartwell House : The former home of Winston Churchill, now a museum showcasing his life and legacy.

These are just a few highlights of what Kent has to offer. Whether you’re interested in history, nature, or culture, you’re likely to find something appealing in this diverse and beautiful county.

Best Places to Visit in Surrey

• Box Hill : A National Trust site known for its stunning views and walking trails. It’s a popular spot for outdoor enthusiasts and offers panoramic vistas of the surrounding countryside.
• Polesden Lacey : A grand Edwardian estate with beautiful gardens, Polesden Lacey is a National Trust property that offers a glimpse into the lives of the wealthy in the early 20th century.
• Watts Gallery – Artists’ Village : Located in Compton, this unique attraction is dedicated to the works of Victorian artist George Frederic Watts and his wife Mary Watts. The village includes a gallery, chapel, and artist studios.
• Hampton Court Palace : While part of the palace is in Greater London, the stunning Hampton Court Palace is right on the border of Surrey. It’s famous for its Tudor history, grand architecture, and beautiful gardens.
• RHS Garden Wisley : A flagship garden of the Royal Horticultural Society, Wisley offers a wide variety of plants, landscapes, and garden designs to explore.
• Brooklands Museum : A museum dedicated to motorsport and aviation history, located on the site of the world’s first purpose-built motor racing circuit.
• Loseley Park : A grand Elizabethan manor house surrounded by beautiful gardens and parkland, open to the public during certain times of the year.
• Denbies Wine Estate : England’s largest vineyard, Denbies offers tours, wine tasting, and beautiful views of the surrounding countryside.
• Newlands Corner : Another viewpoint offering breathtaking views of the Surrey Hills, perfect for picnics and outdoor activities.
• Epsom Downs : Known for Epsom Downs Racecourse and the famous Epsom Derby, this area offers open spaces and walking trails.
• Virginia Water : Part of Windsor Great Park, Virginia Water features a lake, ornamental cascades, and woodland walks.

Surrey’s mix of historic sites, natural beauty, and cultural attractions make it a delightful destination for a variety of interests. Whether you’re into history, outdoor activities, or simply enjoying scenic landscapes, Surrey has something to offer.

Brighton – East Sussex

I’ve given Brighton it’s own section because it’s one of my favourite cities in England and you should try to add it to your England road trip itinerary, especially if you’re heading toward East Sussex.

Brighton is a city renowned for its diverse communities and innovation, the quirky shopping areas, its music and art scene, and its large LGBT population. Read more about Brighton in Autum .

Why is Brighton one of the best England road trips?

Brighton is less than an hour away from London (76 km) and on a direct train line. It offers plenty of fun and exciting activities to enjoy (more than just fish and chips at a pier!)

Brighton has been famous as a cultural centre for over a century. It’s home to the world’s oldest operating aquarium (which opened in 1872- now called ‘’Brighton Sea Life’’), and you can even ride the world’s oldest operating electric railway, the Volks Railway, built in 1883.

Other Brighton Highlights include:

• See the Palace Pier
• Catch the latest release in the Duke of York Picturehouse, Britain’s oldest cinema.
• Have a stroll down the North Lane- home to over 400 independent shops
• Discover the Victorian innovations still in operation in the city.

How long should you spend in Brighton?

You will want to spend at least two days in Brighton to truly take in the city, but you can easily make a week of your itinerary if you want to explore more places in Sussex, Kent and Surrey.  

What is the best month to visit Brighton?

The sunniest (and therefore warmest!) time of the year in Brighton is from May to September. July and August are peak tourist season, with hotel prices skyrocketing, so be aware of that and plan your stay accordingly.

Cambridgeshire & Cambridge

Cambridgeshire is a county in the East of England with plenty to do. The jewel of the county is Cambridge, with a historical, 800-year-old centre you should definitely not skip.

Why should you include Cambridge on your England road trip?

Only 1 hour and 30 minutes away from London via M11, Cambridge offers so much: a rich history of English heritage, a buzzing local community, and a picturesque setting. You’ll even find a gift Henry VIII gave to Anne Boleyn!

Cambridge Highlights

• See the King’s College Chapel 
• Enjoy breakfast at Fitzbillies
• Go punting in the River Cam
• Have a picnic by the river.
• Enjoy walking the historic streets

Cambridge Trip Itinerary idea

Leaving London, head up to Cambridge via the M11.

Start the day with drinks and a meal in one of the many deli and brunch places in Market Square before setting off to explore the city. I highly recommend the famous Fitzbillies- the food is delicious.

From there, you can choose from a variety of activities: visiting King’s Chapel, punting in the River Cam (pass under the Bridge of Sighs), hiking on the Cam Towpath (lots of hidden gems if you know how to look for trails!), or taking in the city views from St. Mary’s Tower.

If you’re staying overnight, end the day by attending the Evensong at the King’s College Chapel (select days only)

When is the best (and worst) time to visit Cambridge ?

Cambridge is beautiful all year round. However, the worst time to visit would be spring – the university students sit their finals between April and June, which means many of the college sites are closed to visitors. 

What are some of the best places to visit in Cambridge?

The King’s College Chapel in the University of Cambridge is the third-oldest university in operation and the most iconic and instantly-recognisable building in the county.

Don’t miss out on an opportunity to drink at the Eagle, a historic pub in the heart of Cambridge’s city centre famously linked to Watson and Crick’s discovery of DNA.

If you are feeling adventurous and are ready to brave the British winter, visit Cambridge in December. It’s off-peak season and features one of the best UK Christmas markets you should visit. Read all about the Cambridge Christmas market here.

How long should you spend in Cambridge?

One day in Cambridge is usually enough time to visit the majority of the main sights, especially if you are visiting during the summer. You’ll need tickets for most of the chapels and university buildings, so go first to buy those.

Wiltshire & Cotswolds Road Trip – 3 day trip from London

Recommended by Ann | The road is life

The Cotswolds is the largest Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty (AONB) in England and Wales. If you look at a map of England, find Bristol (west coast, just below the indent of southern Wales) and the Cotswolds is the area north-east of Bristol.

There is so much beauty and fascinating history to discover around the Cotswolds region and luckily you don’t have to travel far from London to get there! You can reach Bath or Bristol easily in a day from London, but we recommend at least 3 days to really explore the area by car/ motorhome, plus explore Stonehenge and Salisbury on the way back to London. If you’re travelling with children, don’t worry- there’s plenty of things to do in the Cotswolds with kids.

Highlights & Best Places to Visit in the Cotswolds and Surrounding Area

• Explore the charming stone villages of the Cotswolds
• visit the historic city of Bath
• marvel at the mysterious ancient stones of Stonehenge
• Indulge in some shopping at Daylesford farm
• stop at the magnificent Salisbury Cathedral.

When is the best time for a Cotswolds road trip?

Although the Cotswolds can be visited all year, this road trip is best completed in the spring or summer months to ensure warmer and sunnier sightseeing weather.

The days are also longer- allowing you to see more each day. However, unlike Cornwall and Devon, most places to NOT shut during winter, so feel free to explore whenever suits you!

Wiltshire & Cotswolds road trip itinerary from London

• Departing London, drive out to the Cotswolds. This is where you should spend 3-4 days exploring as many lovely little towns and villages as you wish to.
• A few of the prettiest Cotswolds villages include Bibury, Stow-on-the-Wold, Lower Slaughter, Bourton-on-the-Water, Castle Combe and so many more! The beauty of the Cotswolds region is that the villages are all located in close proximity with minimal driving time in between them.
• Once you have seen your share of lovely English villages , carry on to Bath which is only a 30-minute drive from the village of Castle Combe- well worth a visit.
• Spend a full day and night in Bath visiting the Roman baths.
• From there continue to Stonehenge. A visit to this incredible ancient site can easily take half a day. We camped overnight at Stonehenge and saw the most INCREDIBLE sunrise we’ve EVER seen. (Seriously, watch the video. It’s breathtaking)
• From Stonehenge, it’s only a short 20-minute drive to the medieval town of Salisbury which brings you to the final stop of this road trip.
• The highlight of Salisbury is the stunning Salisbury Cathedral which has the tallest spire in all of Britain! Spend one night in Salisbury before making the final 2-hour road trip back to London.
• Another option is to return to London via the historic city of Oxford. Don’t miss a meal in Sticks and Sushi- one of the best restaurants in Oxford and with incredible views over the city.

North England Road Trips- Why You Should Visit

It’s easy when planning an England road trip to get sucked into famous places like Cornwall, Devon or the Cotswolds- and those are all AMAZING places to visit.

However, I strongly encourage you to visit the north of England as well if you have time. You’ll find villages just as pretty, delicious food (chips, pie and gravy is the best thing in the world) and incredible history.

Again, we were lucky to live up here for 4 years- here are some of our absolute favourite places to road trip, although there are of course many more we have yet to discover! I hope they give you some ideas and inspiration for your next trip.

Don’t forget to Grab your ULTIMATE road trip planner here – it has everything you need to help you pack for your road trip.

Peak District National Park

The Peak District is a huge and stunning area in Derbyshire, just to the east of Manchester. It’s a perfect place for a road trip because there are so many things to see!

A car or motorhome makes it easy to travel between the sites and there are plenty of campsites or hotels to use as you explore.

There are a multitude of hikes, walks and tors to climb and the area is famous for its caves, which people still lived in as recently as 1910!

The Peak District was the UK’s first National Park and is also considered the real ale capital of the world! If you’re exploring the Peak District with kids , there are steam trains, tramways, cycle paths and even a cable car taking you up to see some stunning views! There’s also Alton Towers theme park – one of the best in the UK.

Best places to explore in the Peak District

Some of the highlights include:

• Chatsworth House
• Ladybower reservoir
• Alton Towers theme park
• Heights of Abraham cable car

Lake District road trip

Recommended by Fiona/ Passport & Piano

The Lake District National Park is a UNESCO heritage site that makes for the perfect road trip.  Walking around the lakes and fells to see the magnificent scenery is one of the many pleasures of the area.

Quintessential villages are plentiful as are traditional English pubs with real ale and hearty food. Don’t just rush by on your way from England to Scotland; take a few days and enjoy all that the lakes have to offer.

Best places to visit on a Lake District Road Trip

Most people arrive from the south via Windermere, but to explore the areas hidden gems its worth spending at least three days here. The Lake District has some of the worlds best scenic drives and a trip along the Honister Pass and Kirkstone Pass are a must.

In the South Lakes, I’d highly recommend a  visit to Grasmere . Here you can visit several homes of the famous poet William Wordsworth and enjoy Sarah Nelson’s delightful gingerbread.

If you love Beatrix Potter, you can follow in her footsteps at Beatrix Potter World in Bowness- on- Windermere.  Her home near Hawkshead is open to visitors, and Wray Castle is a beautiful spot where she enjoyed her family holidays.

In the North Lakes, the towns of Keswick and Cockermouth have plenty to explore. The Castlerigg stone circle, with its stunning views across the fells, is worth stopping at, and the “Surprise View” across Derwent Water is spectacular.

If you’re not exploring in a motorhome or campervan, accommodation throughout the area is plentiful. There are boat rides and water-based activities to enjoy on most of the lakes and a plethora of outdoor pursuit centres for the more adventurous.

When is the best time for a Lake District road trip?

In the summer months, the National Park can be rather busy particularly on the main A66 road which runs through the centre. Hence if you want to avoid the crowds, consider visiting in the spring or autumn.

While you’re not guaranteed sunshine at any time of the year, the weather is probably at its best between April and September.

England Road Trip- Yorkshire & The Dales

Recommended by Sinead | Map Made Memories

England’s largest county, Yorkshire, is a perfect destination for a road trip. There are so many diverse attractions to see within a relatively short drive of each other.

Highlights and some best places in Yorkshire to visit

• Hardraw Force–England’s highest single-drop waterfall
• White Scar–The longest show cave in England
• Visit the ‘Best Street in Britain’
• Visit the cobbled Shambles, named ‘the Best Street in Britain’.
• Marvel at the Ribblehead Viaduct, the 24 arches that span the Yorkshire Dales, a true masterpiece of Victorian engineering.
• Castles and ruins all over the place
• Stand on Hogsmeade station (or at least the station which played it in Harry Potter!)

Yorkshire Road Trip Itinerary

Start your road trip in the rolling hills and river valleys of the beautiful Yorkshire Dales. Visit the 11th century Skipton Castle or descend underground to marvel at the formations in White Scar Caves, the longest show cave in England.

Clamber over Brimham Rocks or hike the stunning landscape around Malham Cove. Browse the independent shops in the Victorian spa town of Harrogate.

Places to visit on the Yorkshire Dales

The Yorkshire Dales are packed with attractive waterfalls. Choose between the plunging falls around Ingleton, popular Aysgarth Falls or, my favourite waterfall, Hardraw Force which is England’s highest single drop waterfall. Before leaving the Dales, visit the impressive monastic ruins and landscaped gardens of Fountains Abbey.

Continue your road trip by exploring the historic city of York . This compact city is easily navigated on foot and is an ideal location for history buffs. You can visit Viking, Roman, Georgian and Victorian sites all in one day!

See the iconic York Minster, walk the city’s medieval city walls and stroll along the cobbled Shambles, which has been voted the ‘ Best Street in Britain’ and was the inspiration behind Diagon Alley from the movie adaptation of the Harry Potter series!

Road trip over the Yorkshire Moors

End your Yorkshire road trip with a drive across the wild Yorkshire Moors. Take a scenic trip on a steam train across the Moors to visit charming Goathland train station which doubled as Hogsmeade station in the Harry Potter movies. Alternatively, your legs with a hike at the Hole of Horcum, a huge ancient natural amphitheatre.

How long should you spend exploring Yorkshire on a road trip?

You could ‘cover’ Yorkshire in a couple of days but to truly appreciate all it has to offer I would recommend at least one full week.

When is the best time to road trip to Yorkshire?

Yorkshire can be explored all year around- and expect rain at any time! But Spring is incredible on the moors- with the wildflowers blooming and the days getting longer, it’s a perfect time to visit. Autumn also offers spectacular views with the leaves turning colour, providing an incredible backdrop.

England Road Trip Idea – North East Coast

Northern England’s east coast is full of charming towns and villages, and is the perfect destination for a road trip.

Best places to visit on a North East coast England road trip

• Saltburn-by-the-Sea (to search for fossils)
• Lemon top ice-cream – Its legacy goes back over 100 years!)
• Staithes- picturesque fishing village
• Whitby Abbey – the inspiration behind Bram Stoker’s Dracula
• Robin Hood’s Bay (where smuggling was commonplace
• Scarborough Castle

North East England road trip itinerary

Start in Saltburn-by-the-sea. Be sure to search for fossils throughout your visit. I actually found one in Saltburn-by-the-Sea, but you can get lucky in any of the places on this list! Saltburn-by-the-Sea is home to the historic Saltburn Cliff Tramway and affords beautiful views from the bluffs above town.

You can walk along The Cleveland Way, a historic trail that runs through each of the 5 locations mentioned. I’d also recommend trying Lemon Top Ice Cream, or vanilla ice cream with a dollop of lemon sorbet on top.

Staithes is a quaint fishing village laden with narrow pathways and quirky cottages.

The Whitby Abbey towers above the town, giving it an eerie feeling – it’s even credited as the inspiration behind Bram Stoker’s Dracula!

Robin Hood’s Bay has a long history with smugglers, and its red rooftops and crowded buildings conceal hidden routes. In Scarborough, you can enjoy rides at the Luna Park amusement park or visit the historic Scarborough Castle!

When is the best time to road trip England’s north-east coast?

Although you can visit this area all year round, I’d suggest visiting in the summer or fall. It rains much of the year in this region of England, but there’s a higher likelihood of sunshine from July through October.

How long to spend on this England Road trip?

You can complete this road trip in less than 2 hours, but I’d suggest spending at least a few days exploring the region. Each Yorkshire coastal town has its own charm and activities to offer, so you certainly don’t want to rush!

How far is it from the North east coast to London?

Scarborough to London takes about 5 hours by car. Avoid travelling Friday afternoons or Monday morning- those are the peak road traffic times.

Don’t miss Durham

We spent a lovely couple of days exploring the city of Durham. There are so many wonderful places to explore, but one of the highlights for us was Durham Cathedral. This incredible building was built in the 11th Century and is the largest surviving stone vaulted ceiling of its size.

However, if I’m honest, I was more excited by the fact that several scenes in Harry Potter were filmed here, including in the cloisters and many of the covered walkways.

It was also in Durham Cathedral that Harry, Ron and Hermione encounter ‘Fluffy’- the forbidden corridor was also part of the cathedral.

Other fantastic things to see in or near Durham include:

• Durham Castle
• High Force Waterfall (one of the best waterfalls in Europe )
• Finchale Priory

Northumberland Coast

Recommended by Tracy | Travels in Time

The Northumberland Coastal route stretches for over 35 miles from Alnmouth in the south to the Holy Island of Lindisfarne in the north.

The drive takes you through an area of outstanding natural beauty with many beautiful villages and places of interest to visit along the way.

How long to spend on a Northumberland coast road trip

This itinerary covers a day trip but you could spend a few days exploring the area or even walk the Northumberland Coastal Path along the same route if you are feeling up to it!

Northumberland road trip itinerary

The first village to visit is Craster – famous for its kippers and overlooked by Dunstanburgh Castle. If you’re looking for impressive castles in England , Northumberland is the place to go- there are more castles here than any other county in England!

After exploring Craster and the castle, head to Seahouses. A popular seaside town for families with lots of arcades and fish and chip shops this is the place to stop for a bite to eat.

If the weather is good why not hop on a boat over to the Farme Islands? With large colonies of seals and puffins the islands are popular with nature lovers.

Bamburgh Castle dominates the horizon and is worth exploring. It was once the home to the Royal Seat of the Kings of Northumbria and also has a ghost or two!

After Bamburgh head to the Holy Island of Lindisfarne. Make sure you check the tides before you go- the island is tidal and is only accessible during certain times.

Once on the island take a stroll up to the castle. Don’t miss exploring the ruins of Lindisfarne Priory. This is the place famous as the home of Christianity in England until Viking raids eventually led to the abandonment of the priory.

When is the best time for a Northumberland road trip?

The best time to visit Northumberland and places in North East England is in the summer – the days are long and the sun will hopefully be shining! Be aware that on occasions during the summer a sea fret (mist) can hang over the coast and cool temperatures and decrease visibility. Make sure to check the weather forecast before you travel.

Wow- anyone else want to jump in their motorhome/ camper/ car/ bike and head off to start exploring? What a fantastic list of England road trip destinations!

As you can see, it really doesn’t matter where you go or how long you have to explore England- you’ll have plenty of places to enjoy. And who knows- next time we set off for Norfolk, we might even make it there without swinging by Cornwall first!! 🙂

Planning an England road trip? You might find these posts useful:

• How to plan an epic UK road trip
• How to create a road trip itinerary with Google Maps
• 100 best road trip driving songs
• How to plan a motorhome trip to UK or Europe

See all our UK travel ideas and tips

Kat never planned to buy a motorhome. She also never planned to quit her job as an air traffic controller, go touring around Europe in said motorhome, start one of the UK’s largest motorhome travel websites… or get a cocker spaniel.

Find out how she went from stuck in the rat race to being a digital nomad and inspiring thousands of people to have their own epic adventures here.

If you’d like to connect with Kat, send her an email or follow her adventures on social media.

Sharing is caring!

Similar Posts

Autumn in Europe: 30 Best destination ideas

Stonehenge CAMPING next to the stones (for free!)

17 Spectacular Castles in Southern Germany you NEED to visit

25 Unmissable European Cities to visit in Winter

Visit Zugspitze- the highest mountain in Germany

Devon Road Trip itinerary- 19 Beautiful places to Visit

Cornwall is such a beautiful part of the UK to visit in a motorhome, although it can be a little tight around those country roads.

So true- some of those roads are tiny, but worth it for the incredible views and places to visit.

Have you been on the welsh coast much

Our very first motorhome trip EVER was to the Welsh coast. We’ve put together some of our favourite Welsh road trips here if you want some ideas: https://wandering-bird.com/wales-road-trip/

Although all road trips are lovely, I particularly enjoy traveling in a campervan through Devon in the UK. I appreciate you sharing this list of road trip suggestions.

Fantastic article for anyone travelling England on a road trip

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

South West England Road Trip Itinerary

If like me you haven’t explored England enough, then you’re in luck! I’ve created the perfect South West England Road Trip itinerary for this beautiful part of the UK.

I spent five days driving around the South East and taking in some breathtaking sights, scenery and ticking of a some epic bucket list worthy experiences along the way!

Picking up my rental car in London (thanks to Hertz for supplying!), I drove up the M4 to the historic town of Bath before heading onward to learn about the modern history of street art in Bristol. The trip took me deep into the Devonian countryside, down narrow lush green winding roads over hills with views of rolling patchwork fields and out to picture postcard coastal fishing towns and villages.

A Quick Note About This Itinerary

A quick note about how to use this page.

The map at the top of the page shows the places I checked into on our trip in order, starting with “25.” as the first check in. You can also click on place names on the itinerary below to view where they are on the map.

Please note, this is only a sample itinerary to give you an idea based on what I did on my road trip. I only really scratched the surface, but hopefully this gives you a taste of what is possible.

The trip was brought to you as part of the  #lovegreatbritain campaign, created and managed by  iambassador  in partnership with Visit Britain and Visit England. As always, TravMonkey retains all editorial control of what is published.

For more adventures and inspiration take a look at Visit Britain’s Join The World website .

Tip: Here’s a great list of Road Trip packing essentials to help you with preparing for your trip.

Starting in London I picked up my hire car at Marble Arch, courtesy of Hertz car rental and headed out of London to the west onto the M4. After roughly two and a half hours I arrived in Bath.

The very first thing you’ll notice driving into Bath is the beautiful honey-coloured buildings made from local stone which gives the city an elegance that you’ll find difficult to match anywhere else. The city has such historic and architectural significance that it became a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 1987.

There’s so much to see in Bath that spending a couple of days here would be advisable. I’m a big believer that the best way to get your bearings in a place is by walking around before hitting up any of the local attractions. Thankfully Bath have their own self guided walking tours , complete with maps and audio guide to get you on your way!

There’s far too many attractions in Bath to list or for me to discover on my brief stop but make sure you visit The Circus, The Royal Crescent and of course the ancient Roman Baths. You can read all about my experience visiting the Roman Baths by torchlight right here .

The Royal Crescent and The Circus are spectacular examples of Georgian architecture that you can visit on the walking tour, The Royal Crescent park is also a perfect spot to for a picnic if the weather is good.

Where I Ate

Bath’s most famous attraction, The Roman Baths are a must see and I was lucky enough to experience the evening torchlit tour as well as dinner at The Roman Baths Kitchen just opposite the Baths. They do a superb special torchlit menu to go with the whole experience, the service was excellent and the dishes had great complimenting flavours. I loved the Pan Fried Chicken Breast and the Guinness infused brownie rounded the meal off perfectly, even if it left me a little sluggish getting out of my seat and ready for the tour!

I won’t go into masses of detail about the Torchlit Roman Baths tour because I wrote a whole article about it if you want to get a better idea of what it’s all about. I can tell you that it’s one of the best roman sights in Britain and will take you at least good couple of hours to wander around. The torchlit tour gives the baths more atmosphere as the sun goes down and the torches flickering in the breeze, you can really imagine the Romans milling around the baths and socialising. The audio guides are also worth listening to as they lead you around the museum plus the hot and cold baths whilst giving you an insight into the way the Romans lived and the role the baths played.

Where I Stayed

I was hosted by Henrietta House , a beautiful Georgian townhouse. Just the kind of place you want to stay in when you’re surrounded by Georgian architecture and honey-coloured stone buildings. It well located pretty much in the centre of Bath, just a two minute walk from Bath Abbey and the Roman Baths themselves. They also do an excellent breakfast, I went for the eggs Benedict. The perfect way to set you up for a day walking the city’s cobbled streets.

From Bath, Bristol is just around a 40 minutes drive up the A4.

Being the largest city in the South West, there’s plenty to do in Bristol. Take a tour high up on the world famous Clifton Suspension Bridge or time your visit for the Bristol Balloon Fiesta in August , the largest annual meeting of hot air balloons in Europe (over 130 Hot Air Balloons from across the world). Another “must-visit” is SS Great Britain the award-winning visitor attraction and museum ship anchored in Bristol Harbour, back between 1845 to 1854 the ship was the longest passenger ship in the world.

On my fleeting visit I hit up the city’s most famous export, its street art scene! Starting at the M-Shed, I met up with Rob from Where The Wall who run the longest running street art tours around Bristol. What was different about this street art tour to any other I’ve been on before is that it really focused on how the history of street art is intertwined with the city itself. It actually gave you an insight into the city culture, how it’s grown and developed alongside the street art and ultimately how the city has come to embrace its street art culture.

The best thing about taking a street art tour with Where The Wall is that it’s clear they have a real passion for the history of street art, how it’s shaped the city and the part it plays in the future. What I found interesting was learning all about Banksy’s local influences and how he first got a major breakthrough with media coverage in Bristol.

After getting an awesome lesson in the street art history of Bristol and marveling over some of the best artwork in and around the centre, I headed down to the south end of Bristol’s inner city to Southville. It’s this area that’s home to UpFest , Europe’s largest street art and graffiti festival that attracts over 300 artists and 35,000 visitors to the city each year. Upfest turns the area into a canvas for street artists to create on, you’ll find artwork peaking around the corners of houses, on shop fronts, above cafes, on the pavement, basically everywhere you can think of. Each year street artists come to Upfest from all over the world to create their works along with live music and art workshops all spread out around Southville.

One interesting aspect of Upfest that I really liked was the regenerating effect the street art was having to this once neglected part of town. It was interesting to see how they were finding new and creative places to push the street art to such as areas that otherwise visitors to the city wouldn’t visit. Its an interesting way of regenerating an area with the help of graffiti/street art tourism.

You can check out a map of the festival and street art on their website.

If you’re looking for the new places in town, CARGO next to M Shed (a museum all about the City) at Wapping Wharf is made up of converted shipping containers and hosts independent restaurants, cafes and shops. It’s part of a regeneration project of this part of the city that’s aiming to create a vibrant new quarter to the city. It’s well worth a visit even just for a quick coffee and a stroll around the wharf.

Heading south towards the coast, Brixham is a 2 hour and 10 minutes drive down the M5 but do allow for traffic, especially around the bank holidays.

I arrived in the beautifully colourful and quaint fishing town, where charming little cottages are squeezed in next to one another on the hills overlooking the harbour. The town is one of the busiest fishing ports in the UK and the focus of life here is, and has always been the harbour. I slowly drove into Brixham along winding narrow roads and up the hill looking down upon the harbour with stunning views out to Torbay. I’d only just arrived but was already out taking snaps with my camera before I’d even had chance to check into my hotel.

I was so lucky to stay in the wonderful Quayside Hotel as it has rooms (it’s worth paying extra for one) with spectacular sea views. It’s one of those jaw dropping moments when you first walk into a hotel room and just stare and say “wow!”.

After freshening up and a quick change of clothes at the hotel I headed out around the harbour and to The Rockfish Restaurant. If you’re looking for fresh fish, then this is the place to be. Situated above the bustling Brixham fish market and right on the harbour, the Rockfish has superb views. It overlooks the boats that bring in their daily catch before it heads to the market and then onto your plate in the restaurant.

The Rockfish has a menu packed with different fresh fish options and the day’s fish specials are described by the friendly waiting staff. The menu is actually on the paper tablecloth and there were so many options that like on most occasions on my travels, I thought the best idea would be to ask the staff for their recommendations. I opted for the plaice which was fresh, tasty and particularly juicy. If the weathers good it’s worth booking a table on the balcony overlooking the sea and do book ahead because it can get busy in the evening during summers months.

If you can’t resist the lure of a beautiful morning sunrise then you might want to set that early alarm clock for the early hours and head out with your camera at the ready. I crept out of the Quayside Hotel and wandered down to Breakwater Beach, without a single person around I setup my camera to capture a time lapse of the sunrise.

Just as the sun was seeping over the horizon with my camera rolling, suddenly out of nowhere appeared a woman walking down the beach. I was puzzled, who would up at 5am to see the sunrise in a tiny fishing town? She walked all the way along the beach put a bag down and calmly walked into the sea for a sunrise swim. I was slightly jealous that hadn’t brought my only swimming gear as the prospect of a calm morning swim didn’t actually seem like a bad idea. I later found out from my kayaking guide that she goes for a morning swim every day at Breakwater Beach.

If you’re not quite brave enough to get up at 4am to experience the sunrise you can still get up a little early for a fascinating 6am tour of Brixham Fish Market , the largest fish market in the UK outside of Scotland. A huge £28 million pounds of fish is landed at Brixham Fish Market, it’s catch is sold on to top restaurants, supermarkets, fishmongers as well as being sold worldwide and particular Europe.

I met my tour guide and the manager of the market, Barry. He’s a super friendly character, clearly extremely proud and passionate about educating visitors to the market about the industry and how things work at the market. It’s this positivity to show transparency of the fishing industry that makes a visit to Brixham Fish Market so interesting, insightful and particularly welcoming. I was kitted out in a long white protective jacket, Brixham Market branded hat and shoe protectors before heading into the market.

The tour puts you in the middle of the action with live auctions for the freshly caught fish going on right in front of you. It’s intriguing to watch the auctioneers at work, their hand signals and gestures whilst attempting to work out just what is actually going on! It’s quite refreshing that although you’re on a tour, this is a working fish market… there’s nothing staged or put on just for the tourists. At the same time the market is welcoming… after all, this a place of work for many people and I was tip toeing over crates pointing my camera around and didn’t get so much as a frown.

I wandered around the market, taking plenty of photos of the sole, turbot, monkfish, plaice as well as getting a peek into the chilly cuttlefish store where the crates of cuttlefish covered in black ink were stacked high. Apparently they’re quite a money maker and sold all over the world and in particular to Europe.

As I was on a private tour of the market I also had the chance to have a look around one of the fishing boat docked in the harbour. It was a fascinating glimpse into the lives of the fishermen and a working fishing boat. I was able to get a quick glance at the living quarters, engine room and up on the bridge with all the controls and the all important captains seat. What was surprising was just how well kept and clean the boat was, not at all what you expect from a working fishing boat.

With the tour of Brixham Fish Market over, I said my thanks to Barry for showing me round and walked back to check out of the Quayside Hotel. Next stop on my road trip was Dartmouth for a spot of epic kayaking!

Dartmouth is roughly a 40 minute drive from Brixham, including a quick trip on on the ferry. I took the Higher Ferry (there’s a Lower Ferry too) and drove into Dartmouth. Unfortunately for me the Dartmouth Regatta was on so I had to park further out of the town and catch the park and ride bus back into town.

After picking up a bit breakfast on the run, I wandered back towards the Higher Ferry to meet the owner of Sea Kayak Devon and my guide for the day, Elisabeth. After running through the kayaking basics we carried our kayaks out onto the water for a relaxed and calm paddle through Dartmouth harbour. We paddled past waterfront mansions and houses and out towards the sea. As well as being incredibly experienced at kayaking, Elisabeth had a real passion for the local area. As we paddled the harbour she told colourful stories of the history of the town and local landmarks, it was the perfect way to get a grasp on the history of the area whilst also viewing the town from the best possible angle.

Further out from the harbour towards the sea the kayaking got a little more adventurous, with narrow rocky channels to navigate as we passed beneath Dartmouth castle perched high up on the hill. We paddled out towards Deadmans Cove to check a lobster pot, to our surprise… or maybe just mine, it contained a couple of lively lobsters, Elisabeth set them free before we paddled against the tide back into town.

Elisabeth was a great guide, very patient, friendly and knowledgeable. The tour had just the right balance of exercise, fun and information, plus seabirds, caves and if you’re lucky, seals. I often forget how much fun kayaking is and how it gives you a different perspective on an area. I enjoyed getting to know Elisabeth and sharing a few stories… I also found out that she’s a sculptor and actually produced the bronze statue piece, “Man & Boy” in Brixham .

With my feet back on dry land and feeling just about returning back to my legs, it was time to get back in the car and drive to my accommodation for the evening. If you’re not used to driving in this part of the world (like me) then you’re in for quite an adventure. You’ll find yourself flanked by tall lush green hedges as you drive down the narrow winding country lanes in Devon. If you not aware of the driving etiquette on these country lanes you’ll soon learn! The narrow lanes have passing places every so often that you can pull into to allow other drivers to pass. After driving these lanes for a while you get used to pulling over and giving way, or having to reverse a little to let drivers pass.

I was relying totally on Google Maps and my cars built in Sat Nav to navigate to Upcott Roundhouse. Thankfully the instructions on how to get there were pretty detailed and the postcode seemed to bring me just to the right spot, just outside the gate.

Dartmoor – Upcott Roundhouse

I wasn’t staying at just any old accommodation, this was the ultimate “escape the city”, “get off the grid” getaway nestled in the middle of the Devonian countryside.

Upcott Roundhouse , is an iron aged inspired and traditionally built roundhouse with thatched roof and open fire. The perfect setting to get away from it all and an amazing spot for stargazing. Walking up the winding path approaching the roundhouse you get a glimpse of the beautiful thatched roof and doorway, it’s like stepping back in time into another world.

Opening the giant wooden doors, the roundhouse is lit with candles and the mesmerising centrepiece of the building, the roaring open fire (called a hearth). Forget the cold and damp you get with camping, you can still leave all the modern distractions at home and experience comfort in the great outdoors.

As darkness fell, I jumped in the car and drove back down the country lanes to a lovely old country boozer, The Lamb Inn . The pub is a 16th century former coaching house with low ceilings, exposed beams and open fires. Just my kind of place, friendly staff, great service, plenty of character and a great range of local real ales. For dinner I had the rump steak and it was perfectly cooked and served with a lovely peppercorn sauce. There’s plenty of choice on the menu just make sure you book ahead as they get quite busy and have a limited number of tables available.

Back at the roundhouse I stoked up the open fire and picked up my notebook and pen. It was quite liberating to not have any gadgets and screens to fidget with and for some reason seemed like I had much more time on my hands. I filled the kettle, boiled it Iron Age style over the open fire and made a cup of tea before heading outside into the darkness to stargaze.

When traveling there’s always those special moments when you finally get out into the countryside, away from the city’s light pollution. where you can see the planets, moons and stars. Upcott Roundhouse is one of those places, in complete darkness with only the sounds of insects for company I gazed up to try to pick out the constellations in the sky. Unfortunately my astrology knowledge isn’t that great but it was an experience just to sit and wonder at the night’s sky without a single distraction, message, notification or phone call.

Inspired by my morning sunrise at Breakwater Beach, I set my alarm for an early start. I dragged myself out of bed, bleary eyed but just about awake and trekked up onto the hillside behind the roundhouse for a view over the valley. I’m glad I made the effort, the mist in the valleys and the sun over the hill was an epic sight and one I managed to capture a few video clips of.

I really loved my stay at the Upcott Roundhouse and could have spent at least two or three nights there, taking a digital detox, getting offline for a while. It’s the perfect spot that gives you more luxury than camping in a tent but really feels like it connects you back with nature and the environment around you. Sadly it was time for me to pack up and more on, having ticked off something of a bucket list item.

More Information: Upcott Roundhouse – Canopy and Stars

From Upcott Roundhouse near Cheriton, it was about a 2 hour drive down to Cornwall and my stop for the night at The Mount Haven Hotel . Checking into my room I knew this was my kind of hotel, newly renovated and modern, the decor reminded me of my own new flat. The room was spacious with a terrace area outside and a huge bathroom complete with excellent power shower. For me, two things really matter when it comes to a good hotel room, the first is having a comfortable and clean bed and also how good the shower is. The Mount Haven Hotel excelled at both and topped it with an excellent breakfast… when I eventually managed to get myself out of my slumber! The hotel also has a lovely view over the ocean and Mount’s Bay from it’s cafe/bar terrace.

A short work from The Mount Haven Hotel with a stunning view of St Michael’s Mount is the Godolphin Arms . Well presented, spotlessly clean and also fairly recently refurbished, the Godolphin Arms really is a great place to stop off at.

The restaurant has tables right in the window, offering superb views out to sea and of St Michael’s Mount. The staff are professional, friendly and attentive. Everything you’d want from a restaurant. As I was by the sea I thought the best option would be to try the fish and chips. The batter was crisp, light and the fish as fresh as you’d expect from the area. Fish and chips is really a true British art form and The Godolphin didn’t disappoint! Unfortunately I didn’t get to try any of the local ales on tap because I had to drive later on, but there was a pretty good selection.

The Godolphin Arms also has a terrace along with it’s two dining floors with views of the mount. It’s well worth a visit for a spot of lunch or dinner but do book ahead just in case.

More Information: https://www.godolphinarms.co.uk

The Minack Theatre

With a belly full of fish and chips I waddled back to Mount Haven Hotel, jumped in the car to drive down the winding roads and back out to a coastal outlook where the Minack Theatre is situated. This is no ordinary theatre, it’s made it onto many people’s bucket list because of it’s beautiful unique location. Perched high up on a rocky outcrop, carved into the granite cliff and overlooking Porthcurno Bay.

I was extremely lucky to tick this experience off my own bucket list. The Minack has the perfect setting for theatre, you can hear the waves crashing into the rocks as the play goes on, superbly atmospheric and is worth a visit for the view and to marvel at the theatre… even if there’s no play on. I had the chance to experience Twelfth Night by the Winchester Players. An excellent engaging performance and great all round experience at the theatre.

After an amazing night at the theatre I woke up refreshed and ready for the drive back to London. I had just enough time to explore the beach in front of the Mount Haven Hotel to grab a few shots of St Michael’s Mount before hitting the road.

The drive back to London took around 7 hours in total so if you do have time to plan in a stop off on your way back it would be advisable. I had such an amazing time on this trip and the experiences were so varied that each one of them had their own “wow” factor. I ticked off some truly epic once-in-a-lifetime experiences along the way whilst it also left me wanting to come back for more!

Useful Information

If you’re looking for more information and inspiration for travel around Britain, take a look at Visit Britain’s Join The World website .

Hertz supplied me with my lovely red Renault to explore the south west of England. Hiring the car gave me plenty of freedom to get around the south west of England that I wouldn’t have been possible on a train.

This post was brought to you as part of the  #lovegreatbritain  campaign, created and managed by  iambassador  in partnership with Visit Britain and Visit England. As always, TravMonkey retains all editorial control of what is published.

ARTICLES FROM THE TRIP

Hello! I'm Paul, an award winning travel blogger who focuses on solo adventure travel and has a passion for using new technology. I write, take photos and produce videos about travel, food, craft beer, coffee and adventure. I'm also the founder of Traverse, organiser of influencer conferences, campaigns and projects. I've also started findhotelsfor.com , to help people to find hotels near events they are attending.

A Lady in London

And Traveling the World

Lady’s England Road Trip Itinerary and Map

Today I want to share my England road trip itinerary and map with you. I love a great British road trip, not least because the cities, villages, and countryside in the UK are stunning.

I’ve done many road trips in England over the years. They’ve ranged from short drives in the Cotswolds to 5-week odysseys covering the length of England and Wales.

Through them I’ve seen big British travel destinations and off-the-beaten-path locations alike. Now I want to share the highlights with you.

England Road Trip Itinerary

My England road trip itinerary covers my favorite bits of this part of Britain. From cities to towns, coast to countryside, it has a variety of destinations that make this one of my favorite places to travel.

You can visit them all in one trip, or you can split the itinerary up into shorter ones. Some of them even make for great scenic drives near London if you only have a day.

1. London (3 Days)

Since I live in the UK capital, I’ll start my England road trip itinerary in London. If you haven’t been here before, it’s worth spending at least 3 days in the city to see the highlights.

You can use my 3-day London itinerary to get ideas for what to do. It’s a great guide for visitors.

2. Cambridgeshire (1 Day)

From London, my England road trip itinerary goes north to Cambridgeshire.

Cambridge is one of the prettiest cities in England . Its colleges feature stunning historic architecture and beautiful grounds. It’s worth spending a day here soaking up the atmosphere and going punting on the river.

Just north of Cambridge, under-the-radar Ely often gets overlooked. It’s worth a visit for its stunning cathedral and great markets, though. The side streets and riverfront are pretty, too.

3. Norfolk (2 days)

From Cambridgeshire my England road trip itinerary will take you to Norfolk . Norwich is one of the best cities in England , not least because its historic streets are bursting with colorful houses. Its cathedral is impressive, too.

The coast in North Norfolk is worth a visit as well. Driving to places like Wells-next-the-Sea and Holkham Beach is worthwhile, and towns like Burnham Market are great places to stay.

4. Nottingham (1 day)

From Norfolk, my England road trip itinerary will take you to Nottingham .

Famous for its Robin Hood connections, this city in the Midlands is worth a stop for its historic castle, heritage buildings, and shops. It’s even home to one of the oldest pubs in England.

5. Derbyshire and the Peak District (2 days)

From Nottingham, my England road trip itinerary continues with a stop in Derbyshire. This place is great for Peak District stately homes and outdoor activities.

Chatsworth House, Kedleston Hall, and Haddon Hall are all worth touring (and they’re famous filming locations for many movies set in England ). There are lots of great hikes and country walks in the Peak District, too.

6. Yorkshire (2 days)

From the Peak District, it’s not far to Yorkshire. No England road trip itinerary would be complete without a trip to York . It’s one of the most beautiful cities in the UK, and its pretty streets and spectacular minster are worth discovering.

Over on the east coast of Yorkshire, Robin Hood’s Bay is a coastal gem with a storied past, and Whitby is famous for its abbey ruins and Dracula connections. (Don’t worry, I’ll get to West Yorkshire soon).

7. Durham & Newcastle (1 Day)

Leaving Yorkshire, my England road trip itinerary will take you north to Durham and Newcastle . The former is home to a hilltop cathedral, castle, and university. The nearby Angel of the North sculpture is worth seeing when you’re here, too.

The latter is packed with stunning bridges, historic streets, and great nightlife. You can do a side trip to Hadrian’s Wall if you like Roman history as well.

8. Northumberland (2 Days)

Way at the top of England, the next stop on my itinerary is Northumberland . Alnwick Castle is a popular place to visit, and Alnwick itself is adorable (don’t miss the bookshop).

Farther up the coast, Bamburgh Castle takes over a hilltop next to the beach. It’s stunning both inside and out.

Right on the border with Scotland, Berwick-upon-Tweed is a great seaside town, too.

9. Lake District (2 Days)

From Northumberland, my England road trip itinerary will take you west to the Lake District . This part of the UK is famous for its outdoor activities, and it’s a great place to go walking and hiking.

There are also a lot of famous houses here, from Beatrix Potter’s Hill Top to John Rusin’s Brantwood and Blackwell, the Arts and Crafts house .

Towns and villages like Windermere , Keswick, Ambleside, and Grasmere are worth popping into as well. I particularly like the gingerbread shop in Grasmere.

10. Yorkshire Dales National Park (1 Day)

From Cumbria, my England road trip itinerary will take you into the Yorkshire Dales National Park.

This is another great place for country walks , including the famous peaks of Pen-y-ghent, Ingleborough, and Whernside. Malham Cove is beautiful, too.

11. Chester (1 Day)

From the Yorkshire Dales, my England road trip itinerary continues south with a stop in Chester .

This place is one of the most underrated cities in the UK , and it’s worth a special trip. With stunning streets and layers of history dating back to Roman times, Chester is magical.

12. Birmingham (1 Day)

From Chester, you can drive down to Birmingham . This city is packed with things to see and do, from shopping arcades to art museums and an eye-catching contemporary library.

13. Wye Valley (1 Day)

South of Birmingham, it’s worth spending a day in the Wye Valley . From market towns like Ross-on-Wye to hikes around the cliff at Symonds Yat Rock, there’s a lot to take in here.

15. Cotswolds (2 Days)

No England road trip itinerary of mine would be complete without a stop in the Cotswolds. From beautiful countryside to picturesque Cotswolds villages like Painswick and Upper Slaughter , there’s a lot to love about this part of Britain.

It’s worth spending a couple days driving through this Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty to soak up the scenery. It’s one of the most beautiful places in the UK .

16. Bath (1 Day)

Next on my England road trip itinerary is Bath . This city is famous for both its Roman baths and its Jane Austen sites . It’s packed with scenic streets and great independent shops , too.

17. Cornwall (2 Days)

From Bath, it’s worth heading west to Cornwall for a few days. My England road trip itinerary will take you to St Ives , which is one of the most beautiful places in England .

Basing yourself there, you can drive to places like Land’s End, St Michael’s Mount, and the Eden Project. There are great coastal walks in Cornwall, too.

18. Devon (2 Days)

From Cornwall, you can drive to Devon , where it’s worth spending a couple days exploring the coast and countryside.

You can stay in Salcombe , a pretty seaside town, and drive to places like Dartmoor National Park. You can also explore some of the walks along the water in the area.

19. Wiltshire and Hampshire (2 Days)

From Devon, my England road trip itinerary will take you to Wiltshire and Hampshire . The former is home to everything from cathedral cities like Salisbury to historic sites like Stonehenge and villages like Lacock.

The latter is home to cities like Winchester and great countryside around places like East Meon. Jane Austen’s House Museum is here, too.

Both Hampshire and Wiltshire are home to the New Forest , one of the best places to get outdoors in England. It’s worth taking a walk here and spotting some of the area’s famous ponies.

20. Brighton (1 Day)

Next on my England road trip itinerary is Brighton . This seaside spot in East Sussex boasts of one of the most famous beaches in Britain.

And that’s to say nothing of the historic pier and Royal Pavilion. They make Brighton one of the best places to visit in the UK .

21. Kent (2 Days)

Last on my England road trip itinerary is Kent . The Garden of England features everything from coast to castles, and it’s a great place to get both a seafood fix and a dose of history.

From Dover Castle to Canterbury Cathedral and the Charles Dickens highlights in Rochester , there’s a lot to discover here.

From Kent, it’s a short drive back to London, where my England road trip itinerary ends. You can spend more time in the UK capital if your head isn’t already spinning from all the amazing places you’ve seen during your journey.

England Road Trip Itinerary Map

If you want to follow my route, the places on my road trip in England are on the interactive map below. You can click on the pins to see more about each one. I hope the map helps you plan a great British adventure of your own.

England Road Trip Itineraries and Beyond

If you’re looking for additional inspiration, I’ve published blog posts about UK road trips , a great British road trip itinerary for England and Wales, a legendary Scotland road trip , a road trip in North Wales , and road trip packing tips .

I’ve even written about road trip movies . Happy driving!

Find this post helpful? Buy me a coffee!

New here? Join thousands of others and subscribe to the A Lady in London blog via email .

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

© Copyright A Lady in London 2007 - 2024. Privacy Policy.

Select your country preferences

• Hire a Motorhome Motorhome Hire
• Find a Camping Spot Camping Spots

7-Day Road Trip Itinerary in South West England

There are so many amazing road trip locations in England that it’s easy to overlook one of the best: Bristol and the West Country. Visit Bristol with its quirky neighbourshoods, fall in love with beautiful Bath, and get out into the wilds of Cheddar Gorge and Exmoor. Just a few hours from London, it’s one of the easiest locations to get to from our London roadsurfer station , and the short driving distances mean it’s easy to add in other stops like Oxford, Glastonbury Tor, and Stonehenge.

Author: Serena Rudge Photo: hi.nicci

• Cheddar Gorge
• Glastonbury, Frome, or Stonehenge

Day 1 – London to Oxford

Since this road trip doesn’t require long driving days, it’s the perfect opportunity to visit Oxford. Pick up your roadsurfer camper and drive to Oxford (1 hour; 46 miles). Park at Thornhill Park & Ride and get a bus into the city.

• Climb University Church tower (£5) to orient yourself and take amazing photos of Radcliffe Camera and the famous spires of the skyline, before following a self-guided walking tour (find one online) to make sure you don’t miss out on any of the best places to visit in Oxford.
• Some of the colleges are open to the public (opening times and prices vary but none are too expensive): Magdalen, Balliol, Christchurch, and New College are favourites with visitors. Plant lovers and those looking for some peace and quiet will love the Botanic Gardens.
• If the weather is good, why not go punting on the river? This popular activity can get booked up in high season so if it’s a must-do for you, book ahead.
• Looking for an alternative Oxford? Visit Jericho and the Cowley Road, both lovely areas with excellent food and drink and great boutiques. There’s not much to do in these places, but they’re good for a wonder away from the universities.

Eat and Drink

• The Missing Bean is an Oxford café institution, as is Taylors on the High Street and Vaults & Garden. Society Café and Jericho Coffee Traders are also worth a visit.
• One of the best places to eat is the Covered Market: get a no-frills fry up at Brown’s, try Greek food at Georgia’s or Souvlaki Brothers, or delicious Thai food at Sasi’s Thai. Elsewhere, George Street Social, White Rabbit, and Chiang Mai Kitchen are excellent choices.
• Greenacres campsite in the peaceful countryside east of Oxford
• Oxford camping and caravanning club just to the south of the city

Day 2 – Visit Bristol

On day two of your road trip, drive southwest to Bristol (1 hr 30; 73 miles) and explore one of England’s most individual cities. Bristol is a joy to visit as each area of the city feels truly different: the buzzword here is ‘independent’, with the city prioritising indie traders through its food, culture, and retail scene.

• In the city centre, walk around St Nicholas Market for food and indie market stalls, the Christmas Steps Arts Quarter for galleries, pottery studios, and historic pubs, and relax in Queen’s Square with a coffee from nearby Society Café or a stuffed pitta from the Falafel King truck on the harbourside. Climb Cabot Tower in Brandon Hill park for phenomenal views across the countryside.
• Walk around the Harbourside loop where you’ll find Wapping Wharf (recently revamped into a bustling mini-hub of shops and restaurants), Brunel’s SS Great Britain, Banksy’s Girl with the Pearl Earring, and a view of the colourful houses of Cliftonwood.
• Explore one of many neighbourhoods in Bristol: Gloucester Road and Stokes Croft have one of the highest counts of independent shops in Europe, from clothes and coffee to toys and art, while Clifton boasts chic boutiques, the suspension bridge, pretty Clifton Village, and views across the Avon Gorge from the White Lion pub.
• M Shed is a museum dedicated to life in Bristol throughout history and is well worth a visit, especially because it’s free! Another great museum is The Georgian House Museum where you’ll see life was like for a Bristol sugar plantation owner and his servants (the museum also does a lot of decolonisation work).

Bristol is a foodie’s paradise, meaning it would be easier to provide a list of places not to go to, since it would be much shorter.

• Full Court Press and Small Street Espresso do stand-out coffee in the city centre, while Chilli Daddy, Eatchu, Pieminister and Eat A Pitta at St Nicolas market all have delicious food.
• For drinks, try Left Handed Giant Brewpub, just opposite Castle Park, or any of the pubs along King Street and Welsh Back. For something different, head to the Grain Barge in Hotwells where the bar, you guessed it, an old boat.
• A little further afield, Café Kino, The Bristolian, and The Crafty Egg are just some of the foodie gems in Stokes Croft; Wapping Wharf is full of independent food outlets; the western half of North Street in Southville is a great road to wander along and stop in at any restaurant that piques your interest.
• Baltic Wharf Campsite is a small site right on the south bank of the Harbourside loop. You’ll need to book well in advance, but if you can snag a spot here you’re right in the heart of the city.
• The Stables provides basic facilities which is reflected in the cheap price, but gets great reviews all round for its cleanliness and friendly owners.
• Bristol Camping is just north of the city on 200 acres of arable farm, and has a bus link to the city centre.

Day 3 – Adventure Activities in Bristol

Bristol is home to plenty of fun activities, so why not spend your second day in the city trying these out? They’re the perfect way to work up an appetite for the food you didn’t get to eat yesterday!

• The most unmissable activity we could recommend is a visit to The Wave, Bristol’s inland slice of ocean offering perfect waves for all surf levels. Book coaching or an open session and ride perfect, crystal clear waves like nothing you’ve experienced before. You can even book a spectator day pass that allows you to watch the surfers, eat at the café, and enjoy the grounds of this cutting-edge site.
• Go mountain biking at Aston Court Estate: hire bikes for solo exploration or join a skills course while you wear out your legs and lungs on the gorgeous trails of Ashton Court.
• On a sunny day, go paddleboarding with SUP Bristol and see the city from the water.
• Try axe throwing at Whistle Punks, where the awesome music will set the mood, and the pizza and drinks will keep you fuelled.
• Both The wave and Whistle Punks provide you with delicious food, but since there’s no possibility of having run out of places to eat on day 2, pick one of the many places you didn’t get a chance to try out.

Day 4 – Beautiful Bath

For some, Bath is the most beautiful city in England with its Georgian architecture, the glittering River Avon, and sweeping views from the surrounding hills. It’s an easy 40-minute drive, or take the train or bus from Bristol if you’re staying at the same campsite.

• The most famous attraction when you visit Bath is the Roman Baths, where you can explore the Roman baths and the ruined temple. While you can’t bathe here, book a 2-hour pass at Thermae Bath Spa for a more modern experience of the healing mineral waters that the Romans were so fond of.
• Nowadays many people are introduced to Bath through the novels of Jane Austen. Visit the Jane Austen Centre and No. 1 Royal Crescent for insights into the famous author and life in Georgian Bath, or take in the grandeur of the Georgian buildings at the Royal Crescent and the Circus.
• Just walking around the city of Bath is enough to take in its glory. Find a walking tour online, and don’t miss Bath Abbey or Pulteney Bridge.
• Head to Alexandra Park for views over the city, or to Prior Park Landscape Garden for beautiful eighteenth-century garden design.

Like Bristol, Bath is a treasure trove of cafes and restaurants, as well as some traditional pubs. Don’t be afraid to try anywhere that catches your eye, but to narrow it down here are a few suggestions:

• Society Café, Kekolo Coffee, Cascara, and The Columbian Company are all really good independent cafes, with hot drinks and pastries to eat onsite.
• Yak Yeti Yak is an awesome basement level Nepalese restaurant with huge portions. Visit Mission Burrito for Mexican food and Sotto Sotto for Italian food, and for incredible veggie food try Oak or The Green Rocket which are on either end of the price spectrum. For brunch the best pick is Café Au Lait, near the station.

Great pubs include The Huntsman, The Crystal Palace, and Garrick’s Head, while The Drawing Rooms is a cosy bar with local suppliers. Graze has a microbrewery onsite and plenty of food options.

While staying at your Bristol campsite is completely feasible given the short distance between the two cities, if you’re looking for a change of scenery here are our picks for campsites near Bath:

• Bury View Farm offers clean facilities and a lovely flat camping field on a farm between Bristol and Bath.
• The Blackberries is a 15-minute drive east of Bath, a haven on the edge of the Cotswolds with a woodland feel to the site.

Day 5 – Explore Wells and Cheddar Gorge

Spend some time roaming the streets of medieval Wells, the second-smallest city in England, and then head to the cliffs and caves of Cheddar Gorge. It’s around 45-minutes from either Bath or Bristol.

• The tiny medieval city of Wells is given city status by the cathedral that has stood since the thirteenth century. Entrance to the main part of the cathedral is free, although there is a suggested donation amount provided; to see more of this incredible building book a tour in advance. Also worth a visit are the Bishop’s Palace and Gardens, and the quaint Vicars’ Close, thought to be the only complete medieval street remaining in England.
• Cheddar Gorge is a 20-minute drive from Wells where you’ll find a museum of prehistory, a 3-mile clifftop walk, and fantastic exhibitions inside Gough’s cave, a prehistoric site over half a million years old.
• The City Arms is a pub situated in the old city prison, where many historic details remain intact. These days the food and drink are so good you’ll be begging them to lock you inside overnight. Alternatively, Twentyone serves yummy locally sourced food.
• Wookey Farm campsite offers basic facilities on their family farm near Wells.
• Petruth Paddocks is the best of Cheddar Gorge camping. It has incredible facilities as well as wood-fired pizza on Fridays and Saturdays in Spring and Summer.

Day 6 – Stretch Your Legs on Exmoor

While Somerset’s towns and cities are hardly urban hubbubs that require a break in nature, it can be nice to change up the city exploration with a hike on Exmoor. The eastern edge is a 90-minute (45 miles) drive from Wells.

Suggested Walks

• Roadwater & The Coleridge Way – 7 miles (12km), approx. 4 hours
• Dunster Hats wood circuit – 2 miles (3km), approx. 45 mins
• Dunster Circular – 4.3 miles (6km), approx. 2 hours
• Minehead Circular – 6 miles (10km), approx. 3.5 hours
• Dunster has some good pubs and restaurants to refuel after a walk. Try Reeves, Castle Coffee House, or The Stag’s Head Inn
• Exmoor camping offers unspoilt moorland for a night under the stars. Allercott Farm and Halse Farm have pitches on working farms in the countryside, while Minehead Camping and Caravanning gets you a spot near the beach.

Day 7 – Drive Back to London With a stop Along the Way Either Glastonbury, Frome, Bradford on Avon, or Stonehenge

Just because it’s the last day doesn’t mean you have to spend it driving, thanks to the easy drive from the Bristol area to London: we’ve put together a list of places to pick from on your way back. From the village of Dunster, the drive to London is 3hrs 10, or 3hrs 30 if you go via Stonehenge.

Final Day Stops

• If hippie and spiritual vibes appeal , Glastonbury cannot be missed. The small town is home to a plethora of health food shops and cafes, esoteric shops full of books and crystals, and a Goddess Temple. Climb Glastonbury Tor if your legs aren’t tired from yesterday for a view of the town from above.
• Visit Frome for a charming stop in one of England’s most beautiful market towns. There are markets galore, and speciality shops and galleries for last-minute foodie souvenirs. Bradford on Avon is the perfect place to fill up your camera roll with its golden buildings, iconic bridge, and Saxon church and Tithe Barn.
• If you can book ahead, visit Stonehenge as it isn’t too much of a detour on your route back to London. The famous historic site needs little introduction; if it’s on your bucket list, you can walk relatively close to the stones without booking tickets (although you cannot go into the site).

The slice of England found around Bristol makes the perfect seven-day camping holiday filled with food, history, and exploration. After a week in this area you’ll be sure to return home rested and relaxed, full of food, artsy inspiration, and perhaps a hankering to watch a period drama after so much gorgeous architecture… Whatever you’re looking for from a road trip, we know you’ll find it when you visit Bristol and the stunning locations nearby.

Visit the South West of England

Hire a campervan

Hello, how can we help you?

• I would like to change my booking
• I need information about the vehicles and equipment
• I need help operating my campervan or motorhome

Help & support

Kontaktformular

Mo-Fr von 9:00 bis 18:00 Uhr: +49 (0)89 2154 1673

Language & Currency

Change language

Change Currency

I'm Just A Girl

Affordable Luxury Travel

The Ultimate South Coast England Road Trip – 2-Week Itinerary

This post about the ultimate South Coast England Road Trip contains affiliate links.

Planning an epic road trip to the South Coast of England but not sure where to start when it comes to creating an itinerary? I’ve got you covered with my ultimate South England road trip itinerary!

The lead-up to two-week our trip along England’s magnificent South Coast was pretty hectic in itself as we headed up to Durham/ Darlington for one night , then down to London for a work party and then to the Harry Potter Studio Tour in Watford the following day, before spending the night in St Albans and eventually heading off on an epic South England road trip.

Our trip door-to-door from our house in York was 18 days in total, but the below itinerary for a South Coast England road trip is 14 days as I haven’t included all the bits on either side of the trip that we did as they won’t be relevant to you!

How long it takes you to tick off all the amazing things on this epic England road trip itinerary will depend on where you start your road trip and all the other bits you want to see/do in between, but to get you started, here’s my ultimate South Coast England road trip itinerary for 2 weeks!

Planning your South England road trip last minute?

Check out some of the top tours and attractions to experience on a road trip along South Coast England below!

• Canterbury Guided Walking Tour
• White Cliffs of Dover and Canterbury Day Trip From London
• Brighton i360 Ticket Entry
• Portsmouth Spinnaker Tower Entry Ticket
• Lulworth Cove & Durdle Door Day Trip From Bournemouth
• Seven Sisters & South Downs Tour From London
• Stonehenge Admission Ticket
• Introduction To Surfing Lesson In Newquay
• 1 Hour Scenic Harbour Cruise In Plymouth
• Poole Harbour & Islands Cruise

I’m so excited to share my South England road trip itinerary in today’s post, so if you’re looking for some epic UK road trip inspiration, you’ve come to the right place!

Here is a rough map route that you can follow (our route varied quite a lot with all the little places in between, but if you follow the rough route below, you should have an awesome time on your Southern England road trip!).

How many days do you need for a south England road trip?

I think 2 weeks is the perfect amount of time for a road trip in south England ! Two weeks will give you plenty of time to travel all the way from Margate in Kent, along the South England coast towards Devon and Cornwall!

South Coast England Road Trip Map

Unfortunately, Google Maps only lets you put a certain number of stops when planning a route, so there are a few places that it’s missed as part of our Southern England trip, but you should hopefully get a good idea!

South Coast England Road Trip itinerary summary

• Canterbury, Margate, Ramsgate
• Dover & Hastings
• Eastbourne, Seven Sisters & Brighton
• Southampton, Salisbury & Stonehenge
• Bournemouth, Old Harry Rocks
• Lulworth Cove, Durdle Door & Exeter
• Torquay, Dartmouth, Plymouth, Looe
• Polperro, Lantic Bay, Eden Project
• Truro, Lizard Point, Kynance Cove
• St Michael’s Mount, Penzance, Porthcurno Beach
• Minack Theatre, Land’s End, Sennen Cove
• St Ives, Gwithian Beach, Perranporth, Newquay
• Fistral Beach, Port Isaac, Tintagel Castle
• Woolacombe & Ilfracombe

Day 1 – Canterbury, Margate & Ramsgate – south England road trip

As I mentioned above, our Southern England trip officially started in London/Watford the day before we visited Canterbury when we went to the Warner Bros. Studios Harry Potter Tour , but I suppose it officially began in Canterbury.

The beautiful cathedral city of Canterbury was a great place to start our road trip as it had a truly quintessentially British feel to it. With the spectacular cathedral, awesome pop-up food market (be sure to try the souvlaki, it was so delicious!) and gorgeous streets to explore, Canterbury is a great stop on any England road trip itinerary for a few hours.

Best things to do in Canterbury – 2-week South Coast England Road Trip

• Canterbury Cathedral
• Eat at City Feast
• Visit the Catching Lives bookshop

Next up, we drove the relatively short 45-minute journey to Margate ; a place that I’ve wanted to visit for years ! I was so happy to discover that it didn’t disappoint and while I don’t think you really need to spend longer than a day or two there (although I’m sure you easily could!), it’s a fab place to tuck into some fish and chips (get a £5 portion from Peter’s Fish Factory – they’re honestly the best fish and chips I’ve had in a long time) and mooch around the cool streets and along the seafront.

Of course, no trip to Margate is complete without a brief visit to Dreamland Margate, so be sure to factor in some time for a quick whizz around on the rides while you’re there!

We were originally planning to spend the night at a free campsite just outside of Margate but it didn’t feel suitable, so we drove to a little pub in Ramsgate instead where we parked in their car park for the night.

I’ve written a detailed list of all the places where we stayed on our road trip as we found so many great free sites that I want to share with you to keep your South Coast England road trip costs as budget-friendly as possible!

Best things to do in Margate

• Go on the rides and attractions at Dreamland
• Eat fish and chips from Peter’s Fish Factory
• Enjoy a pint at Margate Harbour Arms

Read more: 17 Epic Things To Do In Margate, Kent This Year

Day 2 – Dover – South Coast England itinerary

The next morning we drove to Dover and we were originally going to spend the day exploring Dover itself and of course, the famous White Cliffs of Dover , but the weather was so terrible that we decided to have a “day off” (remember at this point we’d already been on the road for five days!) and so we parked up at Little Satmar Campsite & Holiday Park for the day/night where we got a bit of work done, as well as some laundry and we had our first shower in three days.

When you’re on a road trip for an indefinite period of time, it can be easy to think that you’ll spend every single day doing something epic and exploring everything you possibly can, but it’s also important to schedule some rest days and downtime as well, otherwise, you’ll inevitably end up with road trip burnout!

Best things to do in Dover

• See the White Cliffs of Dover
• Visit Dover Castle
• Walk to St Margaret’s Bay

Day 3 – Dover & Hastings

While the weather still wasn’t glorious sunshine the next day, it was just about as good as we could hope for given the ridiculously temperamental British summertime, so we had resolved to go out and explore the White Cliffs of Dover regardless of whether it was raining or sunny.

Thankfully, we were blessed with no rain and the occasional glimmer of blue sky and I was delighted to finally see the infamous White Cliffs. I was somewhat slightly underwhelmed by them, especially when I reflect on the trip in hindsight as we saw so many other cooler things, but I do think they’re worth a visit as part of your South Coast road trip in England.

You can park at the National Trust car park for the White Cliffs of Dover (at a flat rate of £5 per car and I think £7 for motorhomes but we got away with paying for a car as our camper is pretty small!) and then enjoy a leisurely walk from the visitor centre to various viewpoints along the coast.

Read more: An Ultimate Guide To The White Cliffs Of Dover – What You Need To Know

In the afternoon we headed to Hastings which is a cool little seaside town that I’d never even considered visiting until we were in the area.

There are plenty of fun activities for families and kids to enjoy in Hastings, including a crazy golf course, plus plenty of funfair rides and even a mini rollercoaster! You can also take the funicular up the hill to get an awesome view of the beach, pier and sea below.

Top things to do in Hastings – South Coast England Road Trip

• Stroll through Hastings Old Town
• Play mini/crazy golf near the beach
• Ride the East Hill Cliff Railway

Day 4 – Eastbourne, Seven Sisters & Brighton

The next day we drove through Eastbourne and we were planning on parking up and spending an hour or two there, but it didn’t strike us with a desperate need to visit, so we continued driving right through it and made our way to the Seven Sisters Country Park instead.

The Seven Sisters were much more impressive to me than the White Cliffs of Dover and when I saw how cloudy and grey it was outside, I was really gutted at first as I thought it would make the cliffs look rubbish, but the moody weather actually made them look even cooler, so I don’t think it matters too much if you don’t get “perfect” weather as they’re definitely one of the best spots to visit on a south coast itinerary!

To see the Seven Sisters cliffs from the beach, park at the National Trust car park (we paid £3 for two hours which is more than enough time to have a mooch about on the beach and take plenty of pictures of the cliffs) and then walk down the steps to the beach.

After the Seven Sisters, we drove to Brighton which is a place that’s been on my UK bucket list for as long as I can remember. I recall watching Zoella move there when I was around 13/14 years old and ever since then, I’ve wanted to spend some time there!

Brighton certainly is as lively and hectic as they say it is and it had that big city energy that I absolutely love (it’s why I adore New York so much!). The sounds, sights, smells and people are so eclectic that it can be a bit of a culture shock at first, but there’s so much to see and do and while we only spent one day there, I’m sure you could spend a good few days soaking everything up!

Best things to do in Brighton

• Go up the British Airways 1360 Viewing Tower
• Walk along Brighton Palace Pier
• Visit the Royal Pavilion

Read more: The Best Things To Do In Brighton – Ultimate Travel Guide

Day 5 – Portsmouth – South Coast road trip

The following day was more of an “admin” day as we’d not had a shower in a good few days at this point, so we stopped in a little town called Havant where we spent an hour or so at the local leisure centre and we also popped into the local Wetherspoon’s where we got 99p coffee and tea refills while we charged our laptops and phones for an hour! See, life on the road really isn’t all that glamorous!

Once we were all freshened up and fully charged, we made our way to Portsmouth where we had a little mooch around before setting up camp for the night on a quiet little road overlooking the harbour in Port Solent. It was an absolutely gorgeous freedom camping spot, and we were treated to the best sunset of the whole trip while we were there!

Top things to do in Portsmouth – 2-week South Coast England road trip

• Wander around Portsmouth Historic Dockyard
• Go up the Spinnaker Tower
• Visit the Mary Rose Museum

Day 6 – Southampton, Salisbury & Stonehenge

The next day we drove to Southampton which I wasn’t particularly struck on. We only spent around an hour or so there before moving on to Salisbury, although we did eat a yummy gyro while we were there!

Salisbury is a pretty small cathedral city with plenty of cute cafes, shops and little market stalls. It’s probably most famed for its spectacular cathedral that dates back to the 13th century and is home to an original copy of the Magna Carter.

After Salisbury, we drove the very short 9 miles (20-minute drive) to the world-famous Stonehenge ; a site that I’d never been to before but always wanted to visit. However, tickets for Stonehenge are pretty pricey for my liking and only the night before, we’d been talking to a fellow camper who said that there was a huge country road where dozens of campers stay the night completely for free with an incredible view of Stonehenge right from where you park up.

As we’re typically British tight-arses when it comes to spending lots of money on things we don’t have to, we found an epic spot to park up for the night for free with an epic view of Stonehenge all day/night!

Book tickets to visit Stonehenge here!

Day 7 – Christchurch

The following day we drove to a paid campsite near Christchurch, Bournemouth where we spent the day doing general admin and chores in and around the van, before chilling out for the evening as we knew we had a very busy week or so ahead of us as we gradually approached Dorset, Devon and Cornwall.

Day 8 – Snowtrax Alpine Activity Centre

The next day we spent a couple of hours in a nearby laundrette as the campsite we stayed at didn’t have any laundry facilities and then we headed to Snowtrax Alpine Activity Centre which was just over the road from where we were staying at Longfield Caravan Park.

Unfortunately, they only had availability for one person to take part in snowboarding lessons, so Matt went ahead and snowboarded for the first time while I got some work done in the restaurant area. We then went for dinner at a local Toby Carvery (which is very overrated!) and then drove to a little layby just outside of Bournemouth where we parked up for the night.

Day 9 – Bournemouth, Old Harry Rocks, Lulworth Cove, Durdle Door & Exeter

Day 9 of our South Coast England road trip was our busiest and best day so far as we did and saw so much! Firstly, we drove into Bournemouth for an hour at around 9 am as we were awake early and we knew we had a busy day ahead of us so we wanted to get in before the crowds hit and the whole town was virtually empty when we arrived!

After that, we went headed for the South West Coast into Dorset National Park and our first stop was the Old Harry Rocks walk from Studland. This was probably one of my favourite things we did on the entire trip and the rock formations are crazy impressive, I’d recommend heading there if you’re a fan of the White Cliffs and Seven Sisters.

We only paid for two hours at the car park (£4) which was plenty of time for us to walk to the rocks and back. You can walk to South Beach as well, but we weren’t too bothered about doing this.

Our day just kept getting better and better after that as we headed to Lulworth Cove car park where we paid for 4 hours of parking for £5. We didn’t realise at first that you could park at Lulworth Cove and then walk to Durdle Door (we were originally going to drive and park at Durdle Door car park), but it’s well worth the walk, even if it is insanely exhausting!

Lulworth Cove itself is so beautiful and there are plenty of ice cream shops and fish and chip eateries to sate your appetite and a walk down to the cove, as well as up to the little viewing point can’t be missed either!

Durdle Door is arguably one of the most famous natural landmarks in the whole of England so you can imagine that my expectations were pretty bloody high and I was so relieved when they were not only met but vastly exceeded too; Durdle Door is so awesome and definitely worth adding to your south England road trip itinerary.

Read more: The Best Things To Do In The Jurassic Coast – Ultimate Dorset Guide.

After our incredibly busy day of exploring epic sights on the South Coast of England, we then drove to Exeter for the sole purpose of ticking the letter ‘X’ off our AtoZ UK road trip bucket list . OK, so Exeter doesn’t quite begin with the letter ‘X’, but it was as close to it as we could find, so we made do! We didn’t spend very long in Exeter as we arrived after 7.30 PM so there wasn’t really an awful lot we could see or do, so we drove to the Ten Tors Inn; a lovely pub about halfway between Exeter and Newquay where we had a few drinks and then stayed in the pub car park for free overnight.

Day 10 – Torquay, Dartmouth, Plymouth, Looe

After the incredibly busy antics of the day before, day 10 was slightly more chilled but we still did a fair bit of driving; first of all through Torquay. Torquay was positively jam-packed with tourists as it was a pretty nice day after we’d been having a fair few cloudy days, so we didn’t spend too long there, but it seemed like a nice enough place and I’d probably recommend spending a little longer there than we did if you get the chance.

It’s a great place to stop on your way to Cornwall to break up the journey a bit.

Top things to do in Torquay

• Kents Cavern Prehistoric Caves
• Visit the Babbacombe Model Village
• Spend some time at Meadfoot Beach

We then drove over the Dartmouth Crossing; you can drive around so you don’t have to go over the crossing (a 3-minute drive-on ferry that saves you about 25 minutes and costs £6.70 one way), but I think it was worth doing as we wanted to see Dartmouth which is a beautiful, albeit pretty tiny town and it just seemed much easier and more convenient.

Once we’d had a little mosey around Dartmouth, we made our way towards Plymouth which we pretty much drove straight through as neither of us was particularly bothered about seeing or doing anything there. I have heard a few good things about it though, so it might be somewhere that you allow a little more time for as part of your road trip in south England.

By this point, we’d officially arrived in Cornwall and that evening, we’d had a bit of a faff trying to find a free place to stay for the night and the first few places we tried were terrible, so after consulting my trusty park4night app for the millionth time, I came across a campsite that was only £5 each per night with an additional fee of £3 for electric hook-up. We headed there, got some chips from the on-site fish and chip van and had an earlyish night ready for the following day’s antics.

Day 11 – Polperro, Lantic Bay, Eden Project, Truro, Lizard Point, Kynance Cove

This day turned out to be our busiest in terms of distance and steps walked (we did over 30,000 steps and covered more than 20km of walking!). We woke up and made pancakes (check out my ultimate guide to the best campervan meals that aren’t boring !) and then headed off to Polperro; a beautifully quaint seaside town.

There’s not a tonne of things to do in Polperro, but it is a very sweet little village with plenty of yummy places to eat and of course, myriad places to try a famous Cornish pasty! We parked at Polperro Car Park and paid £5 for 3 hours which I believe was the minimum amount of hours you could get. I definitely don’t think you need to spend 3 hours in Polperro, but I’m sure you could find plenty of ways to kill the time and it’s a very cute spot to add to your coastal road trip in the UK.

Our next stop was Lantic Bay which was another one of my very favourite spots on our South England road trip as the views of the bay on the walk down to the beach are absolutely phenomenal. You can park in the National Trust car park which costs £2 for 1 hour or £4 for up to 4 hours. We were only going to put £2 in and spend an hour there as it said that’s how long it took to walk the circular route but the ticket machine gave us a ticket that lasted until midnight which was awesome!

We didn’t originally have The Eden Project on our list of things to do in Cornwall as part of our road trip and even though I’ve always said that I wanted to go, I completely forgot about it until we drove past and decided to pop in for a nosy.

I will say now that it is massively over-hyped. I don’t know if it’s because we’ve been to Gardens by the Bay in Singapore which truly blew my mind and then The Eden Project paled into insignificance compared to that, or if it’s just not our thing but I don’t think it’s worth the money at all. If flowers, plants and trees are your kinds of thing, I’m sure you’ll enjoy it, but we just found that a ticket price of £32.50 was pretty hefty for what it actually is.

Once we’d driven through Truro, we made our way to Lizard Point which positively blew me away and I think I preferred it to Land’s End! 😱

The scenery at Lizard Point is truly magical and even though we weren’t blessed with great weather during our visit, I think the storminess of the sea and the sky made it look even more impressive. You can pay to park at the National Trust car park for Lizard Point, but you can park for free (with a recommended voluntary donation of £3) just in Lizard itself on the grassy area in the main square. We didn’t arrive there until after 7.30 PM and there was virtually no one else around which made the whole experience even more remarkable.

As it was getting dark, we knew we were pretty pushed for time but we wanted to see Kynance Cove that evening as the following morning was forecast to rain for the entire day, so after Lizard Point, we drove the short 10-minute journey to the Kynance Cove car park where we quickly paid £2 for 1 hour and hurried down to the beach.

Kynance Cove is a place that I’ve seen looks truly magical in glorious sunshine and blue sky weather and unfortunately, it was pretty stormy and getting quite dark while we were there so my pictures don’t quite do it justice, but I still thought it looked incredible regardless. I’d love to revisit it on another Cornwall road trip to see it in all its fabulous glory.

We stayed in the Mullion village car park that night but we didn’t get there until after 9 PM so it was pretty much pitch black by the time we got there.

Read more: The Best Things To Do In Cornwall – Ultimate Travel Guide.

Day 12 – St Michael’s Mount, Penzance, Porthcurno Beach, Minack Theatre, Land’s End, Sennen Cove

The weather the following day was absolutely dreadful and we both had a lot of work that we needed to finish before the end of the week so we spent about 4 hours in a Wetherspoon’s in a little town called Helston while we waited for the rain to stop and the cloud/fog to clear so that we could go and see St Michael’s Mount.

Unfortunately, as we visited so late in the day, we couldn’t walk across to see St Michael’s Mount up close as the tide was in, so we just saw it from Marazion Beach instead. If you can, I’d recommend trying to time your visit here when the tide is out so that you can walk across to the island. The causeway is only open for a few hours each day, depending on the tide times, so check the website before you visit.

Afterwards, we drove briefly through Penzance where the weather was still pretty shocking so we didn’t hang around too long and instead continued all the way to Porthcurno where we parked up and walked to the viewing point for Porthcurno Beach, right next to the Minack Theatre. The water at Porthcurno Beach was absolutely stunning and so blue and clear, despite the weather not being too great earlier in the day.

We were going to go inside the Minack Theatre as we thought you could just have a look around it, but you have to buy tickets to a performance to go inside so we didn’t bother and instead just enjoyed the view of the coastline from the nearby clifftop.

Once we’d had our fill of the beautiful beach views, we headed to arguably one of the most famous places in Cornwall and indeed, in the UK; Land’s End. We didn’t realise beforehand but we’d managed to coincidentally time our visit to Land’s End with one of their fireworks shows and as you don’t have to pay anything extra (just the £7 car entrance fee), we decided to stay all evening to watch the show!

Of course, Land’s End certainly is incredibly cool and well worth a visit, but I think that places like Lizard Point, Kynance Cove and Lantic Bay look cooler…

While we were at Land’s End, we also walked on one of the walking trails so that we could see Sennen Cove from the Mayon Cliff Old Coastguard lookout point.

Day 13 – St Ives, Gwithian Beach, Perranporth, Newquay, Fistral Beach, Port Isaac, Tintagel Castle

The following morning we drove through St Ives and genuinely spent about 40 minutes driving around the entire town to every single car park but there was not a single place to park in the whole place! I’ve heard great things about St Ives so I’d definitely be interested in heading back there again (properly) one day. If you do manage to add St Ives to your South Coast England road trip travel itinerary and you find a car park space, please let me know how it is 😉.

Gwithian Beach was our next stop and we parked at a little free car park just a couple of minutes’ walk from an awesome walking trail that took you right on top of a (small) cliff that overlooked the beach. I’m gonna be bold and say that Gwithian Beach is probably the best and most beautiful sandy beach we saw on our whole trip and it was surprisingly empty, especially considering how pristine and lush it was!

Read more: the best beaches in Cornwall.

Next up was Perranporth which is a place that I’d been to on holiday with my family when I was really young but I didn’t remember it at all. The beach here is also beautiful but it was absolutely heaving when we visited; it was our fault that we timed our South England road trip with the summer holidays 😂.

We did eat some delicious cheesy chips in Perranporth though and I have to say, I’m a much bigger fan of Southern chips from the chippy; they’re much crispier and generally yummier than the ones we have up North! No one tell my fellow Northerners though 😜

A drive through Newquay and a stop at Fistral Beach were next on our two-week Southern England road trip itinerary and I was pretty excited to see the hotel from The Witches film that I loved as a kid.

We didn’t go inside the hotel, but it was cool to see it from the outside and remember all the scenes that were filmed there. Fistral Beach itself is also lovely, although again, it was positively teeming with people!

Port Isaac was another lovely little fishing village that we spent an hour or two in on this day of our road trip and while there aren’t tonnes of things to do there, it is very quaint and cute and worth popping by if you have time.

Our final “official” stop on our epic 2-week Southern England road trip itinerary was incidentally (probably) my favourite place on the entire trip. As soon as we approached Tintagel Castle from the short walk from the King’s Arms pub car park that we were spending the night in, I was truly blown away by how spectacular and captivating it was.

We didn’t get to Tintagel Castle until after 8 PM as it was pouring rain just a few hours before and we wanted to be able to see it clearly.

Unfortunately, this meant that the bridge to access parts of the castle was closed (which was actually kind of a blessing as we didn’t have to pay to go to the viewpoint!), but we could walk right down to the beach below and also admire the breathtaking views from several viewpoints above.

Tintagel Castle truly is like a scene from Game of Thrones and the landscape here rivals almost every spot we’d seen on our trip so far; if you get the chance to visit Tintagel Castle and the village of Tintagel itself, DO IT!

Read more: The Best Beaches In Cornwall You Need To Visit – Top Cornwall Beaches

Day 14 – Woolacombe & Ilfracombe – Cornwall road trip itinerary

On the final day of our 2-week Southern England coastal road trip, we ventured to Woolacombe and Ilfracombe where we mosied on the beach for a while and then headed across to Castle Cary to spend the afternoon/night with our friend who we met while travelling which was truly the perfect way to end our South Coast England road trip.

I’ve always been one to seek adventure in far and distant lands, but our recent road trip around Southern England has truly taught me that there is beauty everywhere; you only need to look for it.

I’ll be sharing so many more pictures and top tips for every place we went to in upcoming posts over the next few weeks in the form of dedicated travel guides, so if you’re looking for more in-depth guides to places like Canterbury, Margate , Brighton , the Jurassic Coast , Cornwall and more, be sure to keep checking back on my blog over the next few weeks as I have so much content planned!

Related posts:

• The Best Things To Do In Cornwall – Ultimate Travel Guide
• 17 Epic Things To Do In Margate, Kent This Year
• The Best Things To Do In Brighton – Ultimate Travel Guide
• The Best Things To Do In The Jurassic Coast – Ultimate Dorset Guide
• The 40 Best Campervan Meals To Make That Aren’t Boring

Pin for later – South Coast England road trip

Which spots would you most like to visit on a two-week South Coast England road trip? Let me know in the comments or on Instagram at @imjustagirl_16 .

The Best Day Trips From York, England

The Ultimate UK Travel Wishlist

The Best Things To Do In The Jurassic Coast Dorset

Karen’s Diner Sheffield Review – What You Need To Know

Leave a comment cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Notify me of follow-up comments by email.

Notify me of new posts by email.

9 top road trips to see the best of England

Jul 17, 2023 • 8 min read

Jump in the car and hit the road with one of these great road trips through England © Photos by R A Kearton / Getty Images

Hiring a car and driving through gorgeous English landscapes, visiting quaint villages and epic castles is a highlight of a trip to England  no matter the season.

Roads are well maintained, although you may be caught out by the occasional pothole. Off the main roads you can meander down narrow lanes of hedgerows and stop to watch the sun set or a bird of prey gliding in the sky above.

Here are nine of the best road-trip routes across the country, from a loop around Cornwall in the southwest, all the way north to a coastal jaunt right to the border with Scotland. The distances provided are not direct between the start and end points. Instead we assume plenty of diversions from the main route so you can explore more of each region.

1. Following Hadrian's Wall

Best road trip for rugged landscapes and Roman history Newcastle – Carlise; 127km (79 miles), allow three to four days

Traversing the island's narrow neck, you'll encounter the extraordinary feat of engineering of Hadrian's Wall first-hand. Every Roman mile (0.95 miles) had a gateway guarded by a small fort (milecastle), with two observation turrets between them, and many of these remain. A series of southern forts, which may predate the wall, were developed as bases, and 16 lie astride it.

Preserved remains and intriguing museums punctuate the route, along with easily accessible remnants of the 1900-year-old wall. Start in the Newcastle suburb of Wallsend at Segedunum , marking the last strong post of the wall. Follow the route west, stopping to explore on the way. Be sure to include the superbly preserved Roman cavalry fort at Chesters Roman Fort and Museum , and enjoy the views over the wall and the moors of Northumberland National Park at Housesteads Roman Fort and Museum .

Local tip:  The interactive Housesteads Roman Fort & Museum showcases objects once belonging to Roman soldiers and includes a mini-cinema that takes visitors on a journey to the past.

2. The historic south

Best road trip for English history and culture London – Oxford; 720km (450 miles), allow seven to 10 days

England's rich heritage runs like a glittering seam through this remarkable multiday road trip across the south. Romantic  Leeds Castle  alone is worthy of a full day, before stopping at the historic city of Canterbury  with its World Heritage–listed Gothic cathedral. The quaint medieval settlement of Rye  is a delight, with cobbled alleyways and stories of smugglers.

Brighton , a lively coastal city with superb nightlife, is next on the route, followed by Portsmouth, where you can learn all about the city's nautical heritage at the historic docks . Cathedral lovers will be further overjoyed by stops in Winchester  and Salisbury to marvel at their majestic medieval spires, before traveling onwards to the fascinating archaeological sites at  Stonehenge and Avebury . Drive on to soak up the Georgian cityscape in Bath , Churchill's palace and Oxford 's spires. 

3. Cornwall's coast

Best road trip for scenery Bude – Fowey; 333km (207 miles), allow 10 days

Buckle up, roll down the windows and have the camera ready – there can be few corners of Britain where scenery packs such an eyes-wide, heart-in-the-mouth, jaw-on-the-floor punch as Cornwall . This unforgettable adventure travels top-to-bottom, coast-to-coast, starting from the breezy seaside town of Bude and following the coastline all the way down, round and back up again to Fowey.

Along the way you'll encounter sparkling beaches , surf bays and seaside ports galore, as well as curiosities such as a clifftop castle steeped in Arthurian legend, a theater built into the granite rocks, the wonderful St Michael's Mount , and a trio of space-age biomes at the Eden Project . It's wild and wonderful out west, as you're about to find out.

4. The Jurassic coast

Best road trip for a memorable family holiday  Poole – Lyme Regis; 145km (90 miles), allow seven days

One of the west’s best drives, this route rolls up chalk ridges, through thatched villages and along sea-fringed roads. History is everywhere, from fairy-tale castles to an art-packed quarry .

Prepare for the pick of Dorset ’s sights and sea-view sunsets as you keep heading west. Fall in love with the romantic hilltop ruins of Corfe Castle  and take a dip in Lulworth Cove before hiking over to the stunning Durdle Door arch. Little ones are likely to love a visit to the Monkey World sanctuary in Wareham or the 29km (18-mile) stretch of pebbles at Chesil Beach, and they may well be fascinated by the fossils that can be found in Lyme Regis.

5. The Cotswolds

Best road trip for quintessential England Bath – Stratford-upon-Avon; 240km (149 miles), seven to eight days

From the less-traveled, superbly pretty villages of the southwestern Cotswolds to the impossibly beautiful gold-colored streets of the classic northern Cotswolds, this trip threads through the core of one of England's most desirable regions.

Glimpse Georgian grandeur in Bath, marvel at Painswick's sleepy beauty, and unearth Roman history in Cirencester. You'll want to stop in picturesque Bibury to admire the gorgeous cluster of riverside cottages , before strolling Chipping Campden's honey-hued lanes and wrapping up in dramatic Tudor style at Stratford-upon-Avon , home of the illustrious Bard, William Shakespeare.

Detour:  Roughly 1.6km (1 mile) apart and 5.6km (3.5 miles) southwest of Stow-on-the-Wold, the picture-postcard villages of Upper and Lower Slaughter have managed to maintain their unhurried medieval charm. Their names have nothing to do with abattoirs; they come from the Old English sloughtre , meaning slough or muddy place.

6. The Lake District

Best road trip for the great outdoors Windermere – Ullswater; 260km (162 miles); allow five days

William Wordsworth, Samuel Taylor Coleridge and Beatrix Potter are just a few of the literary luminaries who have fallen in love with the Lake District . It's been a national park since 1951 and is studded by England's highest hills (fells), including the highest of all, Scafell Pike. This drive takes in lakes, forest, hills and valleys, with country houses, hill walks and cozy pubs thrown in for good measure.

Highlights include visiting Wordsworth's former homes in Grasmere, walking through the classic Lakeland valleys of Borrowdale and Buttermere, admiring the wild landscapes and England's highest mountain in Wasdale and driving Hardknott Pass, the district's steepest road pass. At a 30% gradient in some places, with precious few passing places on the narrow, single-file road, it's absolutely not for the faint-hearted or nervous drivers. 

Planning tip:  Motorways and main A-roads deliver you quickly from one end of the country to another. Lesser A-roads, B-roads and minor roads are much more scenic – ideal for car or motorcycle touring. If you or your children get travel sick, you've been warned: these roads are twisty. 

7. The Midlands

Best road trip for battlefields, castles and stately homes  Nottingham – Lincoln; 344km (214 miles); allow five days

This grand tour begins with famed Nottingham Castle and ends with similarly famed Lincoln Castle , stopping at the mighty fortress of Warwick Castle en route. In between you'll see Bosworth Battlefield , where Richard III became the last English king to die in battle, and learn the extraordinary story of the 2012 discovery of his long-lost remains in a city car park.

You'll also stop at wonderful stately homes, such as lavish Burghley House , the Tudor mansion at Sulgrave Manor  and Althorp House , the final resting place of Princess Diana. In each, take time to wander the opulent corridors, the magnificently landscaped gardens and the wider estates, some with free-roaming deer.

8. The North York Moors and Yorkshire coast

Best road trip for windswept moorlands York – Robin Hood's Bay; 140km (87 miles), allow four to five days

This varied tour takes in ancient architecture, wild moorland scenery, picture-postcard villages (complete with steam trains!) and a classic seaside resort…with macabre literary connections. The Blakey Ridge road out of Hutton-le-Hole just keeps climbing and climbing, leaving behind the medieval city of York and the aristocratic splendor of Castle Howard to enter a world of windswept heather moorland, wandering sheep, lonely stone crosses and ancient footpaths.

Stop in Malton, a Yorkshire food haven, and then the bustling fishing harbor of Whitby , with its Gothic abbey and links to Bram Stoker's Dracula . End your road trip in Robin Hood's Bay, one of the prettiest spots on the Yorkshire coast.

Detour: Get transported back to 9th-century "Jorvik" (the Viking name for York) at the multimedia Jorvik Viking Centre, where history is brought to life with a smells-and-all reconstruction of the Viking settlement unearthed here during excavations in the late 1970s.

9. Historic Northumbria 

Best road trip for untamed coastline  Newcastle – Berwick-upon-Tweed; 182km (113 miles), allow three to four days

This drive along northeast England's stirring coastline from Newcastle-upon-Tyne to Berwick-upon-Tweed on the Scottish border runs through the historic medieval kingdom of Northumbria, passing long, desolate beaches, wind-battered castles and magical islands. 

Newcastle is renowned for its culture and nightlife. Stop by the iconic Angel of the North sculpture a few miles south of the city before taking the road north to nearby Tynemouth, where you'll find one of the best surf spots in England at a Blue Flag beach, overlooked by the ruins of a Benedictine priory .

Once you hit the open road the pace drops down several gears – wild and remote, this area is sparsely populated. Along the way you'll encounter incredible birdlife in Amble, where you can visit a puffin colony, and fresh-as-it-gets seafood hauled in at traditional fishing ports. Alnwick is a lovely historic town with an  impressive castle that starred as Hogwarts in the Harry Potter movies, and  Bamburgh  has the region's most dramatic clifftop castle.

Further north, the road takes you by Holy Island, or Lindisfarne , a tiny otherworldly spot linked to the mainland by a narrow causeway at low tide. 

This article was first published March 2021 and updated July 2023

Explore related stories

May 12, 2022 • 10 min read

Want to see as much of England as possible on your trip but don’t know where to start? Try these 3 perfect itineraries taking in the essential sights.

Nov 16, 2019 • 6 min read

Mar 12, 2024 • 11 min read

Mar 2, 2024 • 7 min read

Oct 19, 2023 • 8 min read

Sep 10, 2023 • 6 min read

Aug 16, 2023 • 6 min read

Jul 19, 2023 • 7 min read

Jul 13, 2023 • 7 min read

Jul 12, 2023 • 7 min read

Home » Europe » United Kingdom » South of England Road Trip: Hampshire & Kent

South of England Road Trip: Hampshire & Kent

By Author Macca Sherifi

Posted on Last updated: February 14, 2024

This post contains product affiliate links. These are mainly on items/hotels/tours that I personally endorse & love. I may earn a small commission if you make a purchase, but at no extra cost to you.

Are you going on a South of England road trip? Then check out some of the top places to visit in Hampshire and Kent for your itinerary!

Times are tough at the moment, aren’t they? We’re going through a cost-of-living crisis, flight prices are through the roof, and every day we’re feeling the pinch that little bit more.

With all of that, it’s very easy to just stay at home, stick the telly on and not even think about travel. But I promise you it’s not all doom and gloom. You can still travel on the cheap – that’s what this post is all about!

Today I’m going to tell you about a budget-friendly, family-friendly, sustainable South of England road trip with Days Inn by Wyndham that’s not only good for your wallet, but good for the environment too.  

I recently asked Chloe: “what would you prefer – a 4* hotel that costs £250 a night with £50 spending money OR a 2* hotel that costs £50 a night with £250 spending money?”

It might sound surprising, but we both said we’d have the cheaper hotel with more spending money. We just love doing things, especially eating out, so the more money for that, the better.

Now I know what you’re probably thinking: “There’s no way you can get a hotel for £50 a night these days…”

Enter the room – Days Inn by Wyndham . With these guys, you can.

In fact, if you book far enough in advanced, you can even get a room for £29.99 a night (that’s the cheapest room I’ve found). So when I say it’s possible to still travel on the cheap, I really mean it.

Who are Days Inn by Wyndham?

Days Inn by Wyndham is one of the largest, most well-recognised hotel brands in the world with over 1,500 locations in over 20 countries.

One of the best things about these hotels is their locations for a road trip. Often you’ll find them in roadside service stations like Road Chef and Welcome Break. It might not sound the most glamourous, but it’s incredibly accessible and convenient.

Also, all the hotels offer electric charging stations so you can charge your electric vehicle cheaply and easily. Win win.

For our South of England road trip, we hired a car from EVisions , the first fully electric car hire company in the UK.

This meant we could plug in our car at the electric charging stations along the way. As I said earlier, not only good for my wallet, but good for the environment too. 

For our trip to Hampshire and Kent, we stayed in a couple of Days Inn by Wyndham hotels. I actually found the rooms very spacious and comfortable, perfect for the three of us with Cooper (still in his cot bless him).

It was also good chatting to the concierge on the front desk who was packed full of tips on where to go in the surrounding area. One of them even recommended the most amazing pub that I would never have found myself.

One last word about Days Inn by Wyndham. They offer the world’s most generous rewards program in the industry. This gives over 103 million enrolled members the opportunity to redeem points at thousands of hotels worldwide. This is just another way you can make your trip cheaper with some superb savings to be had.

Places to visit in Hampshire

For the Hampshire leg of our South England road trip, we based ourselves at Fleet Services .

Now there are so many places to visit nearby. You can explore Windsor and Windsor Castle , go hiking in the Surrey Hills , or get the adrenaline pumping at Thorpe Park .

As we’ve done all of these things before, we wanted to do something different, something family-friendly (unfortunately Cooper’s not at an age yet where he’s remotely interested in theme parks!)

Wisley Gardens

Nestled in the heart of Surrey’s picturesque countryside, Wisley Gardens is an amazing place to spend the day. Covering 240 acres, this place is nothing short of a botanical wonderland.

From the tranquil beauty of the Glasshouse to the stunning Rock Garden, there is so much to see and do here.

At the moment there’s a ‘Festival of Flavour’ event going on which is right up my street. This is all about what ingredients you can grow easily in your garden and how you can use them in your cooking. There was even a talk all about growing chillies which I obviously had to go to.

To highlight sustainable produce, we had lunch at the World Food Garden café. This is a little café restaurant in the middle of the gardens with chillies and vegetables growing all around. I had the aubergine curry, and I had aubergines growing next to me. It doesn’t have to travel far to your plate here! The restaurant is in such a beautiful spot, and the food was delicious too.

I also loved the architecture of the Glasshouse and the Old Laboratory (more like a grand country house than a laboratory).

I could’ve easily spent all day walking around Wisley, it’s so peaceful and tranquil.

Cooper absolutely loved it too. He’s going through a real green-fingered stage at the moment and he’s obsessed with touching leaves, so he was in heaven!

Winchester Science Centre and Planetarium

Another family-friendly activity that’s brilliant for kids is Winchester Science Centre and Planetarium .

Dotted around the science centre are loads of interactive displays where you can learn all about space. I slipped on a NASA space suit and pretended that I was an astronaut for 5 minutes, so that was a bit of a highlight for me. It was great seeing so many displays dedicated to teaching kids about science in a fun and easy way.

The other part of the Science Centre is the Planetarium. Here we watched a short film all about how stars were created. The 360° cinema screen completely surrounds you. All you can do is relax back in your seat and get sucked into a black hole or fly through the Solar System.

Also, there are some events in the evenings where you can listen to things like Pink Floyd’s Dark Side of the Moon while sitting under the stars with a glass of wine in your hand. Now that sounds like my kind of night!

Heron on the Lake

Heron on the Lake was the restaurant that the concierge at Days Inn by Wyndham suggested to me, and it was such a good recommendation.

Just a short 10-minute drive from the hotel, this pub is perched overlooking a lake. And like the name suggests, there’s even a resident heron here to complete the picture.

Inside the pub there’s a cosy log fire and a number of different dining rooms, but if the weather’s nice then you’ve got to sit outside on the waterside terrace.

I had the roasted lamb rump with a cherry tomato, barrel aged feta, grilled courgette and aubergine salad, and it was absolutely delicious. It was genuinely one of the best meals I’ve had in a long time.

Also, the service was incredible. As you can tell, I really liked this place!

Places to visit in Kent

For the Kent leg of our South England road trip, we based ourselves at the Maidstone services .

Kent is one of my favourite counties to visit in England. You can explore the Kent Downs, have a classic British seaside holiday at Margate or Folkstone , or visit cute little villages like Ashford and Aylesford.

Nestled in the heart of Kent with views of the River Medway, Rochester is without a doubt one of my favourite towns in England.

It has a deep rich history, a quaint high street with cobbled streets, a stunning cathedral and a castle that dates back to 1087. It’s from up here that you get the best views of the River Medway.

For me, the best place to start any trip to Rochester is by taking a stroll along the high street. With its Tudor buildings and time-worn stones, it feels like the view hasn’t changed for centuries.

There are loads of boutique shops and yummy restaurants though. It definitely feels like it has retained a lot of its independence which I like.

If you’re looking for a place for lunch, I’d really recommend The Cheese Room . This place does amazing cheese and charcuterie boards, as well as some killer sandwiches and pastries too.

Tucked away just off the high street is a little secret not everyone knows about – Charles Dicken’s chalet.

Yes, among all the buildings you’ll find a tiny French chalet where Charles Dickens used to write some of his books. Dickens adored Rochester and even wanted to be buried here (against his wishes he was eventually buried at Westminster Cathedral).

And finally, no trip to Rochester would be complete without walking up to Rochester castle. This is a towering fortress that whispers tales of knights and battles. From here you can also see Rochester Cathedral, a masterpiece of Norman architecture.

Leeds Castle

One place that I’ve been meaning to visit for years is Leeds Castle . Well, on our South of England road trip we finally ticked this one off.

A journey to Leeds Castle is like stepping into a fairy tale. This enchanting and opulent home (yes, this was once someone’s home as opposed to a fortress), is just stunning. And there is so much to do here.

Often called the “Castle on the Lake,” it stands majestically amidst lush greenery and gardens all around.

This is in stark contrast to the lavish 1930s art deco rooms within the castle itself. As a lot of the information plaques will tell you, so seriously decadent parties were once thrown here.

One of the biggest draws to Leeds Castle is their maze. Now all I was expecting was a tiny path through a few hedges, but this was a next-level maze. I’m not kidding when it took us about 20 minutes to find the centre – we were walking around in circles for ages! There’s also a little mystery below the maze (don’t worry, I won’t spoil the surprise).

Another activity we did was play some crazy golf. It was quite difficult when you’ve got a baby strapped to your chest, but I loved it. We’re getting Cooper into his sports from a very young age!

If you’re looking a quintessentially English village, then I’d really recommend visiting Aylesford. This is just a 20-minute drive from Maidstone services.

With cobblestone pathways, historic buildings, and a tranquil atmosphere, it’s a delightful escape from the hustle and bustle of everyday life.

I couldn’t resist exploring Aylesford Priory’s serene gardens. Also, the medieval bridge over the River Medway offers some breathtaking views of the village itself.

Mereworth Wines

One of the things Chloe and I love promoting and celebrating is English sparkling wine. There are so many independent wineries in England, and they are genuinely so good – people just don’t realise it!

It’s almost our unofficial mission to visit all English wineries, so naturally we had to squeeze in one while on our South England road trip.

This place, Mereworth , only opened their doors in 2020, so they are very new players in the game.

One thing they have already though is an amazing indoor and outdoor space that’s perfect for friends and family.

They also have some really cool events on the weekends, like pizza night with live music. It’s like they want to create a hub where people will hangout – I really like that.

The Ringlestone Inn

I am so happy we stumbled upon this place. Just a short 15-minute drive from our hotel in Maidstone, the Ringlestone Inn is your classic British pub but serving top quality food.

In the main restaurant the serve a 5-course or 7-course tasting menu if you’d like to try the whole repertoire of dishes. Or alternatively, you can opt for something off the al la carte menu (which is what we did).

I had the roasted duck breast with dauphinoise potatoes, mushroom duxelles, celeriac and an unctuous blackberry & elder infused sauce.

When I said I prefer saving some money on my hotel so I can spend it on food, this is exactly the type of restaurant that I had in mind.

So there you go, that’s my South of England road trip with some of my favourite places to visit in Hampshire and Kent. If you have any places you’d like featured in this itinerary, then let me know in the comments below!

If you’re looking for something very different to do in Kent, then check out this amazing social enterprise that’s changing people’s lives called Primal Roots . I spent the day with them and it was brilliant seeing what they’re doing.

Like this blog post? Then Pin it for the future!

About the Author

Macca Sherifi is the founder of the multiple award-winning blogs An Adventurous World and the Great British Bucket List. Every month he inspires over 200,000 avid readers to travel the world.

View all posts

Road Trip England – 10 of the Best Routes

This post may contain affiliate links, from which we earn an income.

The tiny country of England is famous for its long history, the Royal family and quaint traditions. It is also known for impossibly pretty villages, hedgerow-lined country lanes and a wonderfully diverse landscape and coastline, all of which make England a must for travelers.

Perfect for a road trip, England is small enough to get around easily, meaning you can see more of the country in less time! From the capital city of London, most of the country and its attractions can be reached by car in a day!

We’re Brits who are addicted to being on the road and have years of experience road tripping in England. We got together with some road trip pals and have put together a round-up of our favourite road trips in England for you, to help you see the very best of this amazing country.

Are You in the Right Place?

England is a country of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland , also known as the United Kingdom or UK for short. The other countries in this sovereign state are Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland.

Great Britain is not a country but a landmass, which is home to the countries of England, Scotland and Wales.

The British Isles is the name of the group of islands which are made up of Great Britain, the entire island of Ireland, The Isle of Man, The Isles of Scilly, The Channel Islands (including Guernsey, Jersey, Sark and Alderney) and lots of other much smaller islands.

So, if you’re looking for road trips around the rest of the UK , in Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland, check out these awesome posts. If you’re in the right place, then read on for the very best English road trips!

• For Northern Ireland and the Causeway Coastal Route >>> Causeway Coastal Route: The Best Road Trip In Ireland?
• For the North Coast 500 , Loch Ness , Edinburgh and the Scottish Highlands >>> Eight Incredible Scotland Road Trips
• For the Brecon Beacons National Park and Snowdonia National Park >>> Wales Road Trip – A Stunning Route & Itinerary

Getting to England

Fly into London’s airports of Heathrow, Gatwick, Standted and Luton for the south of England, Birmingham for the Midlands and Newcastle and Manchester for the north of England. We recommend booking through Skyscanner for live deals and the best prices.

You can hire a car  at any of these airports and be on your chosen UK driving route within an hour of landing. Book your rental car well in advance and use a car hire booker like Rentalcars.com  who will provide the best deals from all the top car hire companies.  How?  Because they have such a large market share, they’ve got way more buying power than individuals and can negotiate much harder on price.

For a real adventure , hire a motorhome or campervan in the UK. We recommend Motorhome Republic , an aggregate booking site who pull together all the best deals from a number of rental agencies, to offer you a wide choice of options alongside an excellent English speaking expert motorhome Concierge Team.

Best Time to Take an England Road Trip

December to february.

The winter months in England are generally cold and wet. It is likely to be even colder and wetter, and possibly snowy, in the north, which can cause disruption on the roads. Although other visitors will be thin on the ground, this would be our least favourite time to road trip England!

March to May

Late spring is a wonderful time for visiting England, as the cold and wet retreats. Wildflowers appear, baby animals abound and life picks up a lively pace again – we Brits even start to wear t-shirts! But, remember that England is so lush because it rains, so always be prepared for a downpour, or a few drizzly days at this time of year.

June to August

Summer brings sunshine to all of England, with Devon and Cornwall getting the best of the warm Gulf Stream weather. The south coast enjoys the hottest summer with temperatures well into the 70s, whilst East Anglia is the driest part of the country. This is the perfect time to road trip around England, especially if you want to stop and hike or spend time enjoying the beautiful coastline.

September to November

Autumn is a fantastic time to visit England . The roads will be quieter but the weather still warm, and the glorious colours of autumn bring vibrancy to the countryside. Don’t leave your trip to England too late though, it will be cold and wet again by mid-October!

Is this your first time visiting the UK? Get all the information you need in our United Kingdom Travel Guide , including what to pack, the best time of year to go, getting there and practical tips to help you have the best trip!

The Best Road Trips in England

The yorkshire coast.

Explored by Hannah of Get Lost Travel Blog

For some of the most diverse and dramatic views on an England roadtrip, you’ll want to explore the Yorkshire coast. This seven day road trip will take you from the seaside town of Whitby to the stunning nature reserve at Spurn Point, as you meander between the eastern edge of the desolate North York Moors and the coast.

Stops along the route include Robin Hood’s Bay, Scarborough, Filey, Flamborough and Hornsea. However, with so many beautiful stops available on the Yorkshire coast, you can easily customise the trip to fit your preferences.

The Yorkshire coast is renowned for its striking natural beauty and undulating bays and headlands, created by the unique geology of the coastline. This road trip includes the best seaside towns, shingle and sandy beaches and natural wonders along the coast.

To make the most of each stop on the trip, you will ideally want to spend one night at each destination. However, Whitby’s charm and Scarborough’s nostalgia could easily tempt you to extend your stay to two nights in both these locations. 

• Whitby is a charming seaside town full of unique handicraft stores and spectacular cliff-top views. Similarly, the neighbouring Robin Hood’s Bay is a smaller but equally enchanting town you don’t want to miss. 
• One of the oldest seaside resorts in the UK, Scarborough is a town packed with the nostalgia of a traditional British seaside escape. From donkey rides on the beach and penny arcades to fish and chips and fairground rides, you’ll find plenty of memorable  things to do in Scarborough .
• The final stop on the road trip is the remarkable Spurn Point. This narrow peninsula is over three miles long but only 50 metres wide in parts. It is an incredible walking trail and nature reserve to explore.

The Lake District

Explored by Phil & Izzy of The Gap Decaders

The rugged Lake District in Cumbria is known as ‘Wordsworth Country’ and boasts some of the most scenic roads in the United Kingdom. Whether you’re looking to get away from it all or have an adventure, this road trip has something for everyone, and is one of the best road routes in England for active families and couples.

Head for the busy towns of Ambleside and Keswick or find peace and quiet by one of the sixteen beautiful bodies of water in this stunning English national park. Enjoy great hiking, biking and outdoor activities in the warmer months, or spend time on the water, with boat hires, kayaking and SUP all on offer. 

Start your Lake District road trip at Ullswater, the second largest of the national parks lakes. Ullswater is nestled amongst some of the best fells the area has to offer and is home to the stunning Aira Force waterfall.

To the west of Ullswater, Keswick is a busy market town that lies between the natural beauty of Derwentwater and the imposing Skiddaw mountains.

Hike up to the prehistoric Castelrigg stone circle, literally surrounded by fells and sky in every direction, or try an easy trail like Catbells, which also has the added benefit of incredible views of the rugged and far-reaching landscape.

At the southern end of Derwentwater is the valley of Borrowdale, leading to the Honister Pass and the home of the Honister Slate Mine, the last working slate mine in England.

The mine has a visitor centre which provides underground guided mine tours and a range of adventure activities including a Via Ferrata (by ropes) course, a ropes course actually in the mine and a daring infinity bridge – kids big and small will love it here!

• Fell walking around the Lake District will reward you with magnificent views and you’ll get to see the lesser visited parts of this busy national park – conquering Hellvellyn is at the top of the list of best Lake District hikes.
• Seeking out all of the eighteen waterfalls the Lake District National Park has to offer – best done in spring so you can enjoy the cascades in full flow!
• Getting out on the water, whether that’s in a boat or kayak, or on a paddle board, or even going for a swim, the lakes are what this glorious part of England is all about.

RELATED POST: Europe Road Trip – 16 Incredible Routes

London To Salisbury

Explored by Ann of The Road is Life

There are so many incredible sights to see and fascinating history to be discovered surrounding London. From historic cities to charming English villages and ancient monuments, the best way to see these highlights is by embarking on an England road trip. If you’re seeking an exciting adventure beyond the city, this epic  one week road trip from London  is just for you!

Departing from London, this road trip itinerary runs in a loop and passes through a few of the most beautiful Cotswolds villages, the historic cities of Oxford and Bath, Stratford-upon-Avon, the UNESCO World Heritage Site of Stonehenge and the majestic Salisbury Cathedral.

Each of these places has its own story to tell; take your time wandering the cobbled streets, stopping for a drink in a medieval pub and enjoying the peaceful atmosphere of village life.

• Only one hour from London, the first place to stop is Oxford. Admire the impressive architecture and learn all about the oldest university in the English-speaking world! Not far from Oxford, the medieval town of Stratford-upon-Avon is where you’ll take a step back in time and walk in the footsteps of William Shakespeare!
• Spending a few days exploring the lovely Cotswolds villages will be a big highlight of your English road trip. Some of the must-see villages to include on your itinerary are Stow-on-the-Wold, Lower Slaughter, Bourton-on-the-Water, Bibury, and Castle Combe. Driving through this region is truly stunning as you pass through rolling green hills and picturesque scenery. 
• Once you finish up in the Cotswolds, make your way to the city of Bath to marvel at the incredible history by visiting the Roman Baths. On the way back to London, make sure to stop at Stonehenge, followed by a visit to the equally as impressive Salisbury Cathedral.

Make sure you have travel insurance you can trust when visiting England . We recommend True Traveller for their 5-star TrustPilot reviews, variety of cover options, best activities cover as standard, great prices and excellent service.

The Atlantic Highway

Explored by Trisha of P.S. I’m On My Way

When I was  living in London , I discovered so many road trips but the Atlantic Highway is my favorite. It is one of the best England road trips to do during the summer. In this itinerary, you will get to see the southwest coastal route of England.

Starting in Bath, I would suggest doing this road trip for seven days but if you don’t have more time, five days will do. You have to check the stops I recommended here to see how many days you want to stay in each location, but for you to have an idea, I did one night at each stop.

Bath Highlights

• Don’t miss the Roman Baths, the ancient complex built by the Romans which Bath is famous for. You can’t actually get in the famous waters here, but you can at the wonderful rooftop pool of the Thermae Bath Spa , an indulgent treat.
• Visit Bath Abbey and climb the 212 steps up its iconic tower to learn and see more of the church and city. 
• Literature geeks, the Jane Austen Center is a must when in Bath! Both ‘Persuasion’ and ‘Northanger Abbey’ are partly set in Bath, a city that Jane Austen called home for five years.

Bristol Highlights

• Take a boat trip in the Floating Harbour. There are many thematic boat cruises to choose from wildlife cruising to visiting the Avon Gorge or a simple afternoon tea cruise on the River Avon.
• In England, you’ll never really know when it rains so a suggested activity will be visiting Bristol museums like Bristol Museum and Art Gallery, MShed, and Arnolfini. 
• Bristol has a great nightlife scene so if you’re feeling like checking out some bars, pubs, and even big clubs, I suggest having a cocktail at The Milk Thistle .

From Bristol, slowly head to Somerset, picking up the A39 coast road. I love Somerset and there are many more things to see and do here compared to other destinations.

Somerset Highlights

• Explore National Trust Dunster Castle , a former motte and bailey castle and now a spectacular country house, which was home to the Luttrell family for 600 years.
• Marvel at the dramatic Chedder Gorge, home of the delicious cheese of the same name.
• Visit the Wookey Hole Caves in the beautiful Mendip Hills for an underground adventure, brilliant for families traveling with kids.

The drive through Somerset to Devon is about an hour, but in between these two destinations, you can swing by Exmoor National Park where you can actually spend the night wild camping if you’re road tripping with a tent!

I spent a whole day here and this was my favorite highlight on this road trip – there are many things to do within the park and it’s best for adventure travelers! From Exmoor, head to Devon early in the morning.

Devon Highlights

• Go to Roadford Lake in Wolf Valley where you can ride kayaks and canoes, go paddle boarding, do fishing charters, and even learn archery. 
• Test your balance and learn to surf in the big seas of North Devon at Croyde, the most popular surf spot on the coast.
• Tackle the South West Coast Path, or some of it! A great place to head for is the Valley of the Rocks, an expansive area with fantastic prehistoric rock formations & sea views.

If you have time, finish in Cornwall, where you’ll find gorgeous fishing villages like St Ives and Mousehole, St Michael’s Mount just off the coast of Penzance, glorious beaches and Land’s End, the southernmost tip of England – enough for a Cornwall road trip in itself!

RELATED POST – Cornwall Road Trip: The Best Itinerary, Map & Tips

Don’t forget your road trip essentials! Our free road trip checklists help you remember everything, including road trip snacks , podcasts and road trip songs for the journey!

Norfolk Coast

One of the most beautiful counties of England, Norfolk enjoys an incredible and unspoilt heritage coastline and the famous Norfolk Broads, where you will find huge skies and mesmerising landscapes, making it one of the best road trip destinations in England.

The historic city of Norwich is one of the hidden gems of Norfolk. Considered the UK’s best-preserved medieval city, Norwich boasts a fine Norman cathedral, a lively and well-respected food scene, and the Norwich Lanes, a muddle of pedestrian alleys full of independent shops and boutiques.

Head from Norwich through the Norfolk Broads , stopping at pretty Wroxham for a boat trip – by far the best way to explore. From here it’s a pretty straight road to the coast, which is dotted with blue-flag beaches and seaside towns like Cromer to explore. Inland there are castles to scramble around, gardens to admire and stately homes to discover.

As you continue along the coast, you’ll come to the more wild part of Norfolk, and the North Norfolk Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty. This is where you’ll find the vast swathes of sand, blue seas and huge skies that the county is famous for, as well as a couple of outstanding nature reserves made up of salt marshes, sand dunes and horizons stretching far out to sea.

Stop at Blakeney to admire the traditional flint cottages, practice your crabbing skills in the harbour, or take a trip out to Blakeney Point to visit the UK’s largest Common and Grey seal colony.

On the west coast and close to King’s Lynn lies the royal estate of Sandringham. Set in beautiful woodlands, perfect for walking, you can also visit the house, gardens and transport museum before heading to see the St Mary Magdalene church, where the Queen and her family attend services when they are staying at Sandringham.

• Hiking the Norfolk Coast Path for the best views and wildlife encounters, before stopping at a coastal pub for a pie and a pint after a good day’s walking.
• Spending a day on the huge sandy beach at Wells-next-the-Sea. You’ll have an even better experience if you hire one of the colourful beach huts Wells is famous for.
• Discovering the history of Holkham Hall , one of the UK’s finest Palladian mansions, complete with its own deer park, nature reserve and beach!

For more information about all things Norfolk, visit the local’s guide to Norfolk at Norfolk Travel Guide .

Dover to Dorset

Explored by Paulina from Ukeveryday

If you are traveling from France and looking for the best road trip in England, start your journey in Dover. You can get to the port of Dover from France by ferry, or on a train using the Eurotunnel. There are beautiful white cliffs in Dover, as well as Dover Castle, from which to admire the views of this coastal town.

A road trip in England without visiting London cannot be complete, so make sure to spend at least one day in the capital. It takes around two hours to drive to London from Dover. We suggest parking on the outskirts and using public transport like the London Underground to visit the city center.

It’s easy to see the main London attractions in a day, using our London one day itinerary . Make sure not to miss the highlights of Big Ben, Buckingham Palace and the London Eye.

Make sure to also stop at Virginia Water which is a hidden gem just outside London. Walking around the lake and admiring beautiful flowers is one of the best  things to do in Surrey .

Next day, visit Salisbury which is a two hour drive from London. When you get there, explore the impressive Salisbury Cathedral and the pretty market town, before heading the 20 minutes north to Stonehenge. The trip to see this magical stone circle is so worth it.

On your last day, relax at Durdle Door beach. The incredibly pretty village of Lulworth, where you need to park to walk to the beach, is around an hour’s drive from Salisbury, through the beautiful rolling countryside of Wiltshire and Dorset.

This iconic landmark on the ancient UNESCO World Heritage Jurassic Coast attracts many visitors, so make sure to arrive there early, especially in the summer months. Spend the day admiring one of the most famous natural landmarks in England, the spectacular Durdle Door arch.

• Getting an incredible bird’s eye view of the centre of London from the top of the London Eye.
• Your first view of Durdle Door as you stand at the top of the cliff path, with the sparking English channel stretching away in front of you.
• Enjoying traditional fish and chips at the end of a long day on the road.

RELATED POST – A South England Road Trip to Dorset & The New Forest

Want to plan your own road tri p? Get our step-by-step road trip planning guide to help you organize the perfect trip.

The Yorkshire Dales

In ‘God’s Own Country’ of Yorkshire, the roads ribbon between glacial valleys, patchwork fields, flat-topped hills and rocky outcrops, punctuated by pretty villages with quaint pubs, and windswept hiking trails.

There’s history aplenty too, in this land that was once host to the War of the Roses, the bloody struggle between the royal houses of Lancaster and York.

Start in the well-heeled and elegant Georgian town of Harrogate, known then as ‘The English Spa’. On the edge of the Yorkshire Dales National Park, this is a great starting point for your Yorkshire road trip.

Malhamdale is in the Pennines, at the southern end of the Yorkshire Dales. Malham itself is a pretty village, surrounded by the limestone buildings and the dry-stone walls so common in the Dales, with a stream bubbling through the centre of the village. 

Malham is best known though for the glacial lake, Malham Tarn, and the majestic Malham Cove, a vast curving amphitheatre-shaped cliff formation of limestone rock. The sheer cliff face is about 80 metres high. If you’re lucky, you may see Malham Cove waterfall, which appears in the centre of the cliff face in spring and after heavy rain.

The lush sweeping valley of Wensleydale is distinct for its wooded hillocks and rushing waterfalls, the most famous being the triple flight Aysgarth Falls and Hardraw Force, England’s largest single-drop waterfall.

The capital of Upper Wensleydale, Hawes, is a lively market town with many hotels and tearooms. Local craft and artisan industries thrive making pottery, wooden toys and the famous Wensleydale cheese, Wallace and Gromit’s favourite.

One of the northernmost dales in the national park is Swaledale, a deep and winding valley that is home to the pretty cobbled market town of Richmond, which boasts a rich and vivid history.

Sitting high above the town,  Richmond Castle  dominates the skyline. The views from the top of the massive keep are far-reaching between the hills of Swaledale to the west, the Vale of York to the south and in the far distance to the east, the stunning North York Moors.

Be aware that this whole area is a mecca for tour buses which cause major headaches both on the roads and in car parks at the most popular spots. We say avoid the summer months if you possibly can.

• Famous for its hardy breed of horned sheep, Swaledale also puts on a spectacular wildflower display in its meadows, which are a riot of wildlife and colour in June and early July.
• Discovering how cheese experts craft delicious Wensleydale cheese by hand, and how creamy Yorkshire butter is batch churned from rich Yorkshire cream at the Wensleydale Creamery .
• Wandering the pretty streets of Harrogate and stopping at the famous Bettys Café Tea Rooms for afternoon tea.

The Peak District

Explored by Moumita & Sankha from Chasing the Long Road

Britain’s first national park, the Peak District is one of the best places for a road trip in England. There are plenty of amazing  things to do in the Peak District  to keep you busy. The road trip adventure starts at Sheffield and ends in Buxton, and it typically takes about four days to explore this national park. The drive following the twists and turns of Snake Pass is spectacular and rivals that other famous UK road, the Black Mountain Pass of Top Gear fame.

• Located on the banks of the river Wye, the idyllic town of Bakewell is best known for inventing the famous delicious dessert, Bakewell Pudding. The popular Monsal Trail starts from here. Just a few minute’s drive from Bakewell is the magnificent Chatsworth House . Built in the 16th century, it has been the home of the Duke and Duchess of Devonshire. Once here, you can explore the grand Painted Hall, historic State Rooms and the Sculpture Gallery of the Cavendish family. They have one of the finest gardens in Britain.
• The pretty village of Castleton is situated at the head of Hope Valley in the Peak District. It is a great base to explore the famous caves and taverns of the Peak District National Park. Close to this village lies Winnats Pass, one of the most spectacular mountain passes in the UK. The road is very photogenic, having limestone ridges on either side. Also, you can hike Mam Tor hill nearby.
• Ladybower Reservoir offers plenty of opportunities to walk, cycle and fish. Located in the Upper Derwent Valley in the Peak District, the reservoir opened in 1945. For the best view of the surrounding landscapes of Hope Valley and the Ladybower Reservoir, climb the nearby Bamford Edge. It’s quite an easy hike and extremely popular with walkers and climbers in all seasons.

RELATED POST – Why We Think These Are The Best Driving Roads in Europe

The Cotswolds

Explored by Joanna of The World in My Pocket

The best way to explore the Cotswolds is by road trip. The public transport in the Cotswolds is not very reliable and, if you want to explore the best villages at your own pace, you must go there by car. 

A good way to split your Cotswolds road trip  is to explore the south one day and the north the other. For this, the best base for your day trips would be Gloucester, which is located fairly in the middle.

On the first day, you can explore the town of Gloucester, which is famous for its cathedral as well as the marina area where you will find plenty of trendy restaurants and bars. 

On the second day, explore the north of the Cotswolds. Some of the most beautiful villages here are Bourton-on-the-Water, Stow-on-the-Wold, Moreton-in-Marsh, Broadway, Bibury, and Lower Slaughter.

Bourton-on-the-Water is a very popular village and this is why it is advisable to make it your first stop of the day, to avoid the crowds. Bourton-on-the-Water also has very limited parking, which is another reason to arrive here as early as possible. 

On the third day, check out the south of the Cotswolds. The most beautiful villages here are Castle Combe, Painswick, known as the ‘Queen of the Cotswolds’, Nailsworth, and the Roman town of Cirencester, the capital of the Cotswolds. 

If you have more than three days, you can always extend the road trip and spend more time in each of the villages.

• The pretty canals of water from the Windrush river as it crisscrosses picture perfect Bourton-on-the-Water.
• The iconic and very photogenic Old Mill in Lower Slaughter often touted as the prettiest village in the Cotswolds.
• The Rococo Garden in Painswick is a restored and very beautiful 18th century garden with flower & vegetable plots and a lovely cafe – one of the Cotswold’s best-kept secrets!

RELATED POST – UK Road Trip – 18 Unmissable Routes

Northumberland Coast Route

This northern England road trip takes you along the stunning Northumberland coast, passing through the beautiful landscapes and seaside fishing villages of the county.

Northumberland is home to some of England’s most dramatic castles, an iconic holy island and Hadrian’s Wall, on the border with Scotland. There is fantastic coastal walking in the region, huge sandy beaches that seem endless and a warm welcome for visitors.

Start at Alnwick for the spectacular Alnwick Castle and country house, the seat of the 12th Duke of Northumberland. It was built following the Norman conquest in 1071 and renovated and remodelled a number of times, to the castle you see today.

Film and TV fans shouldn’t miss a visit here – the castle has been featured in Transformers: The Last Knight, Elizabeth, Robin Hood: Prince of Thieves, as the magnificent Brancaster Castle in Downton Abbey, and probably most famously, Hogwarts in the first two Harry Potter movies.

As you head north, spend a night in one of the traditional fishing villages such as Craster, Seahouses, Bamburgh and Beadnell.

End your trip on the tidal island of Lindisfarne , which lies off the northeast corner of England near Berwick-upon-Tweed. Also known as Holy Island, it is one of the most important centres of early English Christianity. Irish monks settled there in 635CE and the monastery became the centre of a major saint’s cult celebrating its bishop, Cuthbert.

In 793CE the Vikings attacked Lindisfarne, looting the monastery and killing or enslaving many of the monks. It was the first time the Vikings had attacked a monastic site in Britain, and the attack came as a major shock for medieval Christians.

• Hiking out to the historic island of Lindisfarne which is accessible on foot across a paved causeway, but only when the North Sea tides permit! Safe times to cross are predictable and can be found here , and the route takes around two hours to walk.
• Your first sight of Bamburgh Castle perched above its huge stretch of sandy beach.
• Enjoy a bracing beach walk and a traditional fish and chip supper from the local chippie in one of the many villages along the coast.

England Road Trip Resources

Here are the websites and services we personally use and recommend for traveling in England.

• Search for affordable flights to England with Skyscanner
• Search for availability and book hotels and accommodation in England with Booking.com
• Find and book the best campsites in England with Eurocampings
• Book the cheapest and most reliable hire cars in England with Rentalcars.com
• Find and hire your perfect motorhome or campervan with Motorhome Republic
• Get highly rated, reliable and trustworthy travel insurance with True Traveller
• Check if you need a visa and arrange your documents with Visagov

Information About Driving in England

Whether you’re road tripping England in a car, camper or motorbike, make sure you’ve got all your documents handy and your spare tyre is in good condition. If your England road trip itinerary is longer than a few weeks , you may want to consider a vehicle service before you go, and breakdown cover is probably a good idea.

• Drivers from non-EU countries may require an International Driving Permit. The general rule is that if your licence is not in Latin script, then an IDP will be required. Check with your hire company or embassy if you’re in doubt.
• You must have at least 3rd party insurance for your vehicle.
• Your car must be considered roadworthy in the country in which it is registered.
• Your headlights must be adapted for driving on the left if your vehicle is registered outside the UK.
• Unlike France, the UK does not have laws that require you to carry certain equipment in your car, but that doesn’t mean that you shouldn’t. Being prepared in the event of an accident or a breakdown is invaluable. Ideally, you should carry a reflective jacket, a warning triangle, a first-aid kit and a fire extinguisher.
• Understand insurance options, mileage limits and fuel policies before booking a rental car.
• Check the car for damage on collection and make sure anything you spot is noted, and the same again when you drop it off.
• Remember to drive on the left during your trip to England!

RELATED POST: Driving in Europe – Everything You Need to Know

Are you looking for more road trip itineraries? Check out these top posts…

Stelvio Pass: The Best Mountain Road in Italy?

Spain Road Trip: 8 Amazing Routes for an Epic Trip

Croatia Road Trips: Five Incredible Routes

Dolomites Road Trip: Explore the Best of Northern Italy

Great Dolomites Road: Absolutely Everything You Need to Know!

Route des Grandes Alpes: An Epic French Road Trip

Love it pin it.

An Insider’s Guide to the South West 660 Road Trip

The South West 660 is an epic road trip taking you to the best beaches and tourist attractions along the coast of South West England . A relatively new road trip route (it was only formally established in 2022), you can be one of the first people to drive its 660-mile length through Somerset, Devon, Dorset, and Cornwall. 

Designed to rival the better-known and more established North Coast 500, which is located in northern Scotland , the South West 660 is a chance to explore quaint fishing villages on Devon’s southern shores, the rocky coves of Cornwall’s Atlantic Coast, and the lesser trodden cliffs of Dorset’s fossil-lined Jurassic Coast. 

If you’re looking for an incredible way to explore South West England, keep reading as I explain how to drive the South West 660. 

Disclaimer: This post may contain affiliate links. If you make a purchase or booking through one of our links we may earn a small commission (don’t worry, it’s at no extra cost to you).

South West 660 Road Trip Guide

The South West 660 is designed to help road trippers uncover lesser-known destinations along England’s South Western coastline. At 660 miles, it’s the longest road trip itinerary in the South West and incorporates existing routes like the Atlantic Highway at various points along the way. 

If you’ve visited the South West before, then you’ll also have realized that the South West 660 is intended to emulate the South West Coast Path, a famous coastal hiking trail that’s also 660 miles long. 

Like the South West Coast Path, the South West 660 takes in coastal sights in four counties, including Somerset, Devon, Cornwall, and Dorset. Unlike the South West Coast Path, though, the road trip route requires far less hiking and can be completed in a much shorter span of time!

The South West 660 Route 

The South West 660 officially starts (or ends) in Watchet, a harbor town on the Somerset Coast. You drive westwards into Devon, along the northern coast of Cornwall, and then around Land’s End to the southern coast of Cornwall. Cross back into Devon and follow the southern coast into Dorset – 660 miles later, the route officially ends (or starts) at Sandbanks Beach by Poole Harbour in Dorset. 

The route has been divided into 12 easy-to-navigate sections, which you can tackle all in one go, or individually. You could also tackle each section of coastline individually, e.g., Somerset, Northern Cornwall, or South Devon. 

Here are the 12 sections of the South West 660, starting in Watchet, Somerset, and driving anticlockwise:

Watchet to Lynton

You’ll be starting in Watchet, a curiously named seaside town overlooking the Bristol Channel. Head west along the Atlantic Highway, stopping in Porlock Weir for their Pacific Oysters before tackling the steepest A-road in the country on your way to Lynton.

Lynton to Clovelly

Enjoy the Victorian sights of Lynton and Lynmouth, taking the famed hydro-powered funicular between the two. Enjoy a coastal drive to Clovelly, a traditional fishing village that’s still owned by a medieval-style Lord of the Manor. 

Clovelly to Padstow

Now you’re enjoying the dramatic, windswept coast of Northern Devon before heading westward into Cornwall. Take a swim in Bude’s sea pool, then gorge on fish and chips in Padstow, one of Cornwall’s best foodie towns. 

Padstow to St Ives

Continue westward along the Atlantic Highway deeper into Cornwall, stopping at glorious seaside villages and towns like Hayle and St Agnes. Party-goers can enjoy a night on the town in Newquay, which is packed with bars, while art lovers will find the Tate in St Ives more to their liking. 

St Ives to Penzance 

You’ll soon reach Cape Cornwall, where the Atlantic Ocean collides with the Irish Sea. This is West Penwith, where ancient standing stones sit alongside abandoned tin mines. Round the cape and you’ll soon find yourself at Land’s End, the most southwesterly point in mainland Britain, before a short drive along Cornwall’s southern shores brings you to Penzance. 

Penzance to St Austell

Now you’re driving east, calling into St Michael’s Mount (check the tide times to visit), visiting the most southerly point in mainland Britain (Lizard Point), and making time to visit the National Maritime Museum in quirky Falmouth. There are countless fishing harbors to see on your way to St Austell, where you can round off the day with a tour of the local brewery. 

St Austell to Plymouth 

Drive the scenic shores of Looe and Parr and detour down to the Rame Peninsula for a beautiful coastal drive. Cross the mighty tides of the River Tamar, and you’re in Plymouth, Britain’s great “Ocean City.” 

Plymouth to Dartmouth 

Now you’re back in Devon, and the southern coast from Plymouth to Dartmouth offers innumerable opportunities to visit small fishing harbors, like Hope Cove, Salcombe (try the gin), and Wembury. 

Dartmouth to Exeter 

Cross the River Dart, and take your time as you hop along the English Riviera, which was a favorite with Victorian holiday-goers. Drive north along the Exe Estuary, where you can visit the Roman ruins in Exeter. 

Exeter to Lyme Regis 

Drive from Exeter to Exmouth, where a long sandy beach awaits you at the start of the Jurassic Coast. This ancient rock formation is packed with fossils, and you’ll follow the prehistoric coastline east, all the way to Lyme Regis. 

Lyme Regis to Weymouth 

Your journey along the Jurassic Coast continues deep into Dorset as you explore more of the UK’s only natural UNESCO World Heritage Site. A highlight of the Lyme Regis to Weymouth leg is Chesil Beach, which, at 18 miles, is one the country’s longest. 

Weymouth to Sandbanks 

The last 40-mile stretch takes you from Weymouth to Sandbanks. Along the way, visit Corfe Castle, Studland Bay, and Old Harry Rocks before finishing on the beach! 

When to Drive the South West 660

The best time to drive the South West 660 is when the sun is shining! You’re in luck, too, because the South West has more sunnier days than the rest of the UK. From March onwards, you’ll find that conditions are great for a road trip, but with this being a coastal route, do keep an eye out for any incoming storms that could affect your travel plans. 

In my opinion, late April to late June are the best months for a road trip. July and August are always far too busy, and those narrow country lanes can easily become blocked up with too many tourists. 

From late September onwards, the weather takes a turn for the worse, and driving conditions are not optimal going into the winter months. If you want to escape the crowds, though, why not drive the South West 660 in October or November, or even January or February?

Road Trip Basics

Okay, so let’s explore a few road trip basics so you can stay safe while driving in the United Kingdom. First of all, you have to drive on the left-hand side of the road, and secondly, all distances and speeds are measured in miles and miles per hour. 

As a local living in Devon, I can tell you that you’re going to be dealing with some narrow roads, especially along the coast. Many of the fishing villages and rural areas are only connected by single-lane tracks, with high hedgerows obscuring visibility. Take it slow, and if you meet another car head-on, you or they will need to pull over into a passing bay or reverse to the nearest passing bay behind you.

There are several major types of roads in the UK, with “motorways” (like the M5 in the South West) being the fastest and consisting of three or four lanes. There are also “dual carriageways” and fast “A-roads,” which have one or two lanes on each side of the road. 

The speed limit varies, and on dual carriageways and motorways, the national speed limit is 70 mph, with the right-hand lanes only used for overtaking. No undertaking is allowed. On single-carriageway roads, the speed limit is no more than 60 mph but may be lower if marked as so. In town centers and villages, for example, it can be as low as 20 mph. 

Keep to the speed limit, or you could find yourself caught out by a speed camera, mobile speed camera, or police car. Make sure you’re parking legally, too (don’t park on double yellow lines), and pay for parking when you’re required to, or you could be fined.

If you’re renting a car for the journey, make sure you’ve got adequate insurance to cover any accidents and roadside assistance in case you break down. 

Where to Stay on the South West 660

Where you can stay largely depends on your budget and the time of year that you’re road-tripping the South West 660. As you’ll have a vehicle, you’ll of course be able to start and end the day away from the road trip route itself, which can often help you find the best places to stay.

Larger cities and towns, such as Plymouth, Bournemouth, or Penzance, have the best range of accommodation, and you’ll find everything from budget Premier Inns and Travelodges to five-star spa hotels. In smaller villages, you’ll find quaint bed and breakfasts and Airbnbs, which make a welcome change from chain hotels.

When I road trip around the South West, I don’t have much of a budget to work with, so I’ll typically book a campsite for a few nights in one spot, set up a base, and then road trip around for the next few days. You can rent out camper vans or fun Land Rover Defenders with rooftop tents if you want to camp with a little more luxury!

There you have it. Our guide to the South West 660 road trip. Would you add any highlights to the itinerary?

About the author:.

Richard is an award-winning travel writer based in Southwest England who’s addicted to traveling off the beaten track. He’s traveled to 75 countries and counting in search of intriguing stories, unusual destinations, and cultural curiosities. Richard loves traveling the long way round over land and sea, and you’ll find him visiting quirky micronations and breakaway territories as often as he’s found lounging on a beach (which is a lot). When he’s not writing for BBC Travel, National Geographic, or Lonely Planet, you can find Richard writing for the Wandering Wheatleys or updating his off-beat travel blog, Travel Tramp.

View all posts

Related Posts

The 15 Best Restaurants in Rome you Have to Try!

The 25 Best Things to do in Slovenia

The 12 Best Boutique Hotels in Vienna

Leave a comment cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

23 Incredible Road Trips in the U.S.

Whether you’re looking for sweeping views of the pacific ocean or a multiday adventure through national parks, these road trips provide plenty of opportunities to explore the united states..

• Copy Link copied

Glacier National Park is one of many scenic places you can visit on an American road trip.

Photo by Zack Frank / Shutterstock

In a country as large as the United States, there’s no shortage of destinations and detours to explore by car . Whether your idea of the perfect American road trip entails an epic, cross-country journey or a shorter jaunt through a few of its most iconic national parks , your options are as large and varied as the country itself.

Even if you don’t have the time to drive cross-country, there are plenty of road trip routes (ranging from three days to a week or longer): classic California itineraries , New England routes that shine especially well in the fall, scenic East Coast adventures, and a variety of Midwest journeys for folks farther from the coasts.

No matter your mode of transportation—be it van, RV, motorcycle, or four-door sedan—these are 21 of the best road trips in the nation to consider.

Plan your next Route 66 trip around thirst-quenching stops.

Photo by Peek Creative Collective/Shutterstock

There are many ways to do a cross-country road trip in the USA, but these two itineraries will take you through some truly iconic American places.

1. Chicago to Los Angeles: A Whiskey Road Trip on Route 66

It doesn’t get more American than a 2,000-mile drive along the entirety of Route 66. There are endless ways to take this legendary trip (including an EV version —but to take your cross-country road trip to the next level, we recommend exploring another American pastime: whiskey.

Starting in Chicago and ending in L.A., you’ll stop by some of the leading craft distilleries in the United States, like Few Spirits in Chicago, Still 630 in St. Louis, and Red Fork Distillery in Tulsa. In between tastings, make time for detours to natural attractions, like the Grand Canyon, and quirky roadside curiosities, like Cadillac Ranch in Amarillo, Texas. Just remember to drink responsibly—this is a road trip after all.

Plan your trip

The full itinerary: Put a New Twist on Route 66—Make It an American Whiskey Road Trip

No cars are allowed on Mackinac Island, so you need to park before taking the ferry to this spot.

Photo from Shutterstock

2. Bangor, Maine, to Seattle, Washington: The Great Northern on U.S. Route 2

Covering both the U.S. and Canada, a cross-country trip along U.S. 2 is ideal for anyone who wants to experience the vast diversity and expansiveness of North America. This drive runs the entire top border of the U.S. and showcases otherworldly natural wonders like Acadia National Park in Maine, the Apostle Islands National Lakeshore in Wisconsin, and Mackinac Island in Michigan. The route also passes through Canada, taking road-trippers through Ontario into Quebec—this route may focus on nature, but you won’t want to miss a stop in Montreal or Ottawa.

You’ll also get to explore Montana and Glacier National Park ( reservations may be required ) before passing the Columbia Plateau and ending in the Pacific Northwest’s largest city, Seattle. Don’t miss spending time in the Olympic Peninsula (home to Olympic National Park) for a peek at one of the most scenic places on the West Coast.

3. Dana Point to San Francisco: Driving California’s Pacific Coast Highway

The seemingly endless views of the Pacific Ocean along Highway 1 (also known as the Pacific Coast Highway) are what road trip dreams are made of, and exactly what makes this California road trip so popular. However, with so many stops along the 655-mile stretch, we pulled together a list of the ones well worth pulling over to view. Don’t miss the perfect surfing waves in Santa Cruz, seasonal cuisine in Malibu, an afternoon a the boardwalk in Santa Monica, or a night in Big Sur as you drive between Dana Point (just south of Los Angeles) and San Francisco.

• The full itinerary: The Best Stops for a Road Trip on the Pacific Coast Highway
• The AFAR Guide to San Francisco

The seaside town of Monterey was the setting for John Steinbeck’s Cannery Row .

Photo by Denise Lett/Shutterstock

4. Big Sur to Mono County: A Literary Road Trip Through Northern California

Yes, this itinerary requires you actually put down your book to drive, but seeing some of the pivotal places that shaped American authors will be so worth it. Follow in the footsteps of writers like Jack Kerouac, Maya Angelou, and Amy Tan on this road trip that takes you through literary landmarks in Northern California, such as Caffe Trieste, a meeting place for Jack Kerouac, Allen Ginsberg, Alan Watts, and other bohemian writers and thinkers. This 12-stop itinerary is perfect if you live in the San Francisco Bay Area because you’ll be able to stay make these trips in one or two days.

The full itinerary: The California Road Trip All Book Lovers Should Take

Arizona may take its nickname from the Grand Canyon, but the state has far more natural wonders than just that one.

Courtesy of Shutterstock

5. Phoenix to the Grand Canyon: An Iconic Arizona Road Trip

This 240-mile Arizona road trip takes travelers along some of the state’s most iconic highlights, including its most famous one, the Grand Canyon. A great itinerary for first-time visitors and returning travelers alike, it offers plenty of opportunities for scenic drives, hiking, and biking—as well as tasty food along the way. Hike the 2,704-foot-tall Camelback Mountain in Scottsdale or take in the beautiful red rocks of Sedona on a hike to Cathedral Rock while exploring the Grand Canyon State.

• The full itinerary: The Classic 5-Day Arizona Road Trip
• Grand Canyon guide: The First-Timer’s Guide to the Grand Canyon
• Where to eat in Phoenix: A Chef’s Guide to the Best Restaurants
• Where to stay: The Best Hotels in Arizona ; The Best Airbnbs in Sedona

The Delicate Arch living up to its name in Utah’s Arches National Park

Photo by tusharkoley / Shutterstock

6. Zion to Grand Canyon: A National Parks Road Trip in the Southwest

If you’re looking to visit as many national parks as possible in one road trip, this southwestern itinerary is for you. This journey through Utah and Arizona lets you hike Angel’s Landing in Zion, feel tiny under Delicate Arch in Arches National Park, explore Fairyland Loop Trail in Bryce Canyon, and, of course, raft down the Colorado River in the Grand Canyon. Most visitors to the Grand Canyon remain on the rim, but take at least four days to venture within the canyon and take advantage of the trails and river rafting.

• The full itinerary: The Ideal Road Trip Through U.S. National Parks
• Utah’s 8 Best National Parks and Monuments
• 10 Best National Parks and Monuments in Arizona
• The First-Timer’s Guide to the Grand Canyon

Stop and admire the winding roads of the San Juan Skyway.

Photo by Anh Luu/Shutterstock

7. San Juan Scenic Skyway Road Trip: An Adventure Through Southwestern Colorado

This Colorado trip takes you along the 232-mile loop of the San Juan Scenic Skyway, where you will see plenty of alpine forests, mining towns, and craggy peaks. And for anyone looking to enjoy refreshments after a long day of driving, this route features many opportunities to stop at some of the best breweries in Colorado , such as Ska Brewing Co. in Durango.

• The full itinerary: The Ultimate Southwestern Colorado Road Trip
• Five Classic Colorado Road Trips To Take This Year

In small-town Buena Vista, the riverfront Surf Hotel offers front-row seats to Colorado-style adventure seekers.

Courtesy of the Surf Hotel

8. Denver to Montrose: A 420-Mile Road Trip Through Colorado

Want to explore even more of the Centennial State? Head out on this weeklong road trip where you can fish for salmon in Colorado’s largest reservoir, visit numerous small towns, like Paonia and Crawford, with thriving art scenes along the Colorado Creative Corridor , and explore Black Canyon of the Gunnison National Park, one of the least visited national parks in the nation.

• The full itinerary: Art Stars, High-Altitude Wines, and a Remote National Park: The Ultimate Colorado Road Trip
• Where to stay: The Best Hotels in Colorado
• The AFAR Guide to Denver

Portland may be Oregon’s largest city, but with a population of some 652,000 (or 2.5 million in the larger metropolitan area), it isn’t intimidatingly large.

Photo courtesy of Travel Portland

9. Portland to Astoria: An Oregon Coast Road Trip for Outdoor Lovers

If you love the outdoors, then this six-day road trip along the coast of Oregon is for you. After driving to Coos Bay from Portland, travelers will meander along Oregon’s dramatic, rocky coastline, discovering some quintessentially Pacific Northwest vistas along the way: evergreen forests, seaside dunes, and marine ecosystems. Between stops, there are ample opportunities to stretch your legs hiking, kayaking, or strolling around the region’s small towns—like the historic old town in Florence.

Of course, it wouldn’t be an Oregon road trip without a stop (or three) at a craft brewery, such as Fort George Brewery in Astoria, or cozy coffee shop, like Bread & Roses in Yachats.

• The full itinerary: An Outdoor Lover’s Road Trip on the Oregon Coast
• The AFAR Guide to Portland

The State Capitol Building in Nashville marks the end of this road (trip).

Photo by photo.ua / Shutterstock

10. Seneca Falls, New York, to Nashville, Tennessee: Follow the Path of the Women’s Suffrage Movement

Starting in New York’s Finger Lakes region and ending at the State Capitol Building in Nashville, this road trip traces the route of the national women’s suffrage movement. Highlights include stops at the Susan B. Anthony Museum & House ; Union Square in New York City, which was the site of the first suffrage march; and the Belmont-Paul Women’s Equality National Monument in Washington, D.C.

• The full itinerary: Celebrate Women’s Suffrage on an Epic, Self-Guided Road Trip
• Where to stay: The Best Hotels in Nashville
• The AFAR Guide to Nashville
• The AFAR Guide to Washington, D.C.

Asheville is one must-stop on a North Carolina road trip.

Courtesy of ExploreAsheville.com

11. Charlottesville to Asheville: A Scenic Road Trip Through Virginia and North Carolina

The Blue Ridge Parkway is one of the most scenic drives in the country. Beginning in the soft hilly meadows of the Appalachian Mountains from Shenandoah National Park down into the Blue Ridge Mountains, then into the Great Smoky Mountains, this five-day road trip is best done at a slower pace, which is perfect for admiring the dramatic outlooks and green plateaus. This eclectic itinerary features stops at an art museum, a dairy farm, and plenty of hiking trails.

• The full itinerary: The Ultimate Blue Ridge Parkway Road Trip
• Where to stay: 12 Dreamy Blue Ridge Mountain Cabins You Can Rent on Airbnb and Vrbo
• 8 U.S. National Park Road Trips to Take in Your Lifetime

Dowa:kwe dance group from Zuni Pueblo in 2019

Courtesy of Indian Pueblo Cultural Center

12. Albuquerque to Las Cruces: Discover New Mexico on This Three-Day Road Trip

This route steers you away from New Mexican tourist hot spots like Taos and Santa Fe and instead takes you on a three-day adventure with places that teach you about Pueblo history. You’ll stop at Indian Pueblo Kitchen (formerly known as Pueblo Harvest), a restaurant inside the Indian Pueblo Cultural Center that features Indigenous cuisine ; pick up peppers at Three Brothers in Hatch; and slide down the dunes in White Sands National Park.

• The full itinerary: This New Mexico Road Trip Is the Perfect Introduction to the Land of Enchantment

Historic Fort Martin Scott is one of the places travelers can visit to learn about Fredericksburg’s history.

Photo by Mark König/Unsplash

13. A Five-Day Scenic Road Trip Through Texas Hill Country

This Texas road trip starts and ends in San Antonio with stops in small towns like Bandera, Boerne, and consider a stop in Fredericksburg, which is one of AFAR’s best places to go in 2024 ). Over five days, you’ll find opportunities to stroll in a Japanese tea garden in San Antonio, relax along the Sabinal and Frio Rivers by inner tube, and eat as many tacos as you want. Seriously: You could eat tacos for every meal on this road trip and not get tired of them.

• The full itinerary: Tree Houses, Tubing, and Tacos: The Ultimate Texas Hill Country Road Trip

Mount McKinley looms large on a drive through Denali National Park.

Photo by warnsweet / Shutterstock

14. A Weeklong Road Trip Through Alaska’s Most Majestic Sights

This weeklong drive in Alaska starts and ends in Anchorage. You travel along four scenic byways; explore Wrangell–St. Elias wilderness, the largest U.S. national park; catch sight of Denali, the tallest peak in North America; and enjoy the surprisingly stellar food scene of McCarthy, a one-road town with only a couple dozen residents.

• The full itinerary: Glaciers, Mountain Peaks, and Organic Farms: The Ultimate Alaska Road Trip
• Which Alaska National Parks Should You Visit?

More than geothermal pools, Kirkham Hot Springs features a piping-hot waterfall.

Courtesy of Idaho Tourism

15. Boise to Sun Valley: Explore Idaho’s Scenic Byways

Even a short road trip can be packed with adventure, good food, and scenery, which is exactly what this trip from Boise to Sun Valley along Idaho’s Ponderosa Pine Scenic Byway offers. Although the drive only takes six hours, we recommend taking a few days to explore all the stops and detours along the way. One can’t-miss spot is the Kirkham Hot Springs , where you can stand under a waterfall that will splash you with 135-degree mineral water year-round.

• The full itinerary: The Little-Known Idaho Road Trip You Need to Drive
• Things to do: The Best Outdoorsy Things to Do in Idaho

Grand Portage State Park is the only state park jointly managed by a state and a Native American band.

Photo by Shutterstock/QZ

16. Duluth to Grand Portage State Park: A Scenic Minnesota Sampler

Although there are many appealing road trips throughout the Midwest, this 143-mile, three-hour circuit, which starts and ends in Duluth, Minnesota, is worth keeping in mind. Meandering north on MN-61 with this itinerary, you will enjoy prime views of Lake Superior and towns like Grand Marais, as well as Grand Portage State Park, home to waterfalls, hiking trails, and opportunities to learn about the Ojibwe community who occupy the land today. Once back in Duluth, enjoy a beer at Canal Park Brewing Company before checking into the waterfront Canal Park Lodge nearby.

• The AFAR Guide to Minnesota

Wind your way through colorful foliage in New Hampshire.

Photo by Shutterstock

17. Kancamagus Highway: A Quintessential New England Drive

Yes, you can take a road trip in New England at any time of the year , but this region shows off its best colors in the fall, when locals and tourists alike head out into the country to view the changing colors of the trees. Join other admirers of fall foliage on this popular, 34.5-mile road trip along New Hampshire’s Kancamagus Highway, colloquially known as the “Kanc,” for picturesque ponds, hiking trails, and scenic overlooks.

• Plan Your Fall Getaway With This Peak Foliage Prediction Map

Ogunquit is home to the small, postcard-perfect harbor of Perkins Cove.

Photo courtesy of QualityHD / Shutterstock

18. Maine’s “Lobster Trail”: Travel Route 1 Along the Coast

Traveling Route 1, affectionately known as “the lobster trail,” along Maine’s jagged coastline is an exercise in indulgence. Sample lobster dishes in all forms—buttered, steamed, on a roll, or even in a decadent mac-and-cheese.

The trip starts in the quaint small town of Ogunquit , with its rare (for the area) 3.5 miles of white-sand beach. Make your first lobster of the journey count, steamed with a side of drawn butter at Barnacle Billy’s in picturesque Perkins Cove harbor. Stop at Big Daddy’s for a cone on your way to the shipbuilding center—and summer home of George H. W. Bush—Kennebunkport. Stay at the recently redesigned 150-year-old classic White Barn Inn , and consider a sailing trip for an afternoon. With lobsters cooked in ocean water, the legendary lobster roll at the Clam Shack is a must.

• 8 Scenic East Coast Road Trips to Take This Year

Throughout North Carolina’s Piedmont region, innovative restaurants, shops, and restaurants like Leah & Louise in Charlotte, above, are creating a buzz.

Photo by Peter Taylor Photography

19. Raleigh to Charlotte: A 4-Day Trip Through North Carolina’s Reinvented Core

North Carolina’s Piedmont region extends from the coastal plain to the Blue Ridge Mountains, and includes farmland and rolling wooded hills, especially on the 1-40 stretch near Hillsborough. Starting in Raleigh, drive the short distances to Greensboro, Winston-Salem, and Charlotte to see how these cities are innovating through art, food, and a celebration of the past. Take your time—four days should do—to experience downtown arts districts, James Beard Award–winning restaurants, and civil rights museums that speak truths. Plan your trip

• A Road Trip Through North Carolina’s Reinvented Core

Scenic South Walton is part of the Emerald Coast of Florida.

20. Scenic Highway 30A: A Sunday Drive Through South Walton, Florida

Florida is full of places to cruise with the top down, but it’s hard to beat a Sunday (or any day) drive along Scenic Highway 30A through northwest Florida, home to a postcard-perfect stretch of seaside towns known as South Walton.

The roughly 28-mile route through South Walton County kisses the coast for nearly all its length, taking you through gorgeous residential Gulf-front communities like Rosemary Beach, Grayton Beach, and Blue Mountain Beach . Roll down the windows and let the emerald-hued views in.

Pull over to explore, too—maybe to admire the New Urbanism architecture in Alys Beach or to swim in the clear waters at Grayton Beach State Park . (The beach here has been lauded among the best in the world.)

• The full itinerary: The Florida Road Trip You’ve Been Missing

Stand-up paddleboarding is just one way to enjoy a Florida Keys sunset.

Shutterstock

21. The Florida Keys: An Island-Hopping Getaway

For a sunny road trip itinerary in Florida, skip Miami and head farther south. Beginning in Key Largo and ending in Key West, the Florida Keys Scenic Highway is often overlooked for more well-known routes up north, but it is well worth going out of your way to experience.

As the name suggests, this route is very scenic, so plan to spend at least a few days exploring it and numerous stops along the way. Some highlights include driving across the impressive Overseas Highway, stopping to admire art in the town of Islamorada, and enjoying the historic sites, food, and (of course) beaches in the city of Key West.

• The full itinerary: How to Road Trip in the Lesser-Known Florida Keys

Sun Studio in Memphis was the site of the famous Million Dollar recording session that brought together Elvis Presley, Jerry Lee Lewis, Carl Perkins, and Johnny Cash.

Photo by f11photo on Shutterstock

22. Memphis to Bristol, Tennessee: A Music-Driven Adventure

If you have about a week to spare and a deep appreciation for music, take a road trip from one side of Tennessee to the other, starting in Memphis and ending in Bristol. The eastbound trip spans genres, including rock ( Graceland ), blues ( Beale Street) and, of course, country (did you really go to Tennessee if you didn’t go to Dollywood ?). Nashville serves as the halfway point on your journey—so consider penciling in an extra 48 hours to fully explore the state capital’s greatest hits.

• The full itinerary: 5 Great American Road Trips For Music Fans

The stunning coastline near Cueva del Indio has been the backdrop of star-studded films.

Photo by Alexsf.gr/Shutterstock

23. Arecibo to Condado, Puerto Rico: A Lesser-Known Side of a Well-Loved Island

In the minds of many, trips to Puerto Rico bring images of stunning beaches , delicious foods , and maybe a bioluminescent bay or two . But there’s plenty of history to be found here, too, as Puerto Rico was home to an Indigenous population known as the Taino, a heritage many Puerto Ricans embrace. That history can be explored via a road trip. Starting in the northern town of Arecibo, travel south to Ponce, then back north to Condado—along the way you’ll encounter petroglyphs, Indigenous sites, and breathtaking natural spots.

• The full itinerary: A Puerto Rico Road Trip That Puts Indigenous Culture First

Additional road trip planning resources Picking the route for your road trip is only one part of your planning. From what snacks to pack to which podcasts to listen to, these additional resources will help you prepare for your next adventure:

• Best road trip snacks
• Road trip planning apps
• Podcasts and audiobooks to download
• What to pack for a road trip

This article originally appeared online in August 2020. It was most recently updated on April 4, 2024, to include current information. Additional reporting by Jessie Beck, Erika Owen, Ray Rogers, Terry Ward, and Sheryl Nance-Nash.